Agenda packet — Gardena City Council, June 23, 2026 (part 5 of 7)

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Services Identify the quantity, hourly rate, and total cost for all professional services needed to ensure a successful implementa tion. Proposers are encouraged to provide a breakdown of the service categories that will be provided to support the implementation to allow evaluators to understand the level of effort, resources, and cost of services. The amount for "Conversion" on the "Services" tab should match the total amount on the "Conversion" tab. NOTE: The 'Software' column in this tab references the 'Software Proposed' list in the 'Summary' tab. The 'Services' column in this tab references the 'Services Proposed' list in the Summary tab. The 'Module' column in this tab references the "Modules Proposed' list in the 'Summary' tab. Make sure to select a valid entry for these columns so that the 'Services Cost by Service' and 'Services cost by Software' sections in the 'Summary' tab will summarize correctly.

Conversion The Conversion tab is required to be filled out. Provide a detail breakout of the conversion by Software and Module. The total amount on the 'Conversion' tab should match the 'Conversion' item on the 'Services' tab. NOTE: The 'Software' and 'Module' column in this tab references the 'Software Proposed' list in the Summary tab.

Travel Identify the projected travel costs associated with Proposer’s implementation services including the anticipated number of trips, days of service per trip, and estimated per trip cost. The selected Proposer will be reimbursed based on actual trip expenses supported by receipts and documentation. NOTE: Projected 'Travel' costs must be listed on the 'Travel' tab and not combined with any other cost in another tab.

Optional Products Identify any optional product offerings that may be of interest that the Proposer would like to recommend.

Optional Services Identify any optional service offerings that may be of interest that the Proposer would like to recommend.

Professional Services Provide hourly pricing for additional services that may be required during the implementation. If necessary, these rates will be used to purchase additional services.

Page 2 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A There are multiple examples on this tab. Please scroll across to view the examples.

This list can be modified to be specific to the
vendors software names.

This list is for vendors to provide more
specific names/information about the
modueles proposed.

This list can be modified to be specific
to the vendors services names.

However, the City expects to see at a
minimum pricing these items listed or
the vendor's equivalent.

On the "Licenses" tab, the City expects to see the software and modules associated identified.

On the "Services" tab, the City expects to see the
service, software and module identified. This
example also applies to the "Optional Services" tab.

Travel should not be included on this tab. The sum
from the "Conversion Detail" tab should match the
total "Conversion" service on this tab.

On the "Conversion" tab, the City expects to
see the software and module associated with
Conversion services stated on the Services
Tabs. The city expects to see the hours and
rate for each conversion item . The sum of
this table should match the Conversion cost
on the Services tab.

Page 3 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: SaaS (Yes/No): Yes
Solution Name:

Solution Pricing Summary One Time Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Grand Total Licenses and Ongoing Maintenance Costs Subtotal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Hosting Costs Subtotal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Services Costs Subtotal -$ -$ Travel Costs Subtotal -$ -$ Total Solution Cost -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Optional Products Subtotal -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Optional Services Costs Subtotal -$ -$ Total Solution Cost with Options -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Licenses and Ongoing Maintenance Costs by Software One Time Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Grand Total Finance -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 5 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 6 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 7 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 8 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Licenses and Ongoing Maintenance Costs -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK
Hosting Costs by Software Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Grand Total Finance -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 5 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 6 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 7 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Other 8 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Hosting Costs -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$

OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK
Services Costs by Service One Time Services Costs by Software One Time Project Management -$ Finance -$ Configuration -$ Other 1 -$ Conversion -$ Other 2 -$ Interface Development -$ Other 3 -$ Post - Implementation Support -$ Other 4 -$ Report Development -$ Other 5 -$ Testing -$ Other 6 -$ Training and Documentation -$ Other 7 -$ Other 1 -$ Other 8 -$ Services Costs -$ Services Costs -$ OK OK
Software Proposed: Modules Proposed: Services Proposed:

Finance General Ledger / Accounting Project Management
Other 1 Budgeting Configuration
Other 2 Vendor Management Conversion
Other 3 Procurement/Purchasing Interface Development
Other 4 Contract Management Post - Implementation Support Other 5 Accounts Payable Report Development
Other 6 Fixed Assets Management Testing
Other 7 General Billing/AR Training and Documentation
Other 8 Grant Management Other 1
Project Management
Inventory Management
Cashiering
Sample Vendor
Sample Software
Solution Pricing Summary

Page 4 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Bank Management and
Reconciliaton
Other 14
Other 15
Other 16
Other 17
Other 18
Other 19
Other 20

Page 5 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Software Module # of
Licenses
2Cost/
License
One Time
Cost Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Grand Total Note # $ - $ - 1
$ - $ - 2
$ - $ - 3
$ - $ - 4
$ - $ - 5
$ - $ - 6
$ - $ - 7
$ - $ - 8
$ - $ - 9
$ - $ - 10
$ - $ - 11
$ - $ - 12
$ - $ - 13
$ - $ - 14
$ - $ - 15
$ - $ - 16
$ - $ - 17
$ - $ - 18
$ - $ - 19
$ - $ - 20
$ - $ - 21
$ - $ - 22
$ - $ - 23
$ - $ - 24
$ - $ - 25
$ - $ - 26
$ - $ - 27
$ - $ - 28
$ - $ - 29
$ - $ - 30
$ - $ - 31
$ - $ - 32
$ - $ - 33
$ - $ - 34
$ - $ - 35
$ - $ - 36
$ - $ - 37
$ - $ - 38
$ - $ - 39
$ - $ - 40
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Check to Summary Tab -> OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Group by Software
2 - If Unlimited Licenses, enter "Unlim" in "# of Licenses" and enter total cost in "Cost/License" 3 - Notes and Assumptions (use Note # to correspond to table above) Licenses and Ongoing Maintenance Costs
Total Licenses and Ongoing Maintenance Costs
1 - Enter name of Module for software listed or description. If 'Other' entered for software, enter name of product or describe product in the notes

Page 6 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Software Module # of
Licenses
2Cost/
License
One Time
Cost Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Grand Total Note # Licenses and Ongoing Maintenance Costs
<Enter notes and assumptions>

Page 7 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Software Module Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Grand Total Note # $ - 1
$ - 2
$ - 3
$ - 4
$ - 5
$ - 6
$ - 7
$ - 8
$ - 9
$ - 10
$ - 11
$ - 12
$ - 13
$ - 14
$ - 15
$ - 16
$ - 17
$ - 18
$ - 19
$ - 20
$ - 21
$ - 22
$ - 23
$ - 24
$ - 25
$ - 26
$ - 27
$ - 28
$ - 29
$ - 30
$ - 31
$ - 32
$ - 33
$ - 34
$ - 35
$ - 36
$ - 37
$ - 38
$ - 39
$ - 40
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -

OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK
Group by Vendor and Software
1 - Enter name of Module for software listed or description. If 'Other' entered for software, enter name of product or describe product in the notes 2 - Notes and Assumptions (use Note # to correspond to table above) Hosting Costs
Total Hosting Costs
<Enter notes and assumptions>

Page 8 ends

Page 9 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Service Software Module # of Hours 1Rate/ Hour One Time Cost Note # $ - 1
$ - 2
$ - 3
$ - 4
$ - 5
$ - 6
$ - 7
$ - 8
$ - 9
$ - 10
$ - 11
$ - 12
$ - 13
$ - 14
$ - 15
$ - 16
$ - 17
$ - 18
$ - 19
$ - 20
$ - 21
$ - 22
$ - 23
$ - 24
$ - 25
$ - 26
$ - 27
$ - 28
$ - 29
$ - 30
$ - 31
$ - 32
$ - 33
$ - 34
$ - 35
$ - 36
Services Costs

Page 10 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Service Software Module # of Hours 1Rate/ Hour One Time Cost Note # Services Costs
$ - 37
$ - 38
$ - 39
$ - 40
- $ -
Check to Summary Tab -> OK
Group by Service
1 - Enter name of Software and Module for services listed. If 'Other' entered for service, enter name of product or describe product in the notes 2 - If Flat Rate for service, enter "Flat" in "# of Hours" and enter total cost in "Rate/Hour" 3 - Notes and Assumptions (use Note # to correspond to table above) Total Services Costs
<Enter notes and assumptions>

Page 11 ends

Page 12 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Service Software Module # of
Hours
1Rate/
Hour Cost Note #
$ 1
$ - 2
$ - 3
$ - 4
$ - 5
$ - 6
$ - 7
$ - 8
$ - 9
$ - 10
$ - 11
$ - 12
$ - 13
$ - 14
$ - 15
$ - 16
$ - 17
$ - 18
$ - 19
$ - 20
$ - 21
$ - 22
$ - 23
$ - 24
$ - 25
$ - 26
$ - 27
$ - 28
$ - 29
$ - 30
$ - 31
$ - 32
$ - 33
$ - 34
$ - 35
Conversion Costs

Page 13 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Conversion Costs
$ - 36
$ - 37
$ - 38
$ - 39
$ - 40
$ -
Group by Service and Software
1 - If Flat Rate for service, enter "Flat" in "# of Hours" and enter total cost in "Rate/Hour" 3 - Notes and Assumptions (use Note # to correspond to table above) 2 - Enter name of Module for software listed or description. If 'Other' entered for software, enter name of product or Subtotal Conversion - Detail
<Enter notes and assumptions>

Page 14 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Conversion Costs

Page 15 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Sample Vendor Sample Software
Trip Description # of Trips Cost Per Trip Total Note # -$ 1
-$ 2
-$ 3
-$ 4
-$ 5
-$ 6
-$ 7
-$ 8
-$ 9
-$ 10
-$ 11
-$ 12
-$ 13
-$ 14
-$ 15
-$ 16
-$ 17
-$ 18
-$ 19
-$ 20
Total Travel Costs - -$ -$ Check to Summary Tab -> OK
1- Notes and Assumptions (use Note # to correspond to table above) Travel Costs
<Enter notes and assumptions>

Page 16 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Sample Vendor Sample Software
Trip Description # of Trips Cost Per Trip Total Note # Travel Costs

Page 17 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Service Software Module # of Hours 1Rate/Hour One Time Cost Note # $ - 1
$ - 2
$ - 3
$ - 4
$ - 5
$ - 6
$ - 7
$ - 8
$ - 9
$ - 10
$ - 11
$ - 12
$ - 13
$ - 14
$ - 15
$ - 16
$ - 17
$ - 18
$ - 19
$ - 20
- $ -
Check to Summary Tab -> OK
Group by Service
1 - If Flat Rate for service, enter "Flat" in "# of Hours" and enter total cost in "Rate/Hour" 2 - Notes and Assumptions (use Note # to correspond to table above) Optional Services Costs
Total Optional Services Costs
<Enter notes and assumptions>

Page 18 ends

Page 19 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposer Name: Sample Vendor Solution Name: Sample Software Software Module # of
Licenses
2Cost/
License
One Time
Cost Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Grand Total Note # $ - $ - 1
$ - $ - 2
$ - $ - 3
$ - $ - 4
$ - $ - 5
$ - $ - 6
$ - $ - 7
$ - $ - 8
$ - $ - 9
$ - $ - 10
$ - $ - 11
$ - $ - 12
$ - $ - 13
$ - $ - 14
$ - $ - 15
$ - $ - 16
$ - $ - 17
$ - $ - 18
$ - $ - 19
$ - $ - 20
$ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Check to Summary Tab -> OK
Group by Software
1 - Enter name of Module for software listed or description. If 'Other' entered for software, enter name of product or describe product in the notes 2 - If Unlimited Licenses, enter "Unlim" in "# of Licenses" and enter total cost in "Cost/License" 3 - Notes and Assumptions (use Note # to correspond to table above) Optional Products
Total Optional Products
<Enter notes and assumptions>

Page 20 ends

Page 21 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Sample Vendor Sample Software
Resource Category Hourly Rate Note #
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
1 - Notes and Assumptions (use Note # to correspond to table above) Professional Services Rates
<Enter notes and assumptions>

Page 22 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Sample Vendor Sample Software
Resource Category Hourly Rate Note #
Professional Services Rates

Page 23 ends

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

1 Exhibit G
Tyler’s Written Proposal in Response to Client’s RFP

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

City of Downey

ERP and UB System
Procurement

May 16, 2025

Jason Cloutier - Account Executive
1 Tyler Drive, Yarmouth, Maine 04096
207-518-4814 | Jason [email protected]
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

Restrictions on Disclosure
This response from Tyler Technologies, Inc. (“Tyler”) contains proprietary and confidential information, including security-related information and trade secrets belonging to Tyler or Tyler’s partners. Tyler is submitting this response on the express condition that the following portions will not be duplicated, disclosed, or otherwise made available, except for internal evaluation purposes:
▪ Security-related information, such as architectural diagrams, the content of SOC reports, security vendor names and other proprietary information that protects Tyler and government software, data and services from unauthorized access
▪ Response to the Functional Requirements, or “Checklist” ▪ Screen shots, if any
To the extent disclosure of those portions is requested or ordered, Tyler requires written notice of the request or order. If disclosure is subject to Tyler’s permission, Tyler will grant that permission in writing, in Tyler’s sole discretion. If disclosure is subject to a court or other legal order, Tyler will take whatever action Tyler deems necessary to protect its proprietary and confidential information and will assume all responsibility and liability associated with that action.

Tyler agrees that any portions not listed above and marked accordingly are to be made available for public disclosure, as required under applicable public records laws and procurement processes.

Trademarks Disclaimer
Because of the nature of this response, third-party hardware and software products may be mentioned by name. These names may be trademarked by the companies that manufacture the products. It is not Tyler’s intent to claim these names or trademarks as our own.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

One Tyler Dr
Yarmouth ME 04096
P: 800.772.2260
F: 207.781.2459
www.tylertech.com
May 16, 2025
Cover Letter
City of Downey
Vaniah De Rojas
Assistant City Manager
11111 Brookshire Avenue
Downey, CA 90241

Dear Vaniah De Rojas,
In response to City of Downey’s RFP for ERP and UB System Procurement, Tyler Technologies (Tyler) is pleased to propose our comprehensive Enterprise ERP solution.

Having thoroughly reviewed your RFP, we are confident that our 35 years of industry experience, our dedication to innovation, and our unwavering commitment to the success of our clients position us as the ideal partner for the City.

Tyler’s modern Enterprise ERP solution breaks down departmental data silos, automates workflows, and provides advanced reporting. Enterprise ERP seamlessly integrates core functions, ensuring streamlined operations across your organization. With Enterprise ERP, you can bridge organizational gaps, monitor key business metrics across departments, enable self-service, and drive a higher ROI.

At Tyler, we possess a deep understanding of the public sector, and we are committed to addressing your unique needs. We aim to collaborate closely with the City to achieve your specific procedural, fiscal, and technological goals. We will leverage our industry expertise, innovative approach, and steadfast commitment to your organization’s growth to deliver a solution that enhances operational efficiency and drives positive outcomes for your community.

Tyler has not been involved in any litigation related to any of the products or services being proposed in response to this solicitation. However, in an abundance of caution, Tyler discloses the following instances of pending litigation against Tyler. None of the identified matters will in any way affect Tyler’s ability to deliver on its proposal.

Litigation matters involving a Tyler client: Tyler has more than 40,000 successful installations across more than 13,000 sites, with clients in all 50 states, Canada, the Caribbean, Australia, and other international locations. Litigations between Tyler and a Tyler client are not common. Tyler makes every effort to engage in reasonable and productive dispute resolution processes with its clients when there are project challenges or other apparent impasses under a contract. In limited circumstances, a Tyler client feels compelled to bring a lawsuit (often for reasons that, although unstated, are outside Tyler’s control), or a third-party brings a lawsuit involving both Tyler and a Tyler client.

Currently pending lawsuits that meet this description are summarized below:
▪ Creamer v. Tyler Technologies, Inc. (Florida Circuit Court, St. Johns County, No. CA24-1634): On January 2, 2025, Tyler was served with the above-captioned lawsuit. It alleges a single claim for breach of contract arising out of Tyler’s engagement to implement a computer-assisted mass appraisal system. The County’s allegations are entirely unfounded, as their claims for breach relate to items that were either resolved, out-of-scope, or dependent on a third-party contingency outside of Tyler’s control. Tyler intends to vigorously defend the lawsuit and is evaluating various options, including its counter-claim(s).
▪ Cobb County v. Tyler Technologies, Inc. (Cobb County Superior Court, GA, No. 0165432-cv-2023): On December 6, 2023, Tyler was served with the above-captioned lawsuit. It alleges a single claim for Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

breach of contract arising out of Tyler’s engagement to implement business licensing and community development solutions for the County. The complaint is legally and factually deficient. Tyler is confident there is no basis for the County’s position, and that if any party breached the contract, it was the County. Tyler has filed a counter-claim for breach of contract against the County.

Lawsuits otherwise involving Tyler software or services: Third parties have also brought lawsuits against Tyler based on some alleged connection between the cause of action and a Tyler software or service.

Currently pending lawsuits that meet this description are summarized below:
▪ AK Dealer Services, LLC v. Tyler Technologies, Inc. (Collin County District Court, TX, Case No. 366- 08614-2024): On December 6, 2024, plaintiff served the above-captioned lawsuit against Tyler. The complaint alleges that Tyler improperly failed to designate plaintiff as an approved vendor for temporary tags in the State of New Jersey. Tyler’s New Jersey enterprise was tasked, under the state master agreement, with identifying vendors who met state DMV requirements for compliant temporary tags. Tyler, using various methods of inspection, had confirmed that plaintiff’s tags were not compliant with state requirements. Tyler is therefore confident that plaintiff’s various tort claims are misplaced.
▪ Casey v. Tyler Technologies, Inc. (Okla. County District Court, OK Case No. 24-CJ-5929): On September 12, 2024, plaintiff filed a class action petition in Oklahoma state court asserting claims related to a limited data security incident in a legacy software product that Tyler duly provided notice of and credit monitoring for. Plaintiff made conclusory assumptions to support her claims for negligence and similar counts. Tyler was able to quickly engage, correct the underlying assumptions, educate plaintiffs’ counsel on the actual scope of the incident, and achieve an early resolution. The parties have submitted a settlement agreement for court approval. ▪ Teasley v. Tyler Technologies, Inc. et al. (M.D.N.C., Case No. 24-cv-629): On August 7, 2024, Tyler was served in the above-captioned lawsuit. The plaintiff is a serial litigant who has previously been cautioned by the same judge in this case for her frivolous filings. The plaintiff’s claims here seek to make out a defamation argument based on Tyler’s alleged posting of docketing information for criminal charges filed against the plaintiff in 2001. The plaintiff’s claims are misplaced, as Tyler neither creates, modifies, nor maintains docketing information and does not control the configurations for which dockets are posted to the docketing site. The court granted Tyler’s motion to dismiss all but one of the plaintiff’s claims. Tyler intends to file a motion for summary judgment as to that lingering claim.
▪ Chaplin et al. v. Rowe et al. (M.D. N.C., Case No. 23-cv-423): On August 15, 2023, Tyler was served in the above-captioned lawsuit. The complaint includes allegations against two county sheriffs and Tyler, with statutory claims against the sheriffs and a claim of negligence against Tyler. The allegations against Tyler purport to assign liability to Tyler, because of the deployment of an “eCourts” software system, that plaintiffs claim led to the wrongful arrest and detention of two named plaintiffs. Tyler is confident, on both the facts and the law, that plaintiffs’ claims are misplaced. For example, one of the named plaintiffs was arrested before Tyler’s software was even being used in the corresponding county, and his detention was prolonged because the county did not have a monitoring device available – something Tyler does not even provide. Tyler has moved to dismiss the claims against it.

Since the initial complaint the plaintiffs have amended their complaint multiple times and Tyler has moved to dismiss each one. Our most recent motion is currently pending. The passage of time has not yielded any new evidence or arguments that change Tyler’s position – plaintiff’s complaints do not relate to Tyler or Tyler software, and there is no evidence of a defect in the Tyler software that would result in someone being over-detained.
▪ Roe et al. v. The State Bar of California et al. (Superior Court of California, County of Orange, Case No. 22-CIV-01250695): On March 28, 2022, Tyler was added as a defendant to the above-captioned Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

proceedings. The allegations relate to data harvesting performed by a third-party (a website known as judyrecords.com) on public-facing websites known as Odyssey Portal that Tyler licenses. The State Bar of California maintains an Odyssey Portal, and judyrecords.com was able to harvest data relating to public and non-public case records searchable on that site. The plaintiffs allege various state and federal law claims relating to privacy and antitrust violations. The plaintiffs purport to bring the lawsuit as a class action. Tyler does not believe that there is a basis to certify the alleged class, or that the claims against Tyler have merit. Tyler removed the lawsuit to federal court, where plaintiffs’ anti- trust claims were dismissed on defendants’ motion. The case was then remanded to state court, where it remains pending, subject to dismissal due to the disbarment of the plaintiffs’ attorney and her inability to find another lawyer willing to prosecute the case. In one of many end-runs around the invalidity of the original class action due to non-representation, the original (now disbarred) class counsel filed yet another lawsuit, this time in federal court, on behalf of another purported class. (Albert v. Tyler Technologies, Inc. et al, C.D. Cal. Case No 24-cv-1997). While the new lawsuit names Tyler, its focus is on Tyler’s co-defendants, whom plaintiffs allege discriminated against them by pursuing disciplinary actions against them. Tyler intends to move to dismiss and is considering seeking sanctions.

Tyler has never been involved in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings.

Tyler does not have any conflicts of interest in performing work for the City. Tyler is currently unaware of any conflicts of interest on the part of any individuals working for Tyler who may perform work on behalf of the City.

Tyler’s Statement of Exceptions to the Procurement Documents

Tyler’s Proposal is based on the delivery of the requested software and services according to Tyler’s standard implementation methodology and Tyler’s standard contract. That methodology, and that contract, have been refined and enhanced over Tyler’s many years of operation in the public sector information technology market. Tyler’s submission of its Proposal does not waive Tyler’s right to negotiate any and all terms to the mutual satisfaction of the parties. Tyler will be obligated to provide products and services only upon execution, and under the terms and conditions, of the mutually negotiated contract between Tyler and the Client.

Tyler considers its implementation methodology and its contract to be the starting point for those negotiations. A link to, or copy of, Tyler’s standard contract is included for your reference. If you ask to incorporate your procurement documents and our Proposal documents into the contract package, we will agree to do so as long as the order of priority is: (a) the final, negotiated contract; (b) our Proposal documentation; and (c) your procurement documentation.

Tyler is providing representative exceptions to standard procurement terms and conditions for your review.

This list may not include all RFP terms and conditions Tyler may wish to negotiate if selected, and it does not negate any of the expectations Tyler has stated above.
▪ Contract Document: Tyler expects to use the standard Tyler contract as the basis for beginning contract negotiations, as it contains language specific to the software industry, such as license grant and intellectual property infringement. Tyler recognizes that there may be clauses of particular importance to the Client that may not be included in the Tyler contract. Tyler is amenable to accommodating the Client’s contract requests by incorporating mutually agreed clauses into the Tyler contract.
▪ Insurance: Tyler has provided its evidence of insurance certificate. Tyler’s insurance program is established at a corporate level and is not subject to change for individual customers. While performing services under an agreement with the Client, we will agree to maintain the following Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

levels of insurance: (a) Commercial General Liability (CGL) of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate; (b) Automobile Liability of $1,000,000; (c) Professional Liability (including Cyber Liability) of $1,000,000; (d) Workers’ Compensation complying with applicable statutory requirements; and (e) Excess/Umbrella Liability of $5,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. We agree to secure our insurance from a carrier with a minimum AM Best rating of A-:VII.

Tyler’s insurance coverage is evidenced using a standard Acord form. The coverage limits set forth on our certificate of insurance do not apply separately. Certificates of insurance listing the customer as certificate holder are available upon request after a contract is signed. Copies of Tyler’s insurance policies are made available only in the event a claim is disputed or denied. Tyler will disclose its deductibles upon written request, but those deductibles are not subject to customer approval. Tyler is well-positioned financially to satisfy its deductibles. At your request during contract negotiations, we will add language to the insurance provision that adds you as an additional insured to our commercial general liability and auto liability policy for claims caused, in whole or in part, by Tyler as respects the contract, which automatically affords you the same status under our excess/umbrella liability policy. A certificate of insurance reflecting that status may be provided at your request after the contract is executed. Our carrier has issued blanket endorsements regarding additional insured status; we do not issue separate endorsements specific to each customer. We agree that our insurance is primary for claims under our CGL or auto policies that are caused, in whole or in part, by Tyler as respects the contract. If required, Tyler will agree to waive subrogation, but only on claims under our CGL or auto policies that arise out of or relate to the contract and are between us and you, except to the extent the damage or injury is caused by you. If you require it in the contract, we will agree to provide you with notice of cancellation or non-renewal, or reduction in our insurance coverages below the minimum requirements set forth in the contract within thirty (30) days thereof unless replaced. Renewal certificates of insurance will be provided as close as practicable to the date the applicable policy or policies is/are renewed.
▪ Ownership: We do not agree to work-for-hire provisions. Tyler retains all intellectual property and confidentiality rights in and to our proprietary and/or confidential information and deliverables. ▪ Public Disclosure: Tyler will comply with applicable public records laws. Disclosure may be made only to the extent disclosure is required by law, provided, however, that the Client shall give prompt notice of the service of process or other documentation that underlies such requirement to Tyler so that it may obtain a protective order or otherwise protect the confidentiality of Tyler’s confidential information.
▪ Pricing: Tyler adheres to its pricing as set forth in its Proposal. Any fees for subsequent periods of time or additional services not addressed in Tyler’s Proposal shall be at Tyler’s then-current rates.

Unless noted otherwise, our services rates do not include travel expenses, which are separately estimated and are payable in accordance with our then-current Business Travel Policy. Unless expressly indicated otherwise, the fees we have quoted do not include any taxes. Tyler’s standard payment terms are set forth in the Invoicing and Payment Policy (Exhibit B) to the standard Tyler contract.
▪ Information Security and Privacy: Information security is important to Tyler and to every agency and jurisdiction we serve. Tyler agrees to comply with all relevant federal and state laws and regulations on security and privacy, and its handling of security breaches, including notification to customers, conforms to applicable state and federal law. Tyler maintains industry-standard information technology and security policies and practices at a company-wide level, including a documented security incident response plan, that are not subject to change on a client-by-client basis. For hosted services, Tyler utilizes industry standard public cloud deployment methods that provide the highest commercially reasonable system availability and performance. Tyler implements systems utilizing shared responsibility models where responsibility for physical infrastructure is provided by the public cloud provider, application deployment is managed by Tyler, and application configuration is Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

maintained by the customer, where applicable. Tyler follows security best practices dictated and defined by the following three assurance audits: SOX-404 Financial and IT General Controls, PCI Security Council PA-DSS/PCI-DSS, and the AICPA SSAE-21 SOC 1 & SOC 2 Assurance Audits. Our security policy is based on the full NIST Cybersecurity Framework and is reviewed during each audit. ▪ Compliance with Laws and Regulations: We will comply with all applicable state and federal laws, ordinances, orders, decrees, and regulations. Tyler reserves the right to review and discuss with the Client specific laws and regulations that the Client wishes to incorporate into the final contract. The quoted fees are based, in part, on the cost of compliance with applicable laws existing as of the Proposal submission date. Should laws applicable to Tyler’s performance under the contract change, Tyler reserves the right to, for example, seek a change order for the additional work, time and/or cost that may be required to comply with the new law, ordinance or regulation. To the extent compliance requires a modification to the Tyler software, Tyler will provide that modification according to the provisions set forth in the Tyler contract or as otherwise agreed to by the parties. ▪ Termination: Tyler's standard practice is not to include a termination for convenience provision in its contracts, given the significant investments made by both parties to the procurement and implementation. Tyler relies instead on its termination provisions for cause, non-appropriation, and/or force majeure. The Client may terminate the contract for cause in the event Tyler fails to cure a material breach according to the terms of the dispute resolution process set forth in Tyler’s standard contract. The Client will make payment to Tyler for all products, services and expenses delivered or incurred through the effective date of termination that were not previously disputed under the contract. Payment for disputed products, services and expenses, and the Client’s remedies, will be determined through the mutually agreed dispute resolution process. ▪ Warranties: Tyler provides a comprehensive, objective software warranty tied to functional descriptions of the Tyler software. Tyler does not provide implied warranties, including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, as they are subjective. For as long as the Client is current on paying its fees, Tyler warrants that the Tyler software will substantially conform to the functional descriptions of the Tyler software contained in Tyler’s Proposal, or their functional equivalent. Future functionality may be updated, modified, or otherwise enhanced through our maintenance and support services, and the governing functional descriptions for such future functionality will be set forth in our then-current documentation. Tyler warrants that it will perform services in a professional, workmanlike manner, consistent with industry standards. In the event Tyler provides services that do not conform to this warranty, Tyler will re-perform the services at no additional cost to the Client. Tyler passes through to its clients all warranties received on third party products. Tyler disclaims all other warranties.
▪ Limitation of Liability: Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the agreement, Tyler’s liability for damages arising out of the contract, whether based on a theory of contract or tort, including negligence and strict liability, shall be limited to the lesser of (a) Client’s actual direct damages or (b) the amounts paid by Client under the contract for the then-current term. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, in no event shall Tyler be liable for any special, incidental, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages whatsoever, even if Tyler has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
▪ Indemnification: Tyler shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Client from and against any and all direct claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and costs) from third parties for personal injury or property damage arising from Tyler's negligence or willful misconduct; or Tyler’s violation of a law applicable to Tyler’s performance under the contract.

The Client must notify Tyler promptly in writing of the claim and give Tyler sole control over its defense or settlement. The Client agrees to provide Tyler with reasonable assistance, cooperation, and information in defending the claim at Tyler’s expense.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

▪ Personnel: Tyler does not allow client the right to approve project personnel, as Tyler assigns personnel based on experience and availability. In the event Tyler personnel provide services that do not conform to Tyler’s services warranty, Tyler will be given an opportunity to correct the deficiency.

In the event the deficiency persists, the Client may require the removal of personnel in question. ▪ Record Retention and Auditing: Tyler will maintain complete and accurate records of time and expense relating directly to the contract for the greater of five (5) years from their creation or the period required by applicable law. The Client may audit Tyler’s books and records relating directly to the contract once per year on one-week advance written notice, and at Client’s expense. Unless otherwise agreed, the location of the records will be the Tyler office servicing the contract. The audit will not include access to Tyler’s personnel records, or conditions of employment. ▪ Time Being of the Essence: Tyler does not agree to time being made “of the essence.” Tyler will begin and perform services in accordance with the mutually agreed upon implementation plan schedule. ▪ Assignment: Neither party may assign the contract without the prior written consent of the other party, except that Tyler may, without the prior written consent of the Client, assign the contract in its entirety to the surviving entity of any merger or consolidation or to any purchaser of substantially all of Tyler’s assets.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contact:

Jason Cloutier, Account Executive
207-518-4814 - [email protected]
Respectfully submitted,

Chris Webster
President – ERP & Civic Division
Tyler Technologies, Inc.

Tax ID: 75-2303920
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ i ]
Table of Contents
Section 1 Executive Summary ..................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Why Enterprise ERP ............................................................................................................ 1

1.2 Comprehensive Integration ................................................................................................. 2

1.3 Dedication to Innovation ..................................................................................................... 2

1.4 Our Experience ................................................................................................................... 3

1.5 Comprehensive Software & Services ................................................................................... 3

1.6 Building a Smarter, Safer, and Stronger City with Tyler .......................................................... 3 Section 2 Company Background ................................................................................................. 4

2.1 Our Products ...................................................................................................................... 4

2.2 About Tyler Technologies .................................................................................................... 4

2.3 Public Sector Focus ............................................................................................................ 5

2.4 Financial Stability ............................................................................................................... 5

2.5 Industry Leadership ............................................................................................................ 5

2.6 Company Recognition ......................................................................................................... 6 Innovative and Strong ................................................................................................................. 6 Employer of Choice .................................................................................................................... 6

2.7 Our Experience ................................................................................................................... 6 Section 3 Company Qualifications .............................................................................................. 7 Section 4 References ................................................................................................................ 10

4.1 Tyler References ............................................................................................................... 10 Section 5 Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A .................................................................... 13

5.1 Solution Overview ............................................................................................................. 13

5.2 Application Integration / Interface ..................................................................................... 15

5.3 Data Storage and Backup .................................................................................................. 18

5.4 Data Access and Security .................................................................................................. 18

5.5 Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery ....................................................................... 19

5.6 Service Level Agreements ................................................................................................. 19

5.7 Transition ......................................................................................................................... 20

5.8 Appendix A – ERP and UB Requirements ............................................................................ 20

5.9 Enterprise ERP Overview ................................................................................................... 22 An Integrated ERP System ........................................................................................................ 22 Achieve More with Intuitive Reporting and Analytics .................................................................. 22 Productivity Tools that Drive Efficiency ..................................................................................... 23 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ ii ]
Empowering Community Engagement ...................................................................................... 24

5.10 Enterprise Financial Management ..................................................................................... 25 Enterprise Accounting .............................................................................................................. 27 Enterprise Budgeting ................................................................................................................ 28 Enterprise Project and Grant Accounting .................................................................................. 29 Enterprise Capital Assets ......................................................................................................... 30 Enterprise Cash Management  .................................................................................................. 31 ACFR Statement Builder ........................................................................................................... 31

5.11 Enterprise Procurement .................................................................................................... 32 Enterprise Purchasing .............................................................................................................. 33 Enterprise Accounts Payable .................................................................................................... 34 Enterprise Contract Management ............................................................................................. 35 Enterprise Vendor Access ........................................................................................................ 35 Enterprise Inventory ................................................................................................................. 36

5.12 Enterprise Human Resources Management ....................................................................... 36 Enterprise Recruiting ................................................................................................................ 39 Enterprise Human Resources & Talent Management ................................................................. 40 Enterprise Payroll ..................................................................................................................... 41 Employee Access .................................................................................................................... 42 Enterprise Employee Expense Reimbursement ......................................................................... 42

5.13 Enterprise Revenue Management ...................................................................................... 43 Provide an Intuitive, Fast, and Accurate Payment Experience .................................................... 44 Access Intuitive Insights into City Revenue ............................................................................... 44 Enterprise Accounts Receivable ............................................................................................... 44 Enterprise General Billing ......................................................................................................... 45 Resident Access ...................................................................................................................... 46

5.14 Cashiering ........................................................................................................................ 47

5.15 Time & Attendance ............................................................................................................ 47

5.16 Advanced Scheduling ....................................................................................................... 49 Section 6 Implementation Approach and Work Plan ................................................................... 51

6.1 Implementation Methodology ........................................................................................... 51 Industry Experience ................................................................................................................. 51 In House-Expertise ................................................................................................................... 51 A Globally Recognized Project Management Approach .............................................................. 51 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ iii ]
Work Breakdown Structure ...................................................................................................... 52 Fit Gap Analysis ....................................................................................................................... 53

6.2 Implementation Plan Stages ............................................................................................. 53 Stage 1: Initiate & Plan ............................................................................................................. 53 Stage 2: Assess & Define .......................................................................................................... 53 Stage 3: Prepare Solution ......................................................................................................... 54 Stage 4: Production Readiness ................................................................................................. 54 Stage 5: Production .................................................................................................................. 54 Stage 6: Close .......................................................................................................................... 54

6.3 Knowledge Transfer Approach ........................................................................................... 54

6.4 Project Organization Chart ................................................................................................ 55 Project Organizational Chart .................................................................................................... 55 Project Governance ................................................................................................................. 55 Tyler Resources ....................................................................................................................... 56 Sample Resumes ..................................................................................................................... 56

6.5 Project Management Methodology / Approach ................................................................... 59 Project Communication ........................................................................................................... 59 Management and Scope ........................................................................................................... 60 Proposed Project Phases ......................................................................................................... 60

6.6 Sample Project Plan .......................................................................................................... 61

6.7 Implementation Deliverables ............................................................................................ 62

6.8 Roles and Responsibilities ................................................................................................ 63 Project Staffing Levels .............................................................................................................. 64

6.9 Redesign of Client’s Chart of Accounts .............................................................................. 64 Chart of Accounts Design ......................................................................................................... 64

6.10 Data Conversion ............................................................................................................... 65 Data Conversion Standards & Responsibilities .......................................................................... 65 Data Conversion Assessment Responsibilities- City versus Tyler ............................................... 66 Data Conversions & Delivery Responsibilities- City versus Tyler ................................................. 66

6.11 Tyler Training Plan ............................................................................................................. 66 Scheduling and Attendance ..................................................................................................... 67 Responsibilities ....................................................................................................................... 67

6.12 Testing Approach .............................................................................................................. 68 Solution Validation ................................................................................................................... 68 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ iv ]
Section 7 Ongoing Maintenance and Support ............................................................................. 69

7.1 Ongoing Support Services ................................................................................................. 69 Educational Resources ............................................................................................................ 69 Focused by Application ............................................................................................................ 70 Transparency ........................................................................................................................... 70 Support Availability .................................................................................................................. 70 Software Updates & Maintenance ............................................................................................. 70

7.2 Upgrades, Patches and Other Maintenance ....................................................................... 71

7.3 Change Management Process ........................................................................................... 71 What Is Change Management? ................................................................................................. 71 Building Success ..................................................................................................................... 71 Choosing Change Management ................................................................................................ 72

7.4 User Groups/ User Conferences ........................................................................................ 73 Section 8 Pricing ....................................................................................................................... 74

8.1 Notes ............................................................................................................................... 75

8.2 Appendix B Vendor Cost Proposal ..................................................................................... 75

8.3 Tyler Investment Summary ................................................................................................ 76 Section 9 Non-Collusion Affidavit .............................................................................................. 77 Section 10 Terms & Conditions ................................................................................................... 78

10.1 Sample Contract .............................................................................................................. 78

10.2 Certificate of Liability Insurance ........................................................................................ 79

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Executive Summary

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 1 ]
Section 1 Executive Summary
Section 1 – Executive Summary
This section of the proposal should provide a brief and concise synopsis of Proposer’s proposal and a description of the Proposer’s credentials to deliver the services sought under the RFP.

Tyler Technologies is pleased to participate in the City of Downey’s Enterprise Resource Planning RFP. As you may know, Tyler is already a long-standing business partner of the City. This relationship spans several application offerings through decades and is one that Tyler values deeply. It is our sincere hope that through this RFP and subsequent evaluation process that, together, we continue to forge and execute on a Connected Community Vision for City of Downey.

An often-overlooked important item during the evaluation process is the overall understanding of the requirements by the vendor. When working with Tyler you can be certain that we fully understand your requirements because our singular focus is working with public sector clients like you, and we have a proven track record of doing so for decades. Our proposal is in strict compliance with your published requirements.

You can be certain that we have accounted for a strong project management plan, business process reviews, testing and support, end user training, integration development as well as clearly stated approach to end user buy in through our foundational change management plan. These items as well as many others are not afterthoughts, they are built into our proposal and our statement of work.

At Tyler we understand that upgrading your software is a significant investment but is also a transformational change for your organization. To assist with leading that change we have assembled a dedicated Enterprise ERP team that is singularly responsible for leading our Eden clients through this transformation. Today this team consists of over 35 people. They are Eden subject matter experts as well as Enterprise ERP experts.

They understand your data, current technologies, and today’s best practices. They have assisted over 100 Eden clients with transforming their business while implementing the proposed Enterprise ERP Platform.

In short, at Tyler, we understand just how difficult selecting a new software solution can be. When doing so, public sector clients typically choose the software that appears to solve their current problems and meets their project goals. Some often-overlooked criteria in the process, however, is selecting the vendor who best understands the way the public sector operates. Helping clients successfully overcome their current issues and meet their future goals is why Tyler is the leader in the public-sector ERP market. We look forward to being involved in this review and welcome any next step engagement to better position the City of Downey and Tyler Technologies to be better … Together!

1.1 Why Enterprise ERP
When you automate workflow, simplify access to information, support resident self-service, and enhance data-driven decision-making, you save both time and money. Seamless integration among your Enterprise ERP Financial, Human Capital Management, Payroll and Utility Billing solutions will result in streamlined, accurate workflows and intuitive, centralized access to data. Advanced reporting tools empower informed decision-making, helping you realize a higher ROI, and easy-to-use web portals allow your residents to take control of their billing and utility maintenance saving your staff valuable time.

Automate Financial Management, Optimize Spending, and Boost Transparency Drive accountability, transparency, and compliance while managing labor costs with real-time insights that support informed decision-making. Enterprise ERP automates journal entries and consolidates transactions.

With instant access to purchase orders, invoices, payroll data, and cash receipts, along with a comprehensive Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Executive Summary

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 2 ]
audit trail, Enterprise ERP drives accuracy and compliance. Enterprise ERP’s financial planning and budgeting tools align transactions with budgets, helping you connect dollars to results in real time. Tyler’s Enterprise Procurement streamlines the purchasing process from requisition to payment, enhancing compliance, efficiency, and transparency. Advanced tools for cost analysis, supplier management, and budget control help optimize spending while ensuring fiscal responsibility and taxpayer accountability.

Simplify HR Management, Streamline Payroll, and Empower Your Workforce Streamline human resources management by automating payroll, benefits management, job postings, and key metrics—all while minimizing errors and reducing administrative burden. Built-in labor regulation tools ensure compliance with state and federal requirements, while real-time analytics drive informed decision- making. Seamlessly integrate with your payroll and Human Resource solutions to eliminate data entry errors and enhance efficiency. With an intuitive interface and powerful automation, Tyler’s solution empowers your HR team to attract top talent, optimize career planning, and minimize costs.

Streamline and Simplify Payment Processing for You and Your Residents Tyler’s Enterprise Revenue Management streamlines and simplifies billing and payment processes for your residents and your organization. Provide your residents with a consistent payment experience by collecting and processing all payments through a single provider. Tyler’s Revenue Management solution works across your organization to collect, track, and process payments for utility bills, tax bills, permitting fees, and more.

Automated workflows drive accurate collections and reconciliation, while simplified access to resident accounts streamlines communication with your community members.

1.2 Comprehensive Integration
Tyler is committed to providing an industry-leading digital infrastructure designed to connect cities, counties, states, and federal government services. Our broad solution and product offerings are designed to work together to help departments and organizations “talk” to each other and share insights across divisions.

Because Tyler’s solutions are designed to work together, you can expect to eliminate silos and drive seamless data sharing across your organization and your City. Tyler’s solutions foster informed collaboration with centralized dashboards that share information from across your organization. By automating routine tasks and streamlining workflows, Tyler's integrated software enhances operational efficiencies and significantly reduces administrative burdens on your staff.

Choosing Tyler means choosing a scalable solution that grows with your organization. As your needs evolve, you can easily add Tyler modules to optimize functionality and breadth, ensuring that your software continues to meet your specific requirements.

1.3 Dedication to Innovation
It's not just our extensive industry experience that sets us apart—it’s also our attention to client feedback and our continuous investment in innovation. With a commitment to the consistent evolution of our software, as well as an absolute dedication to customer satisfaction, Tyler maintains a 98% retention rate and long-term relationships with
thousands of clients.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Executive Summary

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 3 ]

1.4 Our Experience
Over the past three decades, Tyler has developed an unmatched level of industry knowledge. Having served more than 44,000 public sector organizations during this time, we understand the unique and ever-changing challenges and requirements of the public sector. With a dedication to helping organizations like yours better support staff, residents, and stakeholders, Tyler continues to set the industry standard for public sector software.

1.5 Comprehensive Software & Services
Tyler handles the following aspects of your project under a single contract:
▪ System Delivery
▪ Implementation
▪ Training
▪ Support and Maintenance
▪ Software Updates and Upgrades

1.6 Building a Smarter, Safer, and Stronger City with Tyler We understand that demands on the public sector are continuously growing while resources aren’t. At Tyler, we are committed to ensuring that our clients can continue to serve their communities efficiently and effectively, with a higher ROI and access to the mission-critical tools you need to move your organization forward. Simply put, our mission is to empower the public sector to create smarter, safer, and stronger communities. When you partner with Tyler, you join a community of thousands of employees, customers, and partners, all dedicated to serving the public with efficient state-of-the-art technology and security, streamlined processes and procedures, applicable regulatory safeguards, and a solid partnership that is focused on our clients. We are pleased to be considered as a partner in your success, and we welcome the opportunity to continue to build our exceptional community through a partnership with City of Downey.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Company Background

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 4 ]
Section 2 Company Background
Section 2 – Company Background
This section of the proposal should identify the following:
a) A brief description of the Proposer’s background
b) Identify the location of headquarters, technical support, and field offices and the location of office which would service the City
c) Identify Proposer’s annual company revenues and profit for the last three company fiscal years Tyler Technologies is a leading provider of integrated software and technology services for the public sector.

Tyler’s end-to-end solutions empower local, state, and federal government entities to operate efficiently and transparently with residents and each other. By connecting data and processes across disparate systems, Tyler’s solutions transform how clients turn actionable insights into opportunities and solutions for their communities. Tyler has more than 45,000 successful installations across more than 13,000 sites, with clients in all 50 states, Canada, the Caribbean, Australia, and other international locations.

2.1 Our Products
With decades of exclusive public sector experience, Tyler is the market leader providing integrated software and services. Subject matter experts and in-depth products result in a sustainable client partnership that delivers the industry’s most comprehensive solution. We provide the industry’s broadest line of software products and offer clients a single source for all their information technology needs in several major areas: P Property & Recording, ERP, Civic Services, Health & Human Services, Courts & Justice, Public Safety, Data & Insights, Cybersecurity, Payments, and Schools.

We are known for long-standing client relationships, functional and feature-rich products, and the latest technology. In addition to software products, Tyler provides related professional services including installation, data conversion, consulting, training, customization, support, disaster recovery, and application and data hosting.

2.2 About Tyler Technologies
▪ Empowering government and schools to create safer, smarter, and more vibrant communities ▪ Solutions include: ERP, Civic Services, Courts & Justice, Public Safety, Data & Insights, Property & Recording, Health & Human Services, Cybersecurity, and Schools ▪ Headquartered in Plano, Texas, with 55 office locations across the U.S., Manila, India, and Canada ▪ Tyler was incorporated in Delaware in November 1989
▪ Tyler is a publicly traded corporation on the NYSE (TYL) ▪ Founded in 1966
▪ Exclusively focused on local government since 1998
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Company Background

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 5 ]
▪ More than 45,000 successful installations across 13,000 sites, with clients in all 50 states, Canada, the Caribbean, Australia, and other international locations ▪ Client retention rate of 98%
▪ 7,400+ employees
▪ Annual revenues of $2.14 billion (2024)
▪ Reinvestment of $112 million into Research & Development ▪ Scalable products with the smallest jurisdiction (Loving County, Texas, with a population of 82) to the largest (Los Angeles County, California, with a population of 10.1 million)

2.3 Public Sector Focus
Tyler’s business units have provided software and services to clients for more than 50 years and have long- standing reputations in the local government market for quality products and customer service. Tyler is the largest company in the United States focused solely on providing software solutions to the public sector.

While many of our competitors compete in multiple vertical markets, Tyler is singularly focused on the public sector. It is 100 percent of our business.

Tyler recognizes that the public sector is generally stable and risk-averse, and craves community accessibility, security and transparency. That is why local government and school entities seek reliable and efficient software and services from Tyler – a professional, reputable and dedicated vendor who achieves results. Tyler has the experience to understand the unique requirements of the public sector, the necessary resources to invest in its products and the ability to deliver quality services.

2.4 Financial Stability
Tyler consistently maintains a solid balance sheet and strong cash flow and low debt, experiencing consistent revenue growth with 44 consecutive quarters of profitability, and a total revenue for 2024 of $2.14 billion. While experiencing significant growth opportunities from an increase in staff and expanding territories, we anticipate additional product offerings and innovative technology will accelerate this growth in the future. We believe a low-debt balance sheet, substantial cash reserves, and a committed customer base put Tyler in a great position in our industry to weather any unexpected turbulence in the economy.

For additional revenue information on Tyler’s annual report for 2012 to current. investors.tylertech.com

2.5 Industry Leadership
Tyler strives to provide the best client services in the industry. Our products undergo testing by trained quality assurance and certified usability analysts, therefore our clients benefit from products that work logically based upon user experience and input. We also focus our implementation and support professionals on specific groups of applications so they can offer more specialized services.

Our commitment at Tyler is to ensure the highest level of client satisfaction through the efforts of Tyler’s most valued resource: our people. We challenge our employees to pursue new initiatives aggressively and to become industry leaders in their respective fields. Tyler employs 7,400+ individuals, many of whom are seasoned professionals with unique and proprietary skills and years of industry experience. In fact, our employee turnover rate is very low – in recent years, about half of the industry average.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Company Background

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 6 ]

2.6 Company Recognition
Tyler has earned the reputation as an industry leader based on our products and commitment to our clients.

These factors, along with our financial strength and industry partnerships, have resulted in numerous accolades. "The recognition emphasizes Tyler's consistently strong growth, which is a direct result of our commitment to supporting our more than 21,000 clients and the development of best-in-class software and services to serve the needs of the public sector" said John S. Marr Jr., Chairman of the Board of Tyler Technologies.

Tyler has been named to the following prestigious lists alongside some of the most innovative and influential companies in the United States.

Innovative and Strong
▪ Newsweek’s "America’s Greatest Workplaces for Diversity" ▪ Government Technology Magazine's "GovTech Top 100"
▪ Dallas Business Journal's "North Texas Fastest-Growing Public Companies" ▪ 2023 Esri Cornerstone Partner
▪ Forbes’ "America’s Best Large Employers"
▪ Forbes’ "America's Best Employers for Diversity"
▪ Forbes’ "Best Employers for Women"
▪ Forbes’ "Best Midsize Employers"
▪ Forbes’ "Most Innovative Growth Companies"
▪ Forbes’ "America’s Best Small Companies"
▪ Fortune's "100 Fastest-Growing Companies"
▪ Barron’s 400 Index ranking, a measure of "Most Promising Companies in America" ▪ Software Magazine’s "Software 500" ranking of the world’s largest software and service suppliers ▪ Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) North America
Employer of Choice
▪ Mainebiz's "Best Places to Work in Maine" (15+ years) ▪ The Dallas Morning News' "Top Workplaces D-FW" (10 years) ▪ Dayton Daily News' "Top Workplaces in the Dayton Metro Area" ▪ Lubbock Avalanche-Journal's "Best of Lubbock"
▪ Detroit Free Press' "Top Workplaces"
▪ Phoenix Business Journal's "Best Places to Work"
▪ The Atlanta Journal-Constitution's "Top Workplaces"
▪ The Washington Post's "Top Workplaces"
▪ Albany Business Review's "Best Places to Work"
▪ The Washington Post's "Top Workplaces"
▪ The Denver Post's "Best Midsized Companies to Work for in Colorado" ▪ Mississippi Business Journal's "Best Places to Work"
▪ NJBIZ's "Best Places to Work in New Jersey"

2.7 Our Experience
Tyler’s solutions offer the widest breadth of products in the industry, the latest technology available, and an integrated system that can operate in diverse offices throughout a jurisdiction. More importantly, Tyler’s vision and skill in executing that vision is what ultimately leads to a successful implementation and long-term solutions for our clients. Our experienced team consists of industry leaders who keep the process moving and ensuring we can give you the tools to succeed.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Company Qualifications
City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 7 ]
Section 3 Company Qualifications
Section 3 – Company Qualifications
In this section of the proposal, the Proposer must identify company qualifications and experience in implementing solutions similar to what the City is seeking:
a) Describe the Proposer’s familiarity with public sector ERP systems and associated business processes, and specific experience with similar implementations
Public Sector Focus
Tyler’s business units have provided software and services to clients for more than 50 years and have a long- standing reputation in the local government market for quality products and customer service. Tyler is the largest company in the United States focused solely on providing software solutions to the public sector.

While many of our competitors compete in multiple vertical markets, Tyler is singularly focused on the public sector. It is 100 percent of our business.

Tyler recognizes that the public sector is generally stable and risk-averse, and craves community accessibility, security and transparency. That is why local government and school entities seek reliable and efficient software and services from Tyler – a vendor who is professional, reputable and dedicated and achieves results. Tyler has the experience to understand the unique requirements of the public sector, the necessary resources to invest in its products and the ability to deliver quality services.

Tyler’s has a dedicated Enterprise ERP Implementation team that is singularly responsible for migrating Eden clients to our Enterprise ERP platform. It consists of nearly 30 Project Managers and Implementation Consultants. They have migrated over 125 clients. The team consists of Eden experts and Enterprise ERP experts, which help ensure that your overall implementation is successful.

Tyler’s expansive offering of professional services is designed to complement its software offerings and produce the optimum working environment for local government customers. ▪ Consulting
▪ Conversion
▪ Customization
▪ Training
▪ Live ongoing support
▪ Network management
b) Identify your existing client base including the number of existing clients using the version/release of the software being proposed. Specifically identify experience with similar-sized California agencies Tyler Technologies is the leading provider of integrated software systems and information technology services for the Public Sector. Tyler’s ERP solution is currently being used in over 2,500 Public Sector entities across the US and is our flagship offering for Municipal Governments. We have been very busy growing our client base over the last several decades, especially in the State of California. Tyler’s Enterprise ERP is now installed in just under Two Hundred (200) sites across the State.

Tyler’s experience in implementing ERP solutions is vast and ranges from the smallest of municipalities to the largest, most complex entities. What we have found in our experience is that all projects have a level of uniqueness to them, but with the proper partnering between the client and Tyler’s implementation team those can be identified early and remedied quickly. Ensuring that all parties who are decision makers from Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Company Qualifications
City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 8 ]
any disparate office location or division are present at solution orientation and current and future state analysis sessions to ensure configuration meets all parties’ needs is critical. Additionally, having the right individuals present for these sessions ensures that each location operates similarly and any differences in operation or setup are noted and addressed prior to configuration.

Tyler’s has a dedicated Enterprise ERP Migration team that is singularly responsible for migrating Eden clients to our Enterprise ERP platform. It consists of over 30 Project Managers and Implementation Consultants. They have migrated over 100 clients to the proposed Enterprise ERP Platform. The team consists of Eden experts and Enterprise ERP experts, which help ensure that your overall implementation is successful.

Tyler has demonstrated a strong commitment to the State of California. Tyler has successfully implemented nearly 200 Public Sector clients in California over the last decade. We are familiar with state specific requirements for California and how to implement them.

In terms of version, Tyler has undergone an extensive version consolidation over the past 5 years, moving clients from legacy and on-premise versions to current cloud architected products. Over 90% of Tyler clients are now compliant with current version management (releases no older than 12-15 months) which has several benefits from greater adoption of new functionality to more streamlined and efficient support.

Tyler’s Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) solutions have been selected by several of your peers recently.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Company Qualifications
City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 9 ]
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A References
City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 10 ]
Section 4 References
Section 4 – References
The Proposer must provide five (5) references each for the ERP and for the UB portions of this procurement, with at least three (3) of the references each (ERP and UB) for systems that have been successfully implemented for California public sector entities during the last five (5) years (NOTE: currently in-progress / incomplete implementations will not be considered to satisfy this reference requirement). The City prefers references from California Cities of similar size and complexity to the City of Downey, with similar project scope (that is, ERP and UB implemented for a single client). For each reference, proposer must provide the following (note that all request information must be provided to constitute a valid reference):
a) Reference name and contact information (including Customer Name, Contact Name, Title, Address, Telephone Number, and Email Address)
b) Brief project description, including identifying the software version and modules implemented, services provided, and interfaces implemented
c) Implementation timeline and Go-Live date
The respondent grants permission for the City to contact any individuals listed as references.

The City may disqualify a Proposer if:
a) Overall list of references fails to meet the City’s requirements as to prior California experience, or b) References fail to substantiate Proposer’s description of services and deliverables provided, or c) References fail to support that Proposer has a continuing pattern of providing capable, productive, and skilled personnel, or
d) The City is unable to reach the point of contact with reasonable effort. It is the Proposer’s responsibility to inform the point of contact(s) of normal City working hours.

Note that the City reserves the right to contact any of the vendor’s other current or previous customers, whether such customers are specifically identified as references or not.

4.1 Tyler References
Tyler is proud of our past projects, and we are pleased to offer the following references. We encourage the City to contact any of our references, including those listed below, or any of our other clients. Furthermore, we encourage the City to contact the clients of other vendors to determine their level of satisfaction. We are confident that our client satisfaction is unmatched in this industry.

Name of Site City of El Cajon, CA
Contact Name Sara Diaz
Contact Title Director Information Technology
Address 200 Civic Way, El Cajon, CA 92020
Phone (619) 820-8345
Email [email protected]
Tyler Products Enterprise ERP (Finance, HCM, Time and Attendance, Payroll, Utility Billing, Cashiering and Enterprise Permitting and Licensing suite of applications).

Summary Live on all modules. Various go live dates between 2021 and 2022.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A References

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 11 ]
City of Simi Valley CA
Contact Name Donna Price
Contact Title City Clerk
Address 2929 Capo Canyon Rd. Simi Valley
Phone +1 (805) 583-6327
Email [email protected]
Tyler Products Enterprise ERP (Finance, HCM, Time and Attendance, Payroll, Utility Billing, Cashiering and Enterprise Permitting and Licensing suite of applications).

Summary

Name of Site City of Encinitas, CA
Contact Name David Van Pelt
Contact Title IT Supervisor
Address 160 Calle Magdalena, Encinitas, CA 92024
Phone (760).633.2652
Email [email protected]
Tyler Products Enterprise ERP (Finance, HCM, Time and Attendance, Payroll, Utility Billing, Cashiering and Enterprise Permitting and Licensing suite of applications).

Summary

Name of Site City of Gilroy CA
Contact Name Harjot Sangha
Contact Title Finance Director
Address 7351 Rosanna St. Gilroy CA 95020
Phone +1 (408) 888-6690
Email [email protected]
Tyler Products Enterprise ERP (Finance, HCM, Time and Attendance, Payroll, Utility Billing, Cashiering, and Health Inspections), Enterprise Permitting and Licensing Summary Live on all products. Various go live dates between 2022 and 2023

City of Oxnard CA
Contact Name Andy Bhatnagar
Contact Title ERP Project Manager
Address 300 West 3rd St. Oxnard CA
Phone +1 (469) 777-1824
Email [email protected]
Tyler Products Enterprise ERP (Finance, HCM, Time and Attendance, Payroll, Utility Billing, Cashiering, and Health Inspections), Enterprise Permitting and Licensing, Enterprise Service Requests
Summary Live on all products. Various go live dates between 2022 and 2023

Dublin San Ramon Services District
Contact Name Thinh Lucero
Contact Title Financial Analyst
Address 7051 Dublin Blvd, Dublin CA
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A References

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 12 ]
Phone +1 (925) 875-2272
Email [email protected]
Tyler Products Enterprise ERP (Finance, HCM, Time and Attendance, Payroll, Utility Billing, Cashiering, and Health Inspections), Enterprise Permitting and Licensing, Enterprise Service Requests
Summary Live on all products. Various live dates between 2020 and 2023.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 13 ]
Section 5 Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A
Section 5 – Proposed Solution
In this section of the proposal, the Proposer must identify the proposed solution up to and including the following:

5.1 Solution Overview
a) Solution Overview
i. Name and origin of solution
Tyler’s EERP software solution is developed by Tyler Technologies, Inc. ii. Release history and current release being proposed
Enterprise ERP, Version 2024.x
iii. Proposed modules
Accounting, Accounts Payable, Assets Mobile, Budgeting, Capital Assets, Cash Management, Contract Management, eProcurement (Vendor Access Portal, Inventory, Inventory Mobile, Project and Grant Accounting, Purchasing, HR and Talent Management, Payroll with Employee Access, Recruiting, Time and Attendance, Accounts Receivable, General Billing, Resident Access, Utility Billing, Content Manager, Enterprise Analytics, Enterprise Forms, Tyler Notify, Applicant Tracking API, Cashiering API, PACE 6, User Monitoring and Response
iv. Mobile capabilities of the proposed modules
Tyler provides applications across multiple platforms, including mobile and touch screen tablets, offering end- users with on-the-go access from virtually anywhere. Responsive web applications automatically orient screen layout for optimal user experience, whether accessed from a desktop monitor or smartphone. Native mobile apps leverage device resources such as GPS or camera; and integrated store-and-forward functionality allow the use of apps without a data connection and automatically syncs when back online. Many of the back-office browser applications are also accessible from mobile devices, and some are even optimized for touch providing near identical functionality regardless of the platform or device used.

Time & Attendance
Time & Attendance Mobile
Time & Attendance mobile solutions allow employees and supervisors to have access to their time and attendance, as well as their scheduling, anytime, anywhere. Regardless of your location, you will have peace of mind knowing that you can effortlessly respond to any workforce management needs through your mobile or tablet device. Employees can easily clock in or out and access a variety of time and attendance tools. We understand that your workforce is not always behind a desk; that there are lots of employees out in the field who need a time management solution that is as mobile as they are. Time & Attendance mobile solutions will dynamically increase the efficiency in which your workforce operates.

Software: Time & Attendance with Time & Attendance Mobile license Supported Platforms: All major platforms1
Enterprise ERP
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 14 ]
Enterprise ERP Application Suite
All Enterprise ERP applications are HTML5 web-based solutions, providing end user access from any modern device.

Requirements
Software: Enterprise ERP version 2018.1+
Supported Platforms: All major platforms with HTML5 browser support1 2 Community Access
Tyler’s Community Access programs offer a direct interface to ERP data specific for Employees (maintain benefits, time off, expense reports, etc.), Citizens (pay utility, personal property tax, real estate tax, and motor vehicle bills, apply for permits and inspections, submit non-emergency requests, etc.), and Vendors (access 1099s, W-2s, AP checks, invoices, purchase orders, bids, etc.). All Community access programs are supported from nearly every web browser including those found on iPad and Windows tablets.

Requirements
Software: Employee
Supported Platforms: All major platforms1
Employee Self Service
Employee Self Service provides a portal for employees that can be accessed from anywhere, anytime.

Employees can easily monitor and maintain personal and employment information including paid time-off accruals and requests, pay history, W2 information, and more. Managers can view their employee requests and approve them easily within the app. Human resource representatives are also freed to spend more time acting in a consultant role, rather than administrative, while employees have instant access to the answers they need.

Requirements
Software: Enterprise ERP version 11.1+ with Employee Self Service Supported Platforms: Android, iPhone
Field Inspector Mobile
Data access is crucial for workers in the field. They need to see their scheduled appointments for the day, locate them on a map, review drawings, access permit applications, etc. With Field Inspector Mobile, staff in the field can not only view data, but they can also complete inspections and upload the data directly into Enterprise ERP’s Permits & Inspections module. Field Inspector Mobile maximizes the efficiency of non-office workers.

Requirements
Software: Enterprise ERP version 11.1+ with Enterprise ERP Permits & Code Enforcement, Enterprise ERP Central Property File
Supported Platforms: iPad, Windows 10 + tablet
Field Sheet Mobile
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 15 ]
Field Sheet provides a paperless work order solution when your users are working out in the field. Users can view and update basic work order details based on configurations such as assigned user, status, departments, and days. Users can add time/inventory/equipment/supplies, upload and attach photos, mark checklist items as complete, and provide comments so users can move from work order to work order quickly and easily in the field. This app seamlessly delivers real-time data back to the office whenever an Internet connection is available.

Requirements
Software: Enterprise ERP version 11.1 with Enterprise ERP Utility Billing Supported Platforms: Android Smartphone, iPhone
Workflow Actions via Email
Need to approve an emergency requisition while you are out of the office? Now you can act on any workflow item directly from your email on your mobile device.

Requirements
Software: Enterprise ERP version 9.0+
Supported Platforms: All major platforms1
My Work Mobile
My Work Mobile provides staff real-time access to workflow actions and allows users to complete workflow tasks right from their mobile devices. With alerts, notifications, and workflow review on your phone or tablet, My Work gives the manager on the go the ability to review, approve, reject, or forward work to another employee. Keep the office work flowing from wherever you are.

Requirements
Software: Enterprise ERP version 10.3+
Supported Platforms: Android smartphone, iPhone, Windows 10 + tablet What it Means to You
Mobility. You can take your work with you as long as you have cell and/or Internet service.

Real Time Connectivity. Manage workflow approvals, lookup information, and update Tyler applications from the field in real time, over-the-air on any data network.

Total Flexibility. No need to keep approvals waiting, keep inspection notes on paper, or wait until you get home to notify Town Hall of a minor issue or complaint. Now you can do it right away, from the convenience of your parked car, the field, the supermarket – anywhere you have cell and/or Internet service.

Savings. Increased speed and accuracy of workflow approvals and inspection reports, reducing staff time conducting inspections and issuing reports freeing inspectors to conduct more inspections per day. Improved accuracy, reduced travel costs, and elimination of time wasted as inspectors travel to and from inspection sites.

5.2 Application Integration / Interface
b) Application Integration / Interface
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 16 ]
i. Describe how Proposer would support and manage the integration/interface with the City’s existing applications (as identified in RFP Section 5.3.2) with the new ERP Tyler solutions offer a variety of methods of interfacing with external third-party systems, including file-based import and exports and real-time web service integration through plug-and-play App Connectors, and API Toolkits and Connectors.

Tyler Integrated Solutions
Local government continues to recognize the value of integrated software systems. Breaking down data silos, sharing critical organizational data, and automating workflows are just a few of the reasons why thousands of local government clients invest in Tyler’s comprehensive integrated application ecosystem. Additionally, the benefits of single-vendor software solutions extend to shared user experiences, streamlined business processes, and minimizes the need to create and maintain integrations across disparate systems across varying update schedules.

Plug-and-Play Application Support
Tyler solutions include a library of prebuilt integrations for a variety of third-party applications. These integrations are fully maintained by Tyler, eliminating the time and effort needed to build and manage complex connections in-house. Setting up these integrations is straightforward, with only a few key fields needed to configure and activate them.

Productivity Software Support
Application data can be downloaded to a variety of formats including PDF, XLS, DOC, XML, and CSV. Any productivity suite capable of opening these file types can be used, such as Microsoft Office and Google Workspace. Data can also be uploaded to the system in these formats through the integrated import applications.

Output includes hyperlinks to the corresponding application record for easy access. Most output can also be automatically archived to Content Manager for quick retrieval at any time. Some applications also include mail merge support, allowing users to easily create and maintain form templates for completely customized presentation of application data. Any SMTP/IMAP server can be used to send email notifications, such as Microsoft Exchange and Gmail.

API Catalog
API (Application Programming Interface) Toolkits and API Connectors add value to your organization by enabling you to create your own integrations to share data between Tyler and non-Tyler applications.

API Toolkits contain all exposed resources (or endpoints) available in a specific Tyler application module such as Enterprise ERP General Ledger, Accounts Receivable, or Enterprise Asset Management. API Connectors contain a subset or cross-section of API Toolkit resources with the purpose of facilitating a specific type of integration such as third-party cashiering, IVR, or applicant tracking systems.

The API Developer Portal is a powerful RESTful API gateway that makes accessing Tyler application data and processes through Toolkits and Connectors easy and intuitive. The Portal conforms to OpenAPI 3.0 and is secured with OAuth 2.0 through Tyler Identity. API resources include example calls and produce properly formatted commands, allowing you to easily exercise them against your data.

The API Developer Portal features include:
▪ Simplified, structured API documentation
▪ Industry standard OpenAPI 3.0 interface
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 17 ]
▪ Authentication using OAuth 2.0 standard, offering multiple login flows to suit different app implementation scenarios.
▪ Data models and examples for each resource
▪ Produces HTTP URI and CURL commands to exercise resources from within the documentation and return data
▪ Real-time validation
▪ Standard HTTP status codes
▪ Documentation to aid in identifying and understanding normal resources used to complete a given integration.

SnapLogic Integration Platform as a Service
Tyler has partnered with SnapLogic, one of the leading Integration Platform as a Service (iPaaS) solutions in the market. SnapLogic's platform for Generative Integration enables organizations to realize enterprise-wide automation by connecting Tyler solutions with their entire ecosystem of applications, databases, big data, machines and devices, APIs, and more with pre-built, intelligent connectors called Snaps.

SnapLogic’s robust catalog of over 800 Snaps, coupled with an intuitive no and low code visual interface designer, help integrators, with or without coding skills, easily connect these endpoints to automate business processes and deliver the insights your organization needs.

In addition to managing the full extract, transform, and load (ETL) integration lifecycle, SnapLogic includes a comprehensive execution manager to monitor, provide alerts, and analyze metrics for your integrations.

SnapLogic can easily be configured for secure bi-directional interfacing of cloud and on-premises solutions.

File-based Interfaces
When integrating with applications that rely on file-based transfers, Tyler solutions include native file interface applications designed for end users. Unlike systems that require a database administrator to import or export data with their system, users can easily import or export data through point-and-click user interface. User-defined templates specify the data layout for a specific system, so users can quickly choose the appropriate template at the time of import/export. Templates for commonly used third-party systems are also included out of the box. File-based interfaces can be scheduled for one-time or recurring, automated processing.

Data transfers can be configured with Workflow automated notifications or approval requests before data updates a record. Workflow business rules can be set on a variety of data conditions specific to the imported data. This includes if data causes an account to go over budget, is over a certain dollar amount, or is related to a specific segment of your general ledger. Only after all workflow rules have been approved does the import update production data. Depending on the process, imports can also be rejected at the item or file level; rejected imports can be resubmitted at any time. ii. Describe APIs and web-services available to pull and push data:
• Are the APIs secured and encrypted?
Authentication, token management and credential flow are all powered by Tyler Identity. Tyler’s primary method for securing endpoints via client credential flow. This means you’re provided with a client ID and secret, similar to a username and password, to authenticate and access the specific endpoint.

You have various options for managing these credentials within your organization. You might choose to use a single set of client credentials for all your APIs, or different credentials for each API, such as one for GL and another for AR. For even more security, you could assign unique credentials for each integration you develop.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 18 ]
• Is there an option to access the data directly from the database? Yes. Data is accessible from most applications through integrated bulk export applications, APIs, read-only database access, and database backup download.

5.3 Data Storage and Backup
c) Data Storage and Backup
i. Describe approach to data storage
Tyler’s standard SaaS service includes unlimited data storage for all applications except Content Manager.

Content Management storage is limited to 1TB and is typically enough for any client using the Core Edition. Data storage is monitored by Tyler staff and clients are notified as they approach or go over the storage limit Application functionality is not impacted when going over this limit and clients are provided with the opportunity to purge data to get below the limit instead of adding storage. ii. Describe data backup process
As part of Tyler’s defined business continuity plan, applications and data are replicated across multiple Availability Zones ensuring high availability. Availability Zones consist of one or more discrete data centers, each with redundant power, networking, and connectivity, and housed in separate facilities. They are connected to each other with fast, private fiber-optic networking, providing automatic fail-over for minimal disruption. Tyler employs a FIPS-compliant enterprise backup solution certified for CJIS and GovCloud use.

Data transfer and storage is encrypted as defined in FIPS140-2 and FIPS140-3 standards over private connections within the AWS network.

Backups are retained as defined by application-specific retention policies. Data restoration requests must be submitted through the standard support ticketing process by client approved personnel only. iii. Describe the network bandwidth required between the City and hosting facilities (for SAAS solutions) Bandwidth usage can vary depending on application user type and daily functions; however, Tyler recommends 30 Kbps per concurrent user session for bandwidth utilization estimates iv. Describe what options are available for dedicated bandwidth (if available) N/A
v. Describe scalability options for computing power (CPU, RAM, and storage) Tyler provides fully scalable solutions to meet the requirements of organizations of all sizes. Tyler applications are containerized and built on microservice architecture such as Kubernetes and scale vertically or horizontally for automated resource and load balancing. Additional storage allocation can be increased as required.

5.4 Data Access and Security
d) Data Access and Security
i. Describe how data access is managed
Data is accessible through browser-based Tyler applications, many of which include the ability to export data to a variety of formats including Excel, Word, PDF, XML, and CSV. Data is also accessible from most applications through a hosted ad-hoc reporting environment, RESTful APIs, integrated bulk export applications, and read-only database access.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 19 ]
ii. Describe the environment (single or multi-tenant)
Multi-tenant applications and single-tenant datasets
iii. If a multi-tenant environment, how is the data segregated? Tyler multi-tenant applications and single-tenant datasets allow multiple organizations to use the software securely and independently within a shared environment. Customer data is logically separated by tenant, and access is scoped to the authenticated user’s tenant and role for each web request, ensuring each client's information is isolated and secure.
iv. If a multi-tenant environment, how is security managed? Customer data is logically separated by tenant, and access is scoped to the authenticated user’s tenant and role for each web request, ensuring each client's information is isolated and secure.

5.5 Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery
e) Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery
i. Describe approach to business continuity & disaster recovery Business Continuity
Tyler solutions run on AWS state of the art data centers using innovative architectural and engineering approaches. Amazon has many years of experience in designing, constructing, and operating large-scale data centers. This experience has been applied to the AWS Cloud.

AWS builds to guard against outages and incidents, and accounts for them in the design of their services; so, when disruptions do occur, their impact on customers and the continuity of services is as minimal as possible.

AWS data centers operate in alignment with Tier III+ guidelines. More information regarding Uptime Institute guidelines employed can be found at: https://aws.amazon.com/compliance/uptimeinstitute/.

As part of Tyler’s defined business continuity plan, applications and data are replicated across multiple Availability Zones ensuring high availability. Availability Zones consist of one or more discrete data centers, each with redundant power, networking, and connectivity, and housed in separate facilities. They are connected to each other with fast, private fiber-optic networking, providing automatic fail-over for minimal disruption.

Tyler employs a FIPS-compliant enterprise backup solution certified for CJIS and GovCloud use. Data transfer and storage is encrypted as defined in FIPS140-2 and FIPS140-3 standards. Client production data is retained as defined by application-specific retention policies. Data restoration requests must be submitted through the standard support ticketing process by client approved personnel only.

Tyler Technologies cloud services are warranted to its standard service level agreement (SLA). Tyler’s target attainment goal is 100% and the SLA provides a service availability commitment of 99.7% uptime. Tyler’s business continuity plan is tested at least annually. Further information regarding Tyler’s business continuity plan can be found in Tyler’s most recent Type 2 Service Organization Controls No. 2 (SOC 2) report.

5.6 Service Level Agreements
f) Service Level Agreements (SLA’s)
i. Describe supported SLA options (i.e., reliability, availability, performance, issues, requests, system response time, etc.)
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 20 ]
Tyler Technologies cloud services are warranted to its standard service level agreement (SLA). Tyler’s target attainment goal is 100% and the SLA provides a service availability commitment of 99.7% uptime.

If a client is unable to access Tyler applications for any reason, opening a support ticket is all that is required to report, and track downtime counted against Tyler’s SLA.

Tyler also commits to a 1-hour recovery point objective (RPO) and 24-hour recovery time objective (RTO) for Tyler cloud solutions.

There are no performance limitations of Tyler solutions and reasonable response times should be expected.

Due to variety of factors that can affect the response time of the system, response times or performance levels for all functions cannot be strictly guaranteed.

Tyler development and cloud operation departments make consistent efforts to monitor and improve system responsiveness based on user feedback, and work to guarantee benchmark performance at optimal levels for a wide range of municipalities and usage patterns large and small. Tyler’s experienced professional services team can provide tailored recommendations specific to client business processes to optimize performance and user experience.

For more details, refer to the included sample Service Level Agreement.

5.7 Transition
g) Transition
i. Describe proposed exit strategy at contract transition In the event of termination of the SaaS Agreement, all application access is revoked. Upon reasonable advance notice, Tyler shall promptly make production data available to you in the format of the database or other such format as may be mutually agreed upon, provided through Tyler’s secure FTP server or such other secure method reasonably selected by Tyler. Such data will be provided at no additional cost.

All client data is deleted from production environments 30 days following end of contract. Backup data is removed as defined by application specific retention schedule.

5.8 Appendix A – ERP and UB Requirements
h) Response to APPENDIX A – ERP and UB Requirements:
i. The City has included herein a copy of APPENDIX A – ERP and UB Requirements in Microsoft Word format; to address this section, Proposers should use that file to respond to each requirement in Appendix A. Please see Appendix A for additional instructions.

NOTES AND ASSUMPTIONS
Tyler Reporting Services
Wherever Tyler Technologies, Inc. has responded affirmatively to certain functional checklist questions/requirements/specifications as requiring the use of Tyler Reporting Services, (SSRS), the City is solely responsible for development of the necessary/required report(s), unless specifically indicated otherwise.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 21 ]
Interfaces / Customizations
Interface requirements agreed to by Tyler within this response will depend on the customer maintaining an active support agreement with the identified third-party system as well as a current version actively supported by the manufacturer/developer of the product installed.

Custom Modifications
Custom modifications, if quoted with a specific dollar value, are priced based upon the total proposed software package and the requirements set forth in the RFP. To the extent system components and/or requirements change, pricing for custom modifications may also change. If a custom modification is identified without a price, that identification is provided as an alert that the functionality is not available “out of the box,” and additional information is required from the customer before Tyler can price the modification. During the contract negotiation process, Tyler expects to work with the customer to identify the custom modifications that will be considered within the project scope, and to finalize the associated price. Those modifications will be delivered during the project on the schedule the parties mutually agree to during the contracting and/or project planning process(es). Any custom modifications that the customer requests post-contracting will be subject to an amendment or change order, which will address at least the pricing and schedule impacts of adding the subject modification to the original project scope and schedule.

Future Functionality
Future Functionality, when and if provided, will be released on the same timeline as the functionality is made generally available to customers under a maintenance agreement with Tyler. If a customer requires that such functionality be committed to within the contract, the functionality will be treated as a custom modification, payable by the customer.

Please reference the following pages.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5

1.1. User Interface ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5

1.2. Document Management ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8

1.3. Inquiries, Reporting and Analysis ................................................................................................................................................................................... 8

2. FINANCIAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................................................................ 11

2.1. General Ledger (G/L) and Accounting........................................................................................................................................................................... 11

2.2. Budgeting .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17

2.3. Contract Management ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24

2.4. Procurement/Purchasing ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 27

2.5. Vendor Management .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 33

2.6. Accounts Payable ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 35

2.7. General Billing (Accounts Receivable) .......................................................................................................................................................................... 39

2.8. Cash Receipts (Cashiering) ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 43

2.9. Developer Deposits ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 44

2.10. Inventory Management ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 45

2.11. Fixed Asset Management ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 48

2.12. Project and Grant Accounting ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 53

2.13. Debt Management ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 58

2.14. Bank Management and Reconciliation ......................................................................................................................................................................... 59

3. PAY ADMINISTRATION AND PAYROLL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................................ 61

3.1. Pay Administration (Salary Management) .................................................................................................................................................................... 61

3.2. Payroll ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 64

4. HUMAN RESOURCES (HR) REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................................................................. 67 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 2
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

4.1. Core HR ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 67

4.2. Position Control .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 68

4.3. Recruitment ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 69

4.4. Onboarding ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 71

4.5. Employee Master File .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 72

4.6. Benefits Administration ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 74

4.7. Leave Administration .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 76

4.8. Learning Management and Certification Tracking ........................................................................................................................................................ 77

4.9. Performance Reviews .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 78

4.10. Personnel Actions ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 79

4.11. Employee Self-Service ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 80

4.12. Time and Attendance .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 82

4.13. Separation/Off Boarding ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 84

5. UTILITY BILLING (UB) REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................................................................................... 85

5.1. General ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85

5.2. Customer Account and Location Management ............................................................................................................................................................. 86

5.3. Meter Reading and Inventory ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 87

5.4. Billing and Collection Management ............................................................................................................................................................................. 88

5.5. Financial Management and Delinquencies ................................................................................................................................................................... 91

5.6. Service Order Management ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 92

5.7. Reporting .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 93

5.8. Cashiering ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95

5.9. Customer Self-Service Portal ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 95

6. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 97

6.1. Overall Solution, Maintenance and Support ................................................................................................................................................................. 97 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 3
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

6.2. Audit and Security ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116

6.3. Interoperability/System Interfaces ............................................................................................................................................................................ 121

6.4. Artificial Intelligence Enabled Features ...................................................................................................................................................................... 121

6.5. Required Integrations ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 123

6.6. Conversion Requirements ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 126

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 4
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

City of Downey ERP and UB Procurement
System Requirements

As referenced in RFP Section 6.3, ERP and UB System Requirements, the Proposer must use this document to respond to the City’s detailed requirements included herein. Proposers are to respond to each requirement with one of the following response codes:

Y – Meets Requirement
N – Does Not Meet Requirement
W/C – Workaround Proposed or Modification/Customization to Meet Requirement T – Third-Party Solution to Meet Requirement

Response Codes “Y” and “N” do not require additional comments unless the proposers wish to present additional benefits or opportunities related to their solution and the requirement. However, response codes “W/C” and “T” REQUIRE written responses/comments to assist City staff in evaluating the responses. For these response codes, Proposers must describe how the requirement will be met.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 5
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1. User Interface
The City will be evaluating the intuitiveness/ease of use of each solution’s user interface design including information access, look, feel, and efficiency for all modules.

Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

1.1.1 Provides a browser-based user interface Y

1.1.2 Provides a secure mobile application / functionality for certain functions (e.g., field work)
Y

1.1.3 Processes transactions in real time such that upon completion of the process the information can be queried, and is updated in the appropriate databases across all modules
Y

1.1.4 Provides the ability to create templated dashboards for user groups with the ability for the end user to change if desired Y Hub

1.1.5 Provides the ability to drill-down and drill-across from a transaction view to the supporting source data and documents Y

1.1.6 Provides fully integrated functionality such that data is entered only one-time and available in real time throughout the system(s) (single points of data entry) to eliminate re-keying of information Y

1.1.7 Provides standard menu layouts that are customizable by the user to fit their needs
Y Where available; panels/tabs can be configured by user

1.1.8 Provides consistent use of icons, colors, and menus across all modules
Y

1.1.9 Provides user defined shortcuts for frequently accessed records, processes, screens, reports, etc.

1.1.10 Provides online help that is context sensitive and content appropriate with manuals also available for download
Y

1.1.11 Supports mobile technologies (e.g., smartphones, tablets) for processes and approvals across all core modules
Y

1.1.12 Provides robust search and navigation functionality that reaches across all applications/modules and attachments, including the ability to search by text, amounts, etc.

Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 6
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

1.1.13 Forms / workflow steps include the ability to require fields be completed/required prior to the transaction moving forward - Including ability to accept a “0” or “N/A” for certain fields in order to allow related workflow to move
forward
Y User defined fields can be configured to be required for select forms to be entered before a transaction moves forward.

1.1.14 Provides the ability to offer role-based access security to limit data access by department, individual or role
Y

1.1.15 Provides clear error messages that identify the source of the error and/or necessary response
Y

1.1.16 Customizable user interface, including ability to save a specific view (my favorite columns, rounding of numbers, column width, etc.)
Y Where available; panels/tabs can be configured by user

1.1.17 The proposed solution must meet Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.1 Levels A and AA
N Tyler applications intended for external users to our clients such as applicants, employees, retirees, residents, and vendors are designed using standards to support ADA accessibility requirements. Front-end UX components adhere to Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) A-AA compliance. Quality Assurance teams leverage several tools to validate compliance during development and testing including screen readers. Tyler continues to monitor Section 508, ADA, & WCAG compliance as a focal point of development activities. For more information on Tyler's approach to digital accessibility, visit: https://www.tylertech.com/digital-accessibility
The solution should provide integrated workflow management capability, including generation, routing, notification, and approval of internal forms, reports, and other documents and processes (e.g., payables processing, purchase orders, G/L transaction approval, payroll processing, budgeting, etc.) for all core modules. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

1.2.1 Provides the ability to route transactions / record reviews and approvals based on user roles and chart of account segments (center, department, etc.).

Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 7
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

1.2.2 Provides ability to establish multiple approval levels based on user-defined criteria (e.g., dollar amounts, types of items purchased, document types, account number, etc.)
Y

1.2.3 Provides the ability to allow data entry to be accessible to multiple employees and anyone who visits the website link and workflow to support checking and validation of a requested transaction
Y

1.2.4 Provides the ability to designate “out-of-office” review/approval delegation
- Includes the ability for users to direct review/approval requests to specific users covering for OOO employee
- Provides administrator with ability to reroute requests.

1.2.5 Provides the ability to have dynamic forwarding, including the ability to bring back the item
Y Alternate approvers

1.2.6 Provides multiple attributes to define which users participate in which steps of the workflow processes (e.g., G/L number segments, unique groupings, project/task codes, object/spend category codes, consideration of roles, etc.)
Y

1.2.7 Provides the ability to record and track compliance requirements as part of a workflow
W/C Customizable checklist tasks could assign compliance reviews within a workflow step.

Approvals

1.2.8 Provides integration with the City’s Microsoft 365 email system to assist in the notification for approvals, and subsequent approval through the email system and supports electronic signature and recording of transactional approvals
Y

1.2.9 Supports security that allows data entry to be accessible to multiple employees and approval workflow to support checking and validation of a requested transaction
Y

1.2.10 Provides the ability to apply signature authority to automated workflow approval
Y Select workflows can be set up for auto approvals.

1.2.11 Provides for eSignature support Y DocuSign (optionally proposed) available for Contracts and POs; Content Manager features an electronic document signature feature; otherwise, username of approver serves as electronic signature.

1.2.12 Provides the ability to capture a secure signature image Y See above.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 8
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

1.2. Document Management
The solution should provide a way to store and retrieve electronic images (i.e., purchase orders, accounts payable invoices, payroll advice, W2s, 1099s, etc.) that are attached to the appropriate transaction or employee record (i.e., an individual's paycheck and not the entire check run for the pay period) for all core modules.

Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

1.3.1 Provides the ability to attach documents throughout the system (e.g., with JVs, POs, invoices)
Y Via Content Manager

1.3.2 Supports the attachment of multiple file formats (i.e., documents, spreadsheets, images, etc.)
Y Via Content Manager

1.3.3 Provides the ability to store ERP system generated documents in ERP solution database(s) and associate to / access from the related transaction or data record
Y Via Content Manager

1.3.4 Provides the ability to accommodate document retention policies with respect to images managed by the system based on various retention requirements (i.e., fixed assets, bonds, etc.) Y Via Content Manager

1.3.5 Provides the ability to offer drill-down/drill across features for users to view documents associated with financial, payroll, and personnel transactions
Y

1.3.6 Provides the ability to integrate with the existing document management solution for current and historical documents W/C Fully integrated Content Manager proposed. Content Manager includes a document extract utility to automate document and metadata export to a file system that clients can use to import to a separate third-party ECM solution.

1.3. Inquiries, Reporting and Analysis
The solution should provide a comprehensive, user-friendly, and robust reporting solution. The solution should include relevant standard reporting, ad hoc reports, queries, and exports. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

1.4.1 Provides a comprehensive inquiry and reporting capability that can access data from multiple modules
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 9
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

1.4.2 Provides the ability for reports to access data across all modules in accordance with a user’s security profile
Y

1.4.3 Provides real-time access to data and data is immediately available for inquiry, reporting, and export for analysis (e.g., to Microsoft Excel)
- Data export functionality must include retention of
existing data formats
Y

1.4.4 Provides online/in-application forms and the ability to revise the forms
Y Via Enterprise Forms

1.4.5 Supports options for viewing and accessing information across multiple applications (i.e., reports and applications that include hyperlinked data that allows the user to drill down, and drill across applications)
Y

1.4.6 Provides the ability to allow the use of custom and complex expressions, formulas, crosswalks, etc.

Y Via use of configurable reporting tools

1.4.7 Provides the ability to utilize standard wild-card and fuzzy search capabilities throughout search fields
Y Record search supports wildcards. Document search supports wild cards and fuzzy search.

1.4.8 Provides State-specific reports for California State Requirements Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

1.4.9 Provides accurate A/R aging reports that reconcile with the trial balance
Y

1.4.10 Provides robust reporting capabilities with multiple ways to sort date (by month, fiscal year, pay period, etc.)
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

1.4.11 Provides robust budget inquiry and reporting capabilities, including the ability to generate budget to actual comparisons for any “as of” date, for any vendor by department and/or
Agreement Number, or for any cost center
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools
Report Design
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 10
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

1.4.12 Provides the ability for end users to define and execute inquiries and reports without vendor or IT support, including the ability to save and share inquiries and reports among users
Y

1.4.13 Provides the ability to flag accounts for specific state and ACFR reporting requirements
Y ACFR via optionally proposed ACFR Statement Builder

1.4.14 Provides the ability to copy the attributes of an existing, standard report format and to modify/customize the resulting report format to meet the City’s related business needs
Y Via use of configurable reporting tools

1.4.15 Provides the ability to create report comparisons for multiple years for various parameters
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

1.4.16 Provides the ability for a dashboard/scorecard to include, at a minimum, user defined metrics, key performance indicators (KPIs), reports, charts, etc.

Y Hub
Report Execution

1.4.17 Provides the ability to save and “publish” ad hoc reports for shared use by other authorized users
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

1.4.18 Provides the ability to execute all reports for a date range, including ability for reports to cross fiscal years
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

1.4.19 Provides the ability for users to drill down in online reports and inquiry result sets to view source transactions and attachments Y

1.4.20 Provides the ability to view an entire report on screen prior to choosing an output option
Y

1.4.21 Provides the ability to define report execution parameters (i.e., fund, department, project, object, expense category, revenue category, etc.)
Y

1.4.22 Provides the ability to define report execution period by user- specified parameters (i.e., by a specific period/month, by a range of dates, etc.)
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

1.4.23 Provides modeling tools to support “what if” analysis and forecasting (e.g., analysis of revenue/expenditure trends and the ability to develop forecast projections)
Y Via Budget Scenarios

1.4.24 Provides the ability to display inquiry results sets graphically (i.e., via pie charts, trend lines, tree map chart, columns, etc.) Y Via use of configurable reporting tools
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 11
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

1.4.25 Provides the ability to create report notification groups and inform/alert a group when report updates are available
Y Via integrated Scheduler

1.4.26 Provides the ability to choose a format when exporting a report (i.e., Excel, pdf, flat file, delimited, display, email, csv, etc.) Y Excel, PDF, and Word for most standard reports; other formats via use of configurable reporting tools.

1.4.27 Provides the ability for reports to be sent to users and track that they were received/reviewed by staff
Y By saving to Content Manager and routing the report for signature/approval.

2. FINANCIAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

2.1. General Ledger (G/L) and Accounting
The solution should maintain accounts for transactions via elements such as fund, appropriation, program, organization, project activity, cost center, object class, or any other elements needed to meet the reporting needs of the City; ensure all financial transactions post individually and/or in summary to the general ledger regardless of the transaction source, ensuring each entry is balanced and auditable; and support accrual and cash accounting methods, creating appropriate entries needed at the end of a period (month or year) and for purposes of opening a new period (i.e., rolling forward account balances or reversing certain year end entries).

Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

2.1.1 Provides the ability to add notes/comments/documents to transactions that post to the G/L
Y Attachments via Content Manager

2.1.2 Provides for real-time updates to the G/L after an entry receives approval
Y

2.1.3 Provides the ability to enforce rules for entry validation based on roles at departmental/user level to prevent incorrect account coding Y Restrict access to accounts by role access.

2.1.4 Provides the ability to enter and track multiple dates (i.e., transactional, posting, data entry, etc.)
Y

2.1.5 Allows for accounts to be made active/inactive based on effective dates
- No new transactions should be allowed to post to inactive accounts
Y Beginning/Ending Effective Dates can be defined on account to define the range of effective dates within which account transactions are allowed. This does not impact account status, but status can be updated manually with appropriate permissions.

2.1.6 Provides the ability to calculate retention amounts Y Contract retainage via Contract Management Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 12
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.1.7 Allows for petty cash expense tracking where transactions do not hit G/L until petty cash reimbursement is processed through AP Y Can change the GL account in Accounts Payable

2.1.8 Provides pooled cash accounting from multiple funds to a pooled cash account including managing due to/due from transactions and sweeps
Y

2.1.9 Provides the ability for short and long -term dividends/interest reported from third party managers to be posted at the fund and sub- fund levels
Y Dividends/interest postings can be done via manual general journal entry and/or flexible journal import.

2.1.10 Provides the ability to automatically allocate interest, including negative interest, based on averages calculated from fields to/from dates and accounts:
- Including the ability to establish a fund as non -interest bearing and ability to establish roll-ups to other funds.

Y Assumes use of Interest Allocation with Cash Management

2.1.11 Allows for the definition of shortcut keys mapped to specific G/L strings minimizing data entry requirements.

Y Via Aliases

2.1.12 Provides the ability to define and manage sub-ledgers Y

2.1.13 Allows multiple periods to be open at the same time Y Max of two years can be open simultaneously Chart of Accounts (COA)

2.1.14 Supports a flexible COA structure that allows for variable field length within each field and expanded use of segments (not less than 10) in the future
Y Tyler’s Enterprise ERP solution includes the ability to create an unlimited number of account segments with an unlimited
number of characters. It also includes the ability to create rules with and/or exist along with the object to make segments required or optional.

2.1.15 Provides the ability to reclassify the COA as necessary in support of organizational changes without having to create an entirely new COA - Including ability to track, query and report account history when changes occur
Y Assuming updating description for previously established account segments – ability to change segments available as well. When new cost centers are created, functions such as change GL account codes and account merge can be used as needed to move history, etc. without changing the established chart of account setup.

2.1.16 Allows for mixed case alpha-numeric values across all segments Y

2.1.17 Provides the ability to import COA updates versus manual input Y The Import Accounts option allows you to download an import template and use it to import balance sheet, expenditure, and revenue accounts.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 13
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.1.18 Allows for object code categorization by user defined groupings Y

2.1.19 Provides the ability to change the status at fund, accounting unit and account level
N

2.1.20 Provides the ability to define segment types and limit the use of segment by module based on segment type

2.1.21 Provides the ability to add or remove segment types based on City requirements
Y

2.1.22 Provides permission-based controls for access to and use of segments (e.g., by department)
Y

2.1.23 Provides the ability to accommodate potential City department reorganization by mapping historical transactional data from previous/original to new account structures
Y Account Change and Account Merge ability allows for
restructuring assistance. External Systems is also available which facilitates integrations between Enterprise ERP and other systems, such as a legacy system.

2.1.24 Provides the ability to incorporate project accounts into the account string
Y

2.1.25 Provides the ability to add a required a project activity number at the accounting unit level
Y
Journal Processing

2.1.26 Provides support for the following journal processing capabilities:
one-time, automated recurring, allocations & distributions, automatic reversals (accruals), imports, and corrections, all with supporting workflow
Y

2.1.27 Provides a template format for ease of journal entry Y

2.1.28 Provides the ability to incorporate a user-selected field for journal type, then have system auto assign # (example: interest allocation = “INT-304302” where INT is user assigned and 304302 is system assigned)
N User-Defined fields are available but no system assigned option

2.1.29 Identifies the source of journals (e.g., budget, sub-system, import, etc.)
Y

2.1.30 Allows for the system to show both short and long descriptions Y

2.1.31 Provides the ability to review journal entries from the GL detail Y

2.1.32 Provides the ability to reject journal entries and send back to preparer with comments for rejection
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 14
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.1.33 Provides the ability to add activity number to a journal entry Y Via user defined field

2.1.34 Provides the ability to attach and view supporting documents for journal entries at the header and line detail level
N Header level only

2.1.35 Provides a tool for defining custom journal imports from files generated by third-party solutions, including land management, recreation management, etc.
- Includes the ability to apply data validation rules to journals Y Standard validation rules would apply as with any manual journal entry (account, budget, etc.).

2.1.36 Prevents the reuse / duplication of journal entry numbers Y

2.1.37 Provides the ability to use allocation codes in support of auto- allocating expenses throughout the system (i.e., journal entry, purchase requisitions, payroll, etc.)
Y

2.1.38 Allows for flexible posting options (i.e., batch, approval required, automated) based on pre-defined rules, permissions, impacted ledgers/accounts, sources, etc.)
Y

2.1.39 Includes searchable user defined fields at the journal header and detail levels
Y

2.1.40 Provides ability to issue a warning when funds do not balance, insufficient budget available, and to prevent one-sided entries from being made
Y

2.1.41 Provides the ability, when releasing journal entries, to identify and display the list of accounting units that have insufficient funds (display the set, rather than one at a time)
Y

2.1.42 Supports intra-entity balancing Y

2.1.43 Provides option to attach supporting documentation to journal entries
Y Via Content Manager

2.1.44 Provides the ability for departments to enter journal entries and automatically route for departmental and accounting review and approval
Y

2.1.45 Provides the ability to import journal entries from excel and drill- down to see journal entries as well as the backup
Y If backup refers to the import file then would need to be attached to journal via Content Manager.

2.1.46 Provides the ability to initiate GL corrections at the corresponding department, providing authorized users to enter the correction, then workflow through approval process and then to Finance for review and posting
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 15
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
Closing

2.1.47 Provides the ability to modify period status (i.e., open and/or closed), including ability to limit access to closed periods only with approved security
Y Enterprise Accounting is effective date-based, so year/period definition is not required. Permissions are available to restrict users to certain months prior to and beyond the current month.

2.1.48 Provides support for period-end soft close processes (i.e., secures new entries to a closed accounting period for specific modules) Y Soft close supported, but not module specific

2.1.49 Provides the ability to include a checklist for required month end journals
Y

2.1.50 Provides automated year-end closing of revenue and expenditure accounts and the automated roll forward of balance sheet accounts (as appropriate) to establish subsequent year beginning balances Y

2.1.51 Allows multiple year-end closing periods (i.e., period 13, period 14, etc.)
Y Adjustments can be posted to the prior closed fiscal year based on the effective date defined and are not specific to a period.

Journals posted to an effective date in the prior fiscal year would be tagged with a 'PLYA' adjustment type.

2.1.52 Provides the ability for authorized users to post year-end entries until the fiscal year is closed
Y
Cost Allocation

2.1.53 Provides the ability to allocate total costs related to an internal service fund or activity across multiple departments/divisions based on user defined factors/cost factors (i.e., employee count; square feet of office space; number of desktop computers, hours worked) Y Via recurring journal entry

2.1.54 Provides the ability to bill from a department/division/project to another department/division/project or within a department Y Interdepartmental billing is supported with Enterprise General Billing.

2.1.55 Provides the ability to select specific revenue and expenditure accounts to be compiled for future allocation/billing
Y Via allocation codes

2.1.56 Provides the ability to generate a scheduled (monthly, quarterly, annually) journal voucher for the allocations/billings
Y Via recurring journals with allocation codes
Inquiries, Reporting, and Analysis

2.1.57 Provides comprehensive end-user reporting capabilities (i.e., rich sets of data delivered to screen during regular business activities, standard/out-of-the box reports, ad hoc reporting, etc.) for all financial transactions data (i.e., various fund balance reports, general ledger, cash, transfers, due to/due from reports, etc.) Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 16
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.1.58 Provides the ability to generate “pre-posting” Trial Balance reports to ensure that essential data was not omitted in error
Y

2.1.59 Provides the ability to categorize and summarize transactional data in support of the Annual Comprehensive Financial Report - Includes the ability to generate Fund Financial Statements and update set-up as needed to meet reporting
requirements
Y ACFR via optionally proposed ACFR Statement Builder

2.1.60 Provides the ability to meet federal and state reporting requirements, including the State Controller’s report, GASB 96 (accounting standards for subscription-based information technology arrangements (SBITAs)), and GASB 87 ((accounting standards for leases)
- Including commitment to meet all future GASB and state reporting requirements
Y Portions of the GASB 87 and 96 Statements can be generated with optionally proposed ACFR Statement Builder to include asset and depreciation information existing in Enterprise Capital Assets, but lease and SBITA-specific data (i.e. leased building, equipment and amortization amounts, etc.) would be entered via adjusting entries or imported to complete the statement.

Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

2.1.61 Provides the capability to generate pre-posting reports to support validation of data prior to actual posting to the GL
Y

2.1.62 Provides the ability for parameter-based reporting (e.g., date ranges) Y

2.1.63 Provides the ability to build and publish annual and periodic financial statements online and in an interactive format
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

2.1.64 Provides the ability to run real-time trial balances, revenue and expenditure ledgers, encumbrances, and project activity reports Y

2.1.65 Provides and maintains reports required by Federal and State mandates, including the Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Awards, Schedule of Expenditures of State Awards
Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 17
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

2.1.66 Provides automated, flexible, and efficient month-end and year- end reporting, including on key metrics (i.e., monthly expenditures by department, number of purchase orders, paychecks, AP payments, etc.)
Y Some may require use of configurable reporting tools

2.1.67 Provides the ability to download transaction data to and upload data from Microsoft Excel
Y

2.1.68 Supports standard financial reporting methods/reports including:
- Modified Accrual
- Full Accrual (Enterprise and Internal Service)
- Government Wide (Full Accrual) (ability to process “no- post” GASB 34 conversion entries)
- Budget Basis (Modified Accrual with custom exclusions of accounts)
- Enterprise and Internal Service Statement of Cashflows - Ability to process “no-post” entries as part of fund financial statement preparation
- Budget to Actual Fund Financials
- Ability to update and maintain statistical data
- Ability to assemble the ACFR for publication in a format that allows eligibility for the GFOA award
Note disclosure and Management Discussion & Analysis
requirements (ACFR): System automatically updates numbers in the reports when journal entries are posted
Y Several standard reports, optionally proposed ACFR Statement Builder, and configurable reporting tools are available.

2.2. Budgeting
The solution should provide an automated electronic Operating and Capital Improvement Program (CIP) budget process with decentralized entry, workflow, and related notifications/alerts. It must track budget revisions and support mid-year amendments, support multiple year budgets and multiple year revenue and budget projections. Specific requirements are listed below.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 18
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response Code Response/Comments
General

2.2.1 Provides full integration with Microsoft Excel for budget development (i.e., worksheet export to Excel, data imported from Excel, Excel-based forecasting, etc.)
Y Imports and exports/reports

2.2.2 Provides a dashboard view for the City’s budget function - Includes ability to limit view access to certain
budget-related tasks
Y Hub

2.2.3 Provides capability for multi-year budgeting, including object, justification, and description fields for each budgeting year Y

2.2.4 Provides the ability to support onscreen entry, version management, and export/import functionality
Y

2.2.5 Allows document attachment at the budget line-item level; attachments must stay with the line item through various budget versions and remain available as budgets are closed

Y Via Content Manager
Budget Setup / Entry

2.2.6 Provides the ability to complete the budget process within a single solution, including operating budgets, position budgets, grants, debt, and capital budgets
Y

2.2.7 Supports creation of budget levels (i.e., Department level, Budget Team level, Finance Level, City Manager level, City Council level)
- Including budget entry at the department level
Y Up to 20 budget levels can be defined

2.2.8 Provides the ability to track multiple budget versions / budget scenarios (i.e., Department Head “requested” version, Budget Division Review, City Manager “proposed accepted” version, “Council approved” version, etc.)
Y

2.2.9 Provides capability for multiple budget development methods, including zero-based, prior year actuals, etc. - Includes the ability to apply increase or decrease
factors down to the object level
Y

2.2.10 Provides the ability for negative amounts to be entered Y

2.2.11 Supports workflow for budget entry, review and approval within each Division or Department
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 19
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response Code Response/Comments

2.2.12 Secures access to accounts (i.e., funds, departments, objects, object categories, etc.) for budget entry based on roles/logins and specific dates
Y

2.2.13 Allows for “base budget package” budgeting with the ability to group items together, capture attributes (e.g., optional or type) and add/remove items (single or in groups) at any established budget level
Y

2.2.14 Allows departmental entry of budget requests, including justifications, comments, attachments, and background data related to requests; this information must stay with line-item entries through budget level-up cycles
Y

2.2.15 Provides options for entering multiple items to a single account
Y Budget detail

2.2.16 Provides the ability to gather internal service funds proposed budgets and calculate ISF charges by end user Department / Division based on established formulas (user defined
formulas)
N

2.2.17 Supports budget entry at the Division, department, object and fund levels, including the use of sub-fields (e.g., object code Professional Services – ability to enter each prof service contract in a “sub” field / table and have it sum the total into the line item for Professional Services)
Y Sub field assumes use of budget detail

2.2.18 Supports the creation of automated budget allocations by fund, department and/or account according to user-specified requirements
N

2.2.19 Provides the ability to capture internal notes on budget records
N
Budget Process Management

2.2.20 Provides the ability to define a maximum or target budget amount per fund, department, division, object, and report against the defined maximum
Y

2.2.21 Provides the ability to capture budget-related notes for internal (Budget division) access only
N
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 20
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response Code Response/Comments

2.2.22 Provides the ability to distribute budgets across different funds as needed
Y

2.2.23 Provides the ability to control budget rollups at multiple levels Y

2.2.24 Provides status tracking relative to departmental budget approvals
Y

2.2.25 Calculates projected fund balances automatically for the current fiscal year and five out-years, rolling the ending fund balance from the previous year to the beginning fund balance of the next year. (i.e., reflecting reserves based on an established (subject to change) calculation, revenues,
expenses, and inter-fund transfers that would result in an ending fund balance, initial beginning fund balance is based on actual fund balance from the previous year.)
- Includes the ability to modify beginning fund
balances manually
Y
Budget Adjustments

2.2.26 Provides support for budget adjustments and provides option to change budget-formatting from building on last year’s actuals to seed-based budgeting
Y

2.2.27 Provides the ability to process mass changes to various accounts during and outside of the budget process, such as departmental or citywide reorganizations
Y

2.2.28 Provides the ability to supports mid-year budget amendments and continuous mid-year adjustments
Y

2.2.29 Supports tracking budget changes across budget levels and between funds
Y

2.2.30 Provides the ability to request end-year budget carryovers prior to June 30 each year
Y
Budget Analysis

2.2.31 Provides support for budget scenario development, including the ability to apply “what if”/factor scenarios across funds, departments, programs, and/or objects for all
budgeting/forecasting years (e.g., five year budget forecasts) Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 21
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response Code Response/Comments

2.2.32 Provides the ability to define and use statistics (e.g., invoices paid, recruitments completed, etc.) as performance
measurements
Y Via optional Priority Based Budgeting

2.2.33 Provides the ability to view budget-to-actuals in real-time with drill-down capabilities
Y

2.2.34 Provides the ability to report on justification comments by budget line item
Y

2.2.35 Provides the ability to enforce budget control for expenditures according to City-defined requirements (i.e., from a requisition, purchase order, AP or GL entry)
Y

2.2.36 Provides the ability to allows users to change key underlying assumptions to impact forecasts
Y
Position/Personnel Budgeting

2.2.37 Provides the ability to budget based on “locked down” position control settings
N Need more information detailing use case.

2.2.38 Provides the ability for labor cost budgeting
- Including the ability to vary the underlying
assumptions for different labor groups
Y

2.2.39 Provides the capability for labor cost projections and supports comparisons against actual labor costs
Y

2.2.40 Provides the ability to add/delete/reallocate/move positions between operating divisions, and updates proposed budget with those changes
Y

2.2.41 Provides support for longevity calculations Y

2.2.42 Provides the ability to allocate employee costs by percentage to multiple account strings
Y

2.2.43 Provides the ability for budgeting of vacant positions Y

2.2.44 Supports position-based budgeting (Option for hours/FTE instead of dollars) to allow for analysis of changes to various factors e.g., FTE counts, COLAs, CPI)
Y

2.2.45 Provides the ability to apply across-the-board budget adjustments by MOU/bargaining unit
Y

2.2.46 Provides filled and vacant position budgeting processes for updating the budget to reflect changes for such things as:

Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 22
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response Code Response/Comments
- Position title and employee assigned to position
- Maximum, mid and minimum salary range
- Current salary
- Evaluation date
- COLAs and merit increases
- Special pay (e.g., bilingual pay, phone, or car
allowance)
- Adjustments to benefit cost
- Other misc. personnel related rate adjustments
Ad hoc personnel costs (e.g., other post-employment
benefits (OPEB), pension-pay off, and one-time costs).

Updates should be available for all or group of positions

2.2.47 Provides personnel budgeting processes for updating the budget to reflect changes for such things as COLAs,
adjustments to variable benefits, updates to fixed benefits, and other misc. personnel related rate adjustments
Y

2.2.48 Provides the ability to add, delete, and/or revise positions being budgeted and mark/identify changes or at least that the position was changed
Y

2.2.49 Provides options for FTE allocations to be based on hours, percentages, etc.; FTE allocations should also be able to be split across multiple funds while at the same time being split by hours and/or percentages between divisions
Y
Capital Budgeting

2.2.50 Provides the ability to budget Capital Improvement Program projects as single year or over multiple years
Y

2.2.51 Provides the ability to automates roll-forward for selected operational and multi-year Capital Improvement Program
(CIP) project budgets
Y

2.2.52 Provides ability to link capital / project budgets to contract limits
Y
Inquiries and Reports

2.2.53 Provides the ability to generate automated month-end budget reports following period closes
Y Via scheduled reports
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 23
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response Code Response/Comments

2.2.54 Provides the capability to generate multi-year budget to actual reports
Y

2.2.55 Provides the capability to review current and prior budget amounts by year
Y

2.2.56 Provides the ability through a real time interface between the budget application and the application that prepares the budget document to update tables, charts, etc. in the budget document as numbers are revised in the budget application T Via optionally proposed third-party PatternStream

2.2.57 Provides the ability to create, edit, and print a budget document through Microsoft Office applications, Adobe, or another application based on data in the budget module
including the following:
- Ability to create, edit, and/or revise charts (e.g., bar, line, pie, etc.,)
- Supports dynamic sizing of text, tables, and charts on a page
- Ability to add images/pictures
- Provides free form space for narrative text
- Provides fields to identify and link goals to budget
data
T Via optionally proposed third-party PatternStream

2.2.58 Supports publication of the budget document online in an interactive format
T Via optionally proposed third-party PatternStream

2.2.59 Provides the ability through the application that prepares budget document to draft written/text information (e.g., introduction, analysis, etc.)
T Via optionally proposed third-party PatternStream

2.2.60 Integrates or interfaces with budget application for budget data used in tables, charts, and text format that allows eligibility for GFOA award
T Via optionally proposed third-party PatternStream

2.2.61 Provides the ability to track G/L trial balance details in relation to budgets
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 24
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

2.3. Contract Management
The solution should provide functionality to manage contracts. It should track and manage contract status information over the life of the contract. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

2.3.1 Provides the ability to track aggregate contract awards to multiple vendors, including the ability to track amounts spent with each vendor to ensure that overall contract limits are adhered to
Y

2.3.2 Provides the ability to establish contracts with any term (i.e., start and end dates) within or across fiscal years
Y

2.3.3 Provides the ability to manage citywide contracts without specific encumbered amounts for multiple departments' use Ideally, Purchasing would identify specific departments allowed to use contract, including allocating amounts to each, but not encumbering funds to allow for use of various funding sources; releases/orders against contract should still be reflected in real- time
Y

This is partially supported. The contract itself would have a specific Purchasing Department associated with it, but users in other organizational departments can have access to the contract.

Contracts do not have to encumber funds. Change Orders reflect on the contract when posted.

2.3.4 Provides the ability to alert/notify City employees of in advance of expiring contracts/agreements, insurance documents, etc.

2.3.5 Provides the ability for purchase orders to validate against contracts for appropriate user, G/L account, amount,
department, date, etc.

2.3.6 Provides the ability to post contract documents with tracking of access to public web
N Contract information can be published to the vendor portal and would be accessible to the vendor listed on the contract. This is not a public facing process as the vendor must log into Vendor Access using credentials they established. If a contract is “printed,” a PDF record of the contract may be emailed to the vendor along with associated attachments.

2.3.7 For capital projects, provides the ability to require that a contract has been entered before a purchase order may be issued
Y Manually via workflow
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 25
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.3.8 Provides the ability to record and track contract limits at user specified levels over the life of the contract
Y Manually via workflow

2.3.9 Provides the ability to generate a list of contracts available to departments that would allow the users to click on a vendor to see the associated contract and pricing
Y From Vendors or Commodities/Items programs, users can access associated contract/pricing.

2.3.10 Provides the ability to alert staff when contract limits are approaching
Y
Contract Setup

2.3.11 Provides the ability to track and view payments against a contract or purchase order
Y

2.3.12 Provides the ability to reflect credits applied by accounts payable and make appropriate amount updates automatically to contract balances (and to related purchase orders)
Y AP Invoices supports entering a credit memo. The credit memo can update the expended amount on a Contract or the liquidated amount on a PO. Once posted, the credit memo remains “unpaid” until other invoice activity offsets it to create a net positive payment to the vendor.

2.3.13 Provides the ability to record service performance against a contract
Y Via Milestones

2.3.14 Provides the ability to purge contracts on a given schedule N Workflow

2.3.15 Provides the ability to notify vendor and send renewal notice letter for their approval, to initiate renewal process for City - Including the ability to include a copy of current pricing for their reference and updates
Y A contract, with associated documents, can be sent to a vendor for signature using Tyler Signature Service integration with DocuSign (proposed as optional). Also, using Tyler’s Notify solution, vendors may be sent scheduled notifications based on a “campaign” initiated by the organization. This integrates with Enterprise ERP for notifications related to expiring insurance certificates. Notify could also be used as a stand-alone for communications campaigns to vendors for other reasons.

2.3.16 Provides the ability for changes in contract dollar amount to trigger workflow, including that the approval process can be routed by department, contract type or amount
Y
Retention

2.3.17 Provides the ability for auto calculation of retention amounts by task, by percentage complete, and by dollar amount
Y Contract retainage schedules are calculated by percent based on payment amounts, but AP Withholding Types can be set up for specific purposes and associated with a vendor. Withholding can be Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 26
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
configured by percent or flat amount. A minimum invoice amount can be set for when withholding starts. Min/Max threshold amounts may able be established by vendor. Both Contract Retainage and AP Withholding can be overridden or amounts modified by an AP clerk with sufficient permissions during entry of the invoice.

2.3.18 Provides the ability for multiple rates of retention based on project progress
Y
Inquiries and Reports

2.3.19 Provides the ability to track and view contract balances remaining
Y

2.3.20 Provides the ability to track progress payments Y

2.3.21 Provides the ability to view all REQs/POs, payments, credits, and vendor history associated with the contract
Y

2.3.22 Provides the ability to track and view contract pricing tables N

2.3.23 Provides the ability to report on contracts against which no purchase orders have been entered
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 27
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

2.4. Procurement/Purchasing
The solution should provide fully integrated functionality supporting a range of purchasing methods from requisition through issuance of the PO. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

2.4.1 Provides the ability to allow electronic forms requests with workflow enabled review and approvals
Y Via requisitions

2.4.2 Provides the ability to support vendor groups and commodity codes for efficient analysis and procurement searches
Y
Requisitions

2.4.3 Provides the ability to link requisitions to contracts Y

2.4.4 Provides the ability to perform budget checking during requisition, PO creation, and invoice processing, including related sales/use tax amount
Y

2.4.5 Provides the ability to add custom requisition entry fields Y

2.4.6 Provides the ability to expedite data entry of recurring/annual requisitions (i.e., duplicate a requisition from one year to another year)
Y Not recurring, but requisitions can be copied

2.4.7 Provides the ability to attach documents to requisitions Y Via Content Manager

2.4.8 Provides options to encumber at the requisition and PO levels Y Encumbrance occurs at PO level and pre-encumbrance at requisition level

2.4.9 Provides the ability during requisition entry to alert/inform the user if the vendor has open blanket purchase orders
N

2.4.10 Provides the ability to add a new vendor when creating a requisition Y

2.4.11 Provides the ability to create a requisition without selecting an existing vendor
Y

2.4.12 Provides real-time indication if invalid data is entered during requisition entry
Y

2.4.13 Provides the ability to copy an existing requisition Y

2.4.14 Provides the ability to enforce a “hard stop” if the requisition fails budget check, invalid account, and/or invalid vendor
- Includes the ability to override, with proper authorization Y GL permissions can be set to prevent posting over budget, invalid accounts cannot be entered, and while requisitions do not require a vendor, if one is entered, it must be valid.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 28
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.4.15 Provides the ability to automatically route a requisition to an approver based on the originator of the requisition (e.g., departmental, object code)
Y

2.4.16 Provides the ability to route the requisition to different levels in the workflow
Y

2.4.17 Provides the ability to reject the requisition and send back to originator with comments at any level during approval workflow Y
Encumbrances

2.4.18 Provides the ability to show pre-encumbrances/commitments (no ledger transaction) and encumber amounts related to requisitions and purchase orders
Y Requisitions are posted as pre-encumbrances and POs are posted as encumbrances; overbudget permissions and workflow can be setup via GL and Budgeting.

2.4.19 Provides the ability to automatically reverse pre- encumbrance/commitment and encumbrance amounts as
appropriate, modifications (PO is reduced/decreased) when a PO or requisition is cancelled or closed
Y

2.4.20 Provides real-time access to PO information related to encumbrances
Y

2.4.21 Provides the ability to encumber at various account/org structural levels (i.e., departments, account groups, accounts, funds, funding sources, etc.)
N Encumbrances may only occur at the account level.

2.4.22 Provides the ability to submit encumbrance master listing by account number
Y

2.4.23 When rolling over encumbrances at year-end, provides capability to track rollover amount separately from other budgeted amounts (e.g., rollover into a designated / separate amount field) Y
Purchase Orders (POs)

2.4.24 Provides the ability to update the solution’s default PO template, including Terms and Conditions
Y Backers on the Enterprise Forms PO template used for output.

2.4.25 Provides the ability to copy POs, including across fiscal years N Requisitions can be copied and converted to POs but POs themselves cannot be copied.

2.4.26 Provides the ability to attach supporting documents to POs Y Via Content Manager

2.4.27 Provides the ability to modify a recurring PO Y Any previously posted purchase order may have a change order entered against it.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 29
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.4.28 Provides the ability to attach different terms and conditions depending on type of PO (e.g., standard or open/blanket) Y

2.4.29 Provides the ability to require / add City Manager and City Attorney signatures and workflows for POs over a specified dollar threshold and under other special circumstances
Y Via workflow

2.4.30 Provides the ability to link POs to contracts/agreements Y

2.4.31 Provides the ability to add zero-dollar line items and apply discounts (negative amounts/percentage discounts, etc.) to POs
Y Discount %

2.4.32 Provides the ability to have a single PO associated with multiple departments, projects, and / or funding sources
Y

2.4.33 Provides the ability to issue POs using a variety of units of measure Y

2.4.34 Provides an option for PO numbering to be user defined or system generated
Y

2.4.35 Provides the ability to support annual, blanket, multi-year, and multi-department PO types
Y

2.4.36 Supports multiple line items per PO with the option of associating different G/L strings within each line by amount and percentage Y

2.4.37 Provides the ability to identify asset tag numbers for each capital asset-related line item on a PO
Y Tag number can be defined on each asset

2.4.38 Provides the ability to capture internal or external justifications, notes, or comments on PO, including reason(s) for rejection - Internal comments must only be visible to City staff
members
Y

2.4.39 Provides the ability to define which users are authorized to override established PO limits
Y

2.4.40 Provides real-time expense tracking on all POs, including blanket POs
Y

2.4.41 Provides the ability to prevent a PO from being issued to an inactive vendor
Y

2.4.42 Provides the ability to email the POs to more than one email address, with copy sent to Buyer
Y Configured as delivery definitions that use output templates created in Enterprise Forms.

2.4.43 Provides real-time access to PO status including approval status and location in the queue (i.e., on screen, via dashboard, report, etc.) Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 30
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.4.44 Provides real-time access to PO information related to balances, adjustments, and postings
Y

2.4.45 Provides the ability to automate PO initiation after contract is awarded
Y

2.4.46 Provides the ability to track and display open POs and supports the maintenance of open POs over multiple years
Y

2.4.47 Provides the ability to issue Change Orders to a previously issued PO - Includes workflow for review and approval
- Includes the ability to update/change the associated
Vendor ID and/or the Vendor’s Tax ID if the vendor makes a change
Y

2.4.48 Provides the ability to receive PO line items fully and partially as needed
Y

2.4.49 Provides the ability to track a PO through the return process Y

2.4.50 Provides the ability to track PO spending against a contract Y

2.4.51 Provides the ability for staff to request releases against blanket/open POs for departmental approval and Purchasing approval over certain dollar thresholds to track real-time spend against POs (not only payments made against POs)
Y

2.4.52 Provides the ability to automatically close a PO when the order has been satisfied
Y

2.4.53 Provides the ability to “short close” (for open amounts less than the original PO amount)
Y

2.4.54 Provides the ability to mass close POs based on user defined parameters (e.g., at the end of the fiscal year)
Y

2.4.55 Provides the ability to modify current an open PO, including to increase the PO amount
Y

2.4.56 Provides the ability to track contingency spending if available for an awarded PO, and to reflect as a PO revision
- Note that this type of PO revision should be available for viewing only to City staff – vendors should not see such PO revisions
W/C For POs, this is not a native feature in Enterprise ERP. A PO Change Order could be used to add contingency amounts where the PO is not “reprinted” for delivery of the revised PO to the vendor. Contingency amounts are available on contracts where visibility and invocation is role permission based.

2.4.57 Provides the ability to request change orders and track change order numbers, amount for each as well as cumulatively
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 31
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
- Including workflow for department and Purchasing review and approval

2.4.58 Provides the ability to cap/reject change order requests at certain PO/contract percentage or amounts according to City guidelines - Note that guidelines may be updated periodically
Y Via workflow

2.4.59 Provides the ability to automatically generate POs from established 3rd party online store (e.g., Staples) via “punch-out” ordering process
Y Via eProcurement

2.4.60 Provides the ability to combine multiple requisitions on one PO Y

2.4.61 Provides the ability to adjust taxable amounts at individual lines Y

2.4.62 Provides the ability to categorize requisitions and POs as user defined types. (i.e., regular requisition vs. blanket PO, sole source, emergency, cooperative, etc.) and allow Buyers to override purchase type
Y

2.4.63 Provides the ability for authorized users to bypass the requisition process and get a PO number in emergency situations with appropriate audit controls, including an audit trail
Y

2.4.64 Provides the ability to release encumbrances when a requisition or PO is closed or cancelled
Y Pre-encumbrances – requisitions; Encumbrances – POs

2.4.65 Provides the ability for a Purchasing Manager to assign requisitions to Buyers
Y
Purchasing Cards (P-Cards)

2.4.66 Provides effective p-card management functionality and controls, including ability for integration with US Bank
Y Via standard p-card import

2.4.67 Supports managing p-card usage, processing of related payments in coordination with bank and ability to load detailed transactions Y

2.4.68 Provides accommodation for an expanded p-card purchase description
Y

2.4.69 Provides the ability to notify p-card holders via automated email of the available batch of p-card transactions awaiting updates Y

2.4.70 Provides the ability to split p-card transactions by fund, department and/or account specific transaction types
Y

2.4.71 Provides the ability to generate p-card transaction reports by department and/or cardholder name
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 32
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
Year End

2.4.72 Provides the ability to define period close and roll-over dates at system and module level
N System level only.

2.4.73 Supports year-end activities such as PO closure and the ability to roll POs to the new fiscal year, including providing a facility for departmental managers to identify which POs should be carried forward into a new year and appropriate treatment of carryover budget amounts
Y

2.4.74 Provides the ability for users to enter effective-dated purchase requisitions for the new fiscal year prior to the start of that fiscal year
Y

2.4.75 Provides real-time access to PO-related information, including encumbrances, balances, adjustments, and postings
Y

2.4.76 Provides a report or dashboard alert of POs with no activity for a user defined period
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools
Document Management and Workflow

2.4.77 Supports document scanning and attachment, and makes documents accessible throughout the procurement process (i.e., requisition, PO, packing slips, etc.)
Y Via Content Manager

2.4.78 Provides the ability to configure alerts (percentage/dollar-based) when an invoice (or combination of invoices) is on the verge of exceeding the approved PO amount
Y

2.4.79 Provides options for sending PO documents to vendors - Including printed/mailed, emailed, and via vendor self- service portal
Y
Inquiries and Reporting

2.4.80 Provides the ability to inquire and export reports in Excel and PDF formats for the above by search fields that include but are not limited to the following:
- Date of Document (Req/PO/Contract)
- Department/Division
- Requester Name
- Requisition/PO/Contract number
- Vendor
Y Some fields/combinations of fields may require use of configurable reporting tools
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 33
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
- Amount
- Description
- Related Account Numbers
- Payments/invoices applied
- Receipt status/date
- Received by information (Name)
- City Council approval date and Staff Report Item
- Related Bid/RFP number

2.4.81 Provides the ability to generate quarterly reports with the following fields for specified date ranges:
- Type of procurement document/transaction (P-card, PO, Contract, Blanket/Open PO)
- PO/Contract number
- Date of transaction/document
- Total amount
- Department
- Project Title/general description of items
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

2.4.82 Provides detailed report with approvals, requisition and GL information
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

2.5. Vendor Management
The solution should provide the ability to maintain vendor information to process payments and track information related to doing business with the City. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code
Response/Comments
General

2.5.1 Provides the ability to make use of one-time vendors Y

2.5.2 Provides the ability to track insurance requirements and related documents needed for doing business, including business licenses.

Y Via attachments in Content Manager

2.5.3 Provides the ability to automate upcoming Certificate of Insurance expiration notifications
Y Via Hub
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 34
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code
Response/Comments

2.5.4 Provides the ability to send vendors emails, either individual or to all for mass communications
Y Would require Tyler’s Notify solution for creating and managing a communications campaign.

2.5.5 Provides ability to complete vendor name changes Y

2.5.6 Supports the use of employee bank information for employee reimbursements (e.g., travel expenses)
Y

2.5.7 Provides the ability to search vendors by commodity codes Y Vendor Self Service

2.5.8 Provides a vendor self-service portal with functions that include the ability to:
- Submit requests to become “registered” vendors
- Identify vendor contacts
- Upload and submit documents (i.e., invoices, w-9, licenses, insurance certificates, banking information, etc.)
- Select / designate related commodity codes
- Designate remit-to address(es)
- Designate preferred communication methods, including
provision of related email address or phone number
- Make changes to address, phone, primary contact, etc. - Check invoice/payment status
- View transactional history associated with purchase orders (POs)
- Submit change requests
Y Vendor Access

2.5.9 Provides the ability for multiple DBAs for one legal name Y

2.5.10 Provides the ability to add multiple contacts for a vendor, including the ability to designate a primary contact
Y

2.5.11 Provides the ability for multiple vendor’s addresses to be stored Y

2.5.12 Provides the ability to establish payment terms for vendors within 30 days
Y Configured on vendor record

2.5.13 Prevents duplicate entry of vendor records (i.e., duplicate use of taxpayer id/SSN, company name, etc.)
Y SSN/EIN only
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 35
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

2.6. Accounts Payable
The solution should support payments to various entities including, but not limited to, vendors for services or goods, employees’ expenses, retirees, and other agencies. The solution should apply appropriate controls over all payments. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

2.6.1 Provides the ability for a decentralized invoice intake, including ability to view information such as department name, agreement number, PO number, material release
- Includes automated workflow for review and approval
Y

2.6.2 Provides intuitive/shortcut end user access to check the status of all open invoices
Y

2.6.3 Provides the ability for departments to review and approve open invoices, provide agreement number, PO number, provide validated GL coding
- Includes automated workflow to obtain necessary approvals, and submit payment request to Accounts Payable
Y

2.6.4 Provides the ability to notify departments of received invoice if received centrally
N

2.6.5 Provides the ability to implement three-way matching of the PO, invoice, and receipt
Y

2.6.6 Provides the ability to manage vendor invoice credits and voided checks with associated adjustments to encumbrances, G/L and PO balances Y

2.6.7 Provides the ability to view the status of open invoices at different stages of the invoice approval process and payment issue Y

2.6.8 Provides the ability to identify duplicate invoice numbers from a single vendor
Y

2.6.9 Provides the ability to include/attach supporting vendor records to digital invoice including bill of lading, packing slip, etc.

Y Via Content Manager

2.6.10 Provides the ability to alert staff if a related PO exists for the vendor at invoice input
Y

2.6.11 Workflow approval includes routing to multiple levels of management and notifications
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 36
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.6.12 Provides the ability to designate an alternate approver in the event the assigned approver will be out of the office/on leave
Y

2.6.13 Provides the ability to issue employee reimbursements through the Accounts Payable module
Y Via Employee Expense Reimbursement (proposed as optional) Payment Calculation

2.6.14 Provides the ability to make partial payments against an invoice Y

2.6.15 Provides the ability to automatically alert staff of available payment discounts
Y If a vendor record has payment terms configured with a discount, the discount will automatically apply to the invoice during entry if the terms are met. This can be manually overridden by the entry clerk if necessary.

2.6.16 Provides the ability for the automatic calculation of shipping fees and taxes owed
Y Shipping costs can be configured on the vendor or manually entered per invoice. Taxes can be configured globally and on the vendor.

2.6.17 Provides the ability to automatically calculate retainage using the percentage indicated on a purchase order
Y

2.6.18 Provides the ability to remit retention amounts previously withheld Y

2.6.19 Allows payments that can be scheduled over a period and with associated tracking of payment terms
Y

2.6.20 Allows for the tracking, deduction, and reporting of vendor garnishments, and withholdings
Y

2.6.21 Allows for management, security (i.e., user restrictions or redaction) and payment of various claims
Y This could be controlled via workflow.

2.6.22 Provides the ability to allocate pre-payment amounts across accounting periods (i.e., for software maintenance agreements)
Y

2.6.23 Provides the ability to include sales and use tax owed if the vendor did not include the amount on the invoice
Y

2.6.24 Supports digital submission of miscellaneous payment requests (check req/direct request for payments, including associated workflow) Y Assumes use of electronic invoicing; otherwise, additional information is needed.

Payment Process

2.6.25 For multi-line-item POs, allows selection of one or more of those line items during invoice processing
Y

2.6.26 Provides the ability to generate Positive Pay files Y

2.6.27 Provides the ability to support processing of 1099s and 1099 reporting requirements
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 37
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.6.28 Allows for split vendor reporting and provide 1042-S international vendor reporting, current process is manual
N Not currently, but planned for upcoming release. Future Functionality, when and if provided, will be released on the same timeline as the functionality is made generally available to customers under a maintenance agreement with Tyler. If a customer requires that such functionality be committed to within the contract, the functionality will be treated as a custom modification, payable by the customer.

2.6.29 Provides the ability for EFT/ACH and credit card payments utilizing bank services to vendors with notification that payment was sent - Including the ability to issue ACH payments from various bank accounts
Y

2.6.30 Provides the ability to alert staff for previously entered invoices that are aging and where penalties may apply for late payments
Y

2.6.31 Provides the ability to submit travel and employee reimbursement requests via automated workflow
Y Via Employee Expense Reimbursement (proposed as optional)

2.6.32 Provides the ability to attach documents supporting travel request and employee reimbursement
Y Via Content Manager and Employee Expense Reimbursement (proposed as optional)

2.6.33 Provides the ability to drill down from a payment to view a related purchase order, invoice, or other related documents
Y

2.6.34 Supports the creation of automated splits by fund, department and/or account according to user-specified requirements
Y Via Allocation Codes

2.6.35 Supports virtual cards (ePayables) that act as electronic payment alternatives to paper checks
Y Via ACI payment method (depends on bank offering) or Tyler Disbursements feature of the AP Automation integration with EERP

2.6.36 Provides the ability to process transactions for one-time vendors

2.6.37 Provides the ability to process holdback or progress payments Y Vendor retainage for holdback portions of payment is supported.

2.6.38 Provides the ability to reconcile wire transfers for miscellaneous receipts to verify posting of funds to the correct accounts
Y This applies to Accounts Receivable and General Billing rather than AP.

2.6.39 Provides the ability to post transactions via AP with valid GL information Y Check Generation

2.6.40 Provides document storage and will create a PDF rendering of checks as part of processing with user security integration.

Y Via Content Manager
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 38
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.6.41 Check rendering should provide the ability to see invoice number and PO number.

2.6.42 Checks are stored with references ID to financial transactions at all levels, including purchase orders
Y

2.6.43 Provides the ability to generate more than one check for a vendor during a check process
Y

2.6.44 Provides the ability for multiple page checks if necessary Y

2.6.45 Provides the ability to generate individual checks outside of the normal check processing schedule
Y

2.6.46 Provides the ability to reinstate the purchase order and reinstate the encumbrance after voiding a check
Y

2.6.47 Provides “stale check” processing support, including the ability to identify candidate checks, to designate these as “unclaimed property”, and to generate the appropriate cash and liability account entries, etc.

2.6.48 Provides the ability to record wire transfer transactions without processing them as manual checks
Y

2.6.49 Provides the ability to track the payment status of checks (issued, cashed, written off to unclaimed property)

2.6.50 Provides the ability to backdate canceled checked/reissues at fiscal year- end
Y Assuming the fiscal year has not been closed

2.6.51 Provides the ability to generate check copies with necessary watermark (e.g., “COPY”)
Y

2.6.52 Provides the ability to prevent issuance of duplicate checks Y

2.6.53 Provides the ability to store electronic copy of checks, including the ability to access the document image and backup documentation (purchase order) from within the ERP
- Images should state “VOID” across check
Y
Reporting

2.6.54 Supports flexible vendor search and reporting (invoices by vendor, vendor name, vendor checks, check data history)
Y Some may require use of configurable reporting tools

2.6.55 Provides the ability to support read only access (security setting) to Vendor Maintenance for AP Staff
Y

2.6.56 Provide the ability to generate active system notifications for invoice status
Y Workflow notifications
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 39
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.6.57 Provides the ability to generate a real-time AP Aging Report Y

2.6.58 Provides the ability to generate a Payment History Report, including but not limited to related GL information, PO Number, Agreement Number Y

2.7. General Billing (Accounts Receivable)
The solution should support invoicing of various entities including, but not limited to, citizens, former employees, businesses, and other governmental entities. It should support invoicing for a variety of items such as false alarms, grants, property damage, COBRA, miscellaneous items, and services. It should record receivables and payments against customer accounts. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

2.7.1 Provides a public-facing Customer Self-Service Portal through which customers may establish authenticated accounts (with City review and approval), and view and pay invoices
Y Resident Access

2.7.2 Provides the ability to define an invoice entry template for staff to initiate invoice process in a centralized or decentralized manner Y

2.7.3 Provides the ability to issue an invoice that is tied to GL transactions Y

2.7.4 Provides the ability to link multiple customers numbers to a single customer
Y

2.7.5 Provides the ability to search receivable amounts by customer, customer account number, invoice number, citation number, cite address, mailing address, accounting units and project numbers
Y

2.7.6 Provides a public portal for customer self-service to view account balances, view download and print billing invoices/statements, update billing addresses, make payments of multiple types, etc.

2.7.7 Provides bar code functionality to capture customer billing information (including amount due), with bar code appearing on bills, and ability to scan and retrieve customer billing information (barcoding on invoices)

2.7.8 Offers document storage and will create a PDF rendering of invoices as part of processing with link to transaction (The PDFs are then stored within the ERP with references to the transaction)
Y Via Enterprise Forms and Content Manager
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 40
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.7.9 Provides the ability to edit invoice details, including invoice amounts, following invoice creation
Y

2.7.10 Invoices and miscellaneous receipts have full G/L integration and prepares G/L journal transactions for proofing and posting Y

2.7.11 Provides the ability for effective dating invoices with the ability to bill in future periods or in arrears
Y

2.7.12 Provides the ability to bill for benefit reimbursement (payroll), cost recovery (projects), work orders and inter-departmental billing Y

2.7.13 Provides the ability to generate a variety of miscellaneous bill types Y

2.7.14 Provides the ability for the City to define multiple invoice formats, including invoices with quantity and rate (including additional fields to annotate individual charges).

2.7.15 Provides the ability to manage business licenses for the City, including standard workflow, customizable calculations, online payments, and reporting across the platform.

Y
Invoice Generation

2.7.16 Provides the ability to import invoice details via an Excel/CSV file or comma-delimited file
Y

2.7.17 Provides the ability to generate multiple invoice types (e.g., Miscellaneous Receipts, Grant Reimbursements)
Y

2.7.18 Provides the ability to generate bills with installments and to provide reports to identify installment plans
Y Recurring invoices

2.7.19 Provides the ability to add user-defined messages to invoices and statements
Y

2.7.20 Provides the ability for off-cycle, regular batch bill and mass batch bill runs
Y

2.7.21 Provides the ability for recurring invoices (e.g., lease statements) on an interval basis with set dates or a duration of time (i.e., weekly, monthly) Y

2.7.22 Provides the ability to maintain multiple (e.g., more than one) effective- dated fee schedules
Y

2.7.23 Provides the ability to add fees, penalties, or interest to invoices Y

2.7.24 Provides the ability to update and change recurring invoices on as needed basis
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 41
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.7.25 Provides the ability to include staff costs when generating invoices related to projects, including ability to attach project activity Y Assumes use of interdepartmental billing if projects are for the City.

2.7.26 Provides the ability to automatically send invoices to customers via email Y Payments / Payment Status

2.7.27 Provides an option for payments to immediately affect customer account balances while batches are still open
Y

2.7.28 Provides the ability to accommodate electronic payment processing Y

2.7.29 Provides the ability to handle ACH payments Y

2.7.30 Provides the ability to select from available invoices when applying payments
Y

2.7.31 Provides the ability to reconcile wire transfers for miscellaneous receipts to verify posting of funds to the correct accounts
Y

2.7.32 Provides cashiering options to update customer account balances in real time
Y Cashiering and Payment entry both show account
balances before and after payments.

2.7.33 Provides the ability to track payments received by invoice at a dashboard level
Y Customer level shows bills, payments, etc. separated by tabs.

2.7.34 Provides comprehensive NSF check processing including appropriate reversing of accounting transactions and application of fees as part of “level-one” collections prior to communication to sub/external systems.

Then, communicating to sub/external systems to reverse payments, affect re-billing with additional charge(s), and associate these events with the customer’s account
Y Special conditions can be added at the time of payment reversal but an NSF fee can be added later via invoice
adjustments. NSF fees can also be added at the time of the payment reversal depending on what is best for the
Cities workflow. Workflow approvals can also be
implemented here.

2.7.35 Provides the ability to view the payment status for an invoice based on invoice number
Y
Refunds

2.7.36 Provides the ability to generate refunds, including integration for payment through AP
Y
Accounts Receivable Workflow

2.7.37 Provides the ability to define workflow processes including automatic forwarding, including deadlines for completion, when a designated recipient is indicated as being out of the office
Y

2.7.38 Provides electronic workflow to route initial invoice entry (individual or batch) document to user-defined reviewers and approvers before invoice Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 42
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
is generated and receivable is established (i.e., ability to forward outside of workflow for approval)
- Includes ability to route by department or G/L

2.7.39 Provides the ability to generate invoices across costs centers (e.g., when multiple departments are involved in a special event, all department charges are included on the invoice)
Y

2.7.40 Provides the ability to write off balances with a workflow approval process
Y
Reporting and Inquiries

2.7.41 Provides flexible real-time reporting capabilities including but not limited to the following
- A/R Aging
- Open Receivable Reminder Letter
- Excel Cubes
- Dashboards for collection/receivable information
- Database Queries/Inquiry Screens
Y

2.7.42 Provides statements of cumulative activity with fields for multiple customers, dates, payments, current balances due, etc. (vs. invoices only) Y

2.7.43 Provides the ability to automate notification for 30/60/90 past due notices
Y Print invoices can be set up via scheduler to run with different selection criteria. Notify is also available to send text message notifications.

2.7.44 Provides the ability to send amounts 90 days past due to an external collection agency as well as generate a report for the invoices that have been sent to the collection agency
Y

2.7.45 Provides the ability to search and display miscellaneous invoices Y Assumes an actual invoice is created. Any invoice that is created can be searched and displayed.

2.7.46 Provides accounts aging data sufficient to support collection activities Y

2.7.47 Provides the ability to filter on one or more invoices based on search criteria and print them
Y

2.7.48 Provides the ability to accept electronic submission of invoices, and to track outstanding invoices
Y Assumes the use of compatible file formats.

2.7.49 Provides the ability to track progress payments, invoices, and approvals Y

2.7.50 Provides on demand and interval-based (i.e., weekly) past due payments and aging reports with notifications
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 43
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

2.8. Cash Receipts (Cashiering)
The solution should support a centralized cashiering module to collect and manage payment transactions (e.g., cash, checks, credit cards, electronic payments) from multiple locations on a daily basis. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

2.8.1 Supports immediate recognition of payments received by credit card, online or at the counter
Y

2.8.2 Provides the ability to automatically calculate the “convenience fee” associated with the use of a credit card for payments
Y

2.8.3 Supports multiple tender types (cash, check, credit card, etc.) in a single transaction
Y

2.8.4 Provides the ability to associate a customer with a transaction / payment Y

2.8.5 Provides the ability to associate payments with different collection points / locations (i.e., over the counter, via the internet, etc.) Y Departments and sources are examples.

2.8.6 Provides for credit card chip reader, check endorser, document scanner, receipt printer, cash drawer and Pi/PCI compliance capabilities Y All supported via Cashiering, see current hardware matrix for a list of supported devices.

2.8.7 Provides the ability to interface with third party systems via a flat file or API
Y Via compatible import files and/or proper leveraging of applicable API offerings.

2.8.8 Audit tracking for users/groups/transactions Y
Payments

2.8.9 Provides the ability to integrate with bar code scanners to capture invoice details
Y

2.8.10 Provides the ability to integrate with signature capture devices Y Supported via Cashiering

2.8.11 Provides the ability to display default values for certain payments (i.e., amount, quantity, etc.), including ability for cashier to override Y

2.8.12 Provides the ability to print receipts and forms for customer payments/transactions
Y

2.8.13 Provides the ability for customization of receipt forms, including the use of custom fields
Y May require Enterprise Forms

2.8.14 Provides the ability to void payments, including an appropriate workflow process for review
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 44
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.8.15 Provides bar code functionality to capture customer billing information (including amount due), with bar code appearing on bills, and ability to scan and retrieve customer billing information
Y Scan line available for retrieval of billing information.

2.8.16 Provides for the ability to accept online payments for business licenses, Transient Occupancy Tax, permits, and other items
Y
End of Day

2.8.17 Supports the daily tracking and posting of transactions and deposit amounts by user, including payment type (i.e., cash, credit cards, checks, etc.) for end of day balancing and reconciliation
Y

2.8.18 Provides the ability to track deposits in transit/cash in vault Y

2.8.19 Provides the ability to have multiple batches, but only one (1) cash drawer per workstation
Y
Inquiries and Reports

2.8.20 Provides daily reports to prepare deposit slips, track daily receipts (i.e. cash denominations, check totals, etc.)
Y

2.8.21 Provides the ability to track and report all monthly cash (and cash equivalents) receipted in and disbursed out
Y

2.8.22 Provides the ability to track and report the number of specific types of transactions by certain time frame (i.e., the number of EFTs in a specific month or number of ACHs executed during year, the number of deposits on a specific date, etc.)
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

2.8.23 Provide the ability to create custom reports using data fields within the module
Y Via use of configurable reporting tools

2.8.24 Provides the ability to access underlying data for reporting/analysis Y Via use of configurable reporting tools

2.8.25 System provides a reporting dashboard for collection activity Y

2.9. Developer Deposits
The solution should provide the capability to receive, track, and manage developer deposits via integration with the City’s Infor system. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 45
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.9.1 Provides the ability establish of trust / deposit accounts tied to specific projects, and issue a receipt for the deposit amount
- Including ability to integrate deposit activity details (i.e., fees, project charges, and refunds) between the proposed financial solution and the City’s Accela planning and permitting
platform
Y Accounts assuming use of standard GL accounts with
projects tied to them. Payment Entry in Accounts Receivable and Cashiering both allow receipt of money and deposits.

Integration would assume leveraging of applicable APIs
and/or compatible import/export formats.

2.9.2 Provides the ability to charge project expenses against the project (i.e., staff time, public noticing, postage, etc.)
Y

2.9.3 Provides the ability to track remaining balances in deposit or trust accounts and notify assigned staff and applicant when the balance approaches and/or falls below minimum balance limits (based on amounts or percentages)
- Limits to be determined by City on a project-by-project basis Y Assuming balance is established budget

2.9.4 Provides the ability to complete a refund of remaining deposit amounts once a related project has been completed
Y

2.10. Inventory Management
The solution should include an inventory/warehouse management function to track and manage inventory including location, cost, and counts. It must support multiple methods of valuation, and surplus disposal. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

2.10.1 System accommodates a centralized inventory management system that accommodates multiple departments using inventory from one or more locations
Y

2.10.2 Provides for multiple units of measure on orders, as well as different units of measure for issuance (e.g., cable orders by the spool, and issuing in units of linear feet)
Y

2.10.3 Provides the ability to track multiple item types and/or allows sub- categories under a parent item, including location tracking Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 46
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.10.4 Provides the ability to enter inventory items either manually or through import
Y

2.10.5 Provides the flexibility to accommodate lengthy inventory item descriptions
Y

2.10.6 Provides the ability for inventory valuation with options for FIFO, LIFO, historical cost and weighted average cost
N FIFO and normal cost are supported but LIFO and weighted average cost are not.

2.10.7 Provides the ability to manage inventory at multiple locations Y

2.10.8 Allows inventory items to be associated with service orders/jobs for purposes of determining inventory expenses connected with specific activities
Y

2.10.9 Provides the ability to upload/attach images of any inventory item Y

2.10.10 Provides the ability to track non-inventory items (i.e., consumables, etc.) Y

2.10.11 Provides the ability to track non -inventory assets (e.g., vehicles), including related details, useful life, and disposal methods Y Via Capital Assets

2.10.12 Provides the ability to identify and track inventory locations to multiple levels of detail (i.e., Warehouse, Aisle, Shelf, Area, etc.) Y

2.10.13 Provides the ability to capture and track rolling stock items and quantities
N

2.10.14 Provides the ability to support barcoding, QR code and/or RFID integration
Y Via Inventory Mobile

2.10.15 Provides the ability to generate an inventory catalog, including images, descriptions, and pricing
Y
Inventory Receiving

2.10.16 Provides a receiving process for all items received at decentralized receiving areas
Y

2.10.17 Provides the ability to categorize and analyze inventory costs and item usage based on user-defined classifications, including GL account numbers
Y

2.10.18 Provides the ability for barcoding/scanning of inventory for receiving and disbursement
Y Via Inventory Mobile
Requests and Issuance
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 47
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.10.19 Provides the ability to submit inventory requests online, including workflow for review and approval, and with “shopping” capability similar to the Amazon experience
Y Via Item Marketplace program

2.10.20 Provides the ability for smart search functionality related to inventory items
N Need more information detailing how smart search is used.

2.10.21 Provides the ability to display real-time inventory amounts at the time of order request
Y

2.10.22 Provides the ability for managing inventory cycle counts by various methods (annual, partial, etc.)
Y

2.10.23 Provides the ability for issuances of pick tickets and delivery tickets along with associated forms
Y

2.10.24 Provides the ability to reconcile inventory at year-end, at other specified intervals, and on-demand
Y

2.10.25 Provides the ability to automatically update inventory when a final invoice versus requisition and provides ability to charge departments/cost centers for usage of inventory including adding markup; creates journal entry to reduce inventory and charge department is generated
Y
Inventory Replenishment

2.10.26 Provides the ability to automate inventory replenishment at pre- defined reorder points (e.g., minimum / maximum levels) with associated notification/ workflow / approvals
Y

2.10.27 Provides the ability to auto -request and restock inventory at City - specified levels
Y

2.10.28 Provides the ability to track the most recent vendor source for any inventory item
- Includes the ability to view all potential vendors for any inventory item(s) to review available pricing
Y

2.10.29 Provides the ability to manage quality control for inventory received (i.e., to identify any rejected items and reasons for rejection, etc.) Y Facilitated via Inspection process (4-way match) in PO receiving. Also via cycle counts and adjustments.

2.10.30 Provides the ability to auto create inventory items via purchasing or p - card transactions
N Inventory account could be used, but nothing will auto- create an inventory item.

2.10.31 Provides reporting/dashboards on common inventory datapoints such as reorder thresholds, item status, transactions history, etc.

Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 48
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

2.11. Fixed Asset Management
The solution should provide asset management functionality fully integrated with the general ledger to create, capture, and maintain information (asset ID, cost, dates, etc.) associated with leased and capitalized assets. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
Asset Acquisition

2.11.1 Provides the ability to track and manage capitalized and non-capitalized assets
- Including technology assets
Y

2.11.2 Provides the ability to identify and track all “continuing property” which are fixed assets under $5,000 that are not capitalized (e.g., computers) Y

2.11.3 Supports workflow options for purchase requisitions that indicate that the requisition includes a potential asset purchase
Y

2.11.4 Allows multiple funding sources per asset, including bond, grant funding and other funding sources
Y
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.10.32 Provides the ability to manage and track consignment inventory (inventory items available to but not directly owned by the City) Y

2.10.33 Provides the ability to enter, track and manage serialized inventory items (e.g., water meters)
Y

2.10.34 Provides the ability to support inventory auditing procedures that checks and balances physical inventory counts to inventory records, including generating journal entries for adjustments
Y
Inventory Costs

2.10.35 Provides the ability to assess charges to departments for receiving, tracking, and delivering incoming shipments
Y

2.10.36 Provides the ability to auto create journal entries and charge departments/cost centers for usage of inventory
Y

2.10.37 Provides the ability to track palletized inventory by occupied square footage and to charge back a related fee to the source department for storage
N
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 49
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.11.5 Provides the ability to split an existing asset across funding sources Y An asset can be copied for each set of GL accounts with applicable amounts for each account group. The system then merges the multiple lines together, summing the purchase amount and LTD depreciation, and determines the
percentage split between the GL account groups.

Also, an asset type can be set as ‘Shared Across Funds’ to ensure the GL accounts added to the asset (e.g. Asset or Contra accounts) are split across funds. With this method, a user cannot split an asset GL distribution profile across funds directly, but they can create separate purchase order items for each fund’s asset item.

2.11.6 Provides the ability to define/record asset custodians Y

2.11.7 Provides the ability to record and track data related to specific grant requirements
Y May need additional information detailing what data is needed, but a project can be tied to a grant and the project can be tied to an asset, a specific funding source can be tied to a grant and then associated with an asset, and a user defined field can also be defined on an asset.

2.11.8 Supports barcoding/scanning of assets with serial numbers or asset IDs, or tag IDs
Y Via Assets Mobile

2.11.9 Provides, or interfaces with asset tag solution Y Via Assets Mobile

2.11.10 Provides the ability to copy assets to expedite the creation of new asset records
Y

2.11.11 Provides the ability to identify a group of ‘like’ assets (e.g., police cars) and create the necessary set of asset records based on the quantity acquired
Y

2.11.12 Provides the ability to link a new asset to a retired asset, and to add a new asset to a current active asset
Y

2.11.13 Allows for creation and/or identification of an asset as part of a PO or Invoice by dollar amount, G/L string, etc.

2.11.14 Provides the ability to establish many-to-many relationships between assets and POs
Y

2.11.15 Provides the ability to track capitalized and non-capitalized assets along with new assets
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 50
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.11.16 Provides the ability to create asset schedules with asset type detail.

Ability to generate asset schedules by fund type to meet ACFR footnote requirements
Y
Asset Capitalization

2.11.17 Provides the ability to track improvements on an asset that has been capitalized
Y

2.11.18 Provides the ability to track and record work in progress (CIP), including the ability to generate CIP Schedules at any given time by asset type (e.g., general fixed assets, infrastructure)
Y

2.11.19 Provides the ability to add adjustments to prior year balances Y

2.11.20 Provides the ability to tie asset(s) to a CIP project and capitalize amounts and capitalize different types of assets within a project Y

2.11.21 Provides the ability to identify and record all capitalizable costs associated with construction or purchase of an asset
Y

2.11.22 Provides the ability to override capitalization thresholds Y

2.11.23 Provides the ability to establish and update multiple capitalization thresholds depending on asset type
Y

2.11.24 Provides the ability to track submission of a Notice of Completion when a CIP project has been finished, to trigger capitalization of the asset Y Once a CIP project is completed, the system allows a user to convert the CIP asset to an active asset which involves updating the asset’s status and transferring it to the
appropriate permanent asset account. Once it is converted, it is transferred to the correct class and subclass for the completed asset. The notice of completion can be tracked as part of the workflow or manually processes depending on desired setup.

Asset Management and Maintenance

2.11.25 Provides the ability to roll assets forward between fiscal years Y

2.11.26 Provides the ability to reclassify an asset or group of assets between funding sources (i.e., between proprietary and governmental funds) Y

2.11.27 Provides the ability to track estimated useful life of an asset Y

2.11.28 Provides the ability to forecast replacement values based on values in fixed asset inventory
Y Via the CA Due for Replacement List. This will list and total assets due for replacement as of a defined date. This is all based on the replacement cost and date on the capital asset record.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 51
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.11.29 Provides the ability to perform an asset inventory Y

2.11.30 Provides the ability to define parent/child associations for assets - Including the ability to define different account distributions and asset classes between parent and child assets
Y

2.11.31 Provides the ability for users to classify costs as capitalized/non- capitalized
Y

2.11.32 Provides the ability to include changes of asset useful life, value basis or salvage value results in auto depreciation recalculation and recording Y
Asset Depreciation

2.11.33 Provides the ability for depreciation to be calculated at various intervals (end of year, prior fiscal year, mid-year, End of -month, etc.) and allows for pro-rated depreciation
Y

2.11.34 Supports various asset depreciation schedules, the ability to change depreciation methodologies and (from a point in time) recalculates depreciation based on the remaining life
Y

2.11.35 Provides the ability to support straight line depreciation model as well as alternative depreciation models
Y Consumption, monthly composite rate, monthly straight line, yearly composite rate, yearly forward composite rate, and yearly straight line.

2.11.36 Provides the ability to pause depreciation of a single asset Y The ‘Depreciate’ flag on an asset can be removed manually, but if it is flagged again, the next depreciation would be calculated from the time it was last flagged including the time it was idle/in storage.

2.11.37 Provides the ability to track accumulated depreciation Y

2.11.38 Provides the ability to allow assets to be designated as non-depreciable Y Asset Disposition

2.11.39 Provides the ability to specify and review activity related to the asset depreciation calculation method applied to any asset
Y

2.11.40 Provides the ability to fully/partially retire an asset, including the ability to track approval process flow
Y

2.11.41 Provides the ability to flag assets with disposal restrictions and display message before retiring an asset
Y
Miscellaneous

2.11.42 Provides the ability to track donated assets Y

2.11.43 Provides the ability to attach supporting documents to an asset Y Via Content Manager Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 52
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.11.44 Provides the ability to make adjustment to assets easily, such location, division, quantity unit
Y

2.11.45 Ability to transfer assets between funds and/or divisions as well as make adjusting accounting entries along with maintaining history - Note that adjustments require associated workflow review and approval
Y

2.11.46 Provides the ability for effective dating of an asset Y

2.11.47 Allows for an upload/import of multiple assets at one time (new adds, deletes, updates, retirements, and transfers)
Y Via ASCII file

2.11.48 Provides the ability to identify multiple funding sources for any asset acquisition
Y

2.11.49 Provides the ability to track the physical location and status of any asset (i.e., active, disposal dates, etc.)
Y
Reporting

2.11.50 Provides the ability to accurately track and report asset details and asset corrections
- Including assets with multiple funding sources

2.11.51 Provides the ability to generate a full fixed asset schedule showing beginning balances, additions, deletions, and ending balances for any or all fixed assets
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

2.11.52 Tracks assets disposal and salvage value, detailed depreciation reports, asset acquisition reports, CIP reports and asset transfer reports Y

2.11.53 Provides the ability to generate asset listing reports by department at a specific point in time. (i.e., month end, Fiscal Year end, etc.) Y

2.11.54 Allows options to extract and analyze data (i.e., canned reports, custom reports, Excel exports, etc.)
Y

2.11.55 Provides the ability to generate a custom report that details the asset basis, depreciation, Life to date, book value, quantity, and attributes such funding sources, whether Grant funded, etc.

Y Via use of configurable reporting tools

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 53
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

2.12. Project and Grant Accounting
The solution should provide functionality to manage projects, including Capital Improvement Program projects (CIPs) and non-CIP projects (i.e., Special Events).

Functionality should include tracking funding sources and budget to actual expenditures, and the ability to associate projects into multiple categories and subcategories. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

2.13.1 Provides automated workflows for project activity setup and budget change orders
- Including notifications, task assignment to authorized project managers and accountants, documentation of approver name and date/time approved
Y

2.13.2 Supports integration with the proposed solution’s billing functionality for reimbursements at a project or grant level
- Billing will be based on actual expenses
Y Project Revenue Allocation

2.13.3 Provides the ability to integrate with the proposed solution’s budget functionality in support of budget transfers
Y

2.13.4 Provides the ability to establish multiple funding sources for a single project or grant
Y

2.13.5 Provides the ability to manage grant funded projects with matching funds Y

2.13.6 Provides the ability to attach a project activity to an expense account, a revenue account, and a liability account (such as retention payable and grant advance
Y

2.13.7 Provides the ability to automatically apply reimbursement revenues to the billed project activities
Y

2.13.8 Provides the ability for projects and grants to have alpha-numeric naming conventions
Y

2.13.9 Provides the ability to assign a range of accounting units and accounts to a project activity
Y

2.13.10 Provides the ability to link grant and project tracking for ease of tracking costs (tracking expenses for grants from project costs) Y

2.13.11 Provides the ability for system to have multiple grants support a project or vice versa
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 54
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.13.12 Provides the ability to enter and track time against specific grants and projects, including related accounting information
- Including integration with the proposed solution’s time entry function to eliminate the need for double entry of time and attendance data
Y

2.13.13 Provides the ability to generate journals to track matching funds via amount or percent
Y Revenue allocation allows them to match funds by
both

2.13.14 Provides the ability to post journal entries to project activities only (not to G/L), including detailed audit trail
Y

2.13.15 Provides the ability to split costs across funding sources by percentage or dollar amount
Y

2.13.16 Provides the ability to add, update and / or remove funding sources Y

2.13.17 Provides the ability to create and track user defined attributes for grants and projects (e.g., project status, capitalization, accountant) Y

2.13.18 Provides the ability to attach documentation to projects and grants (e.g., grant awards, staff report, grant summary form)
Y Via Content Manager

2.13.19 Provides the ability to track developer deposits (pre-payments), apply to open invoices, transfer credits from one account to another, and process refunds. Ability to view supporting documents for deposits collected Y

2.13.20 Provides the ability to set alerts that notify of overrun by period, year to date, total budget, or to generate warnings about open POs, encumbered but unreceived invoices, etc.

N Over budget only flags on accounts that have gone
over the designated budget and warns users, but does
not accommodate this level of detail.

2.13.21 Provides the ability to set project budget edits for payments and journal entries
Y

2.13.22 Provides the ability to generate automated reminders for invoice generation N Grants

2.13.23 Provides the ability to track and apply workflow to grants from application, to award, to closure
- Including ability to identify a grant source as federally based, state- based, or other
Y Workflow available for grant application approvals and grant application changes; identification via user
defined fields.

2.13.24 Provides the ability to document (via a customizable checklist) and track requirements for a grant
N Milestones could potentially be used but not a
customizable checklist.

2.13.25 Availability of user-defined fields to track council actions and grant agreements
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 55
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.13.26 Provides the ability to capture the name of the authorized signatory for a grant on the grant record
Y Assuming looking for a ‘responsible’ person, user
defined fields could be used.

2.13.27 Provides the ability for department-level access to manage grant-related agreements, contracts, data and transactions, with concurrent, centralized notifications and oversight by the City’s Finance Department Y

2.13.28 Provides the ability to send reminders to fulfill requirements Y Via standard reminder alerts

2.13.29 Provides the ability to charge overhead on subcontracted portion of grant Y

2.13.30 Provides the ability to track grant reimbursement requests Y

2.13.31 Provides the ability to set reminders, by date or threshold, to submit for grant reimbursement
Y Via access to the Reminder Alert option, you can set up alert notifications based on this date. You can also set up alert notifications based on this date in the Alert
Business Rules program using the PAGRNT alert code.

2.13.32 Provides the ability to allocate grant amounts and invoices utilizing a cost pool (multiple funding sources)
Y

2.13.33 Provides the ability to specify whether a grant invoice will be generated using direct, billable (user defined) or actual, incurred costs for reimbursements Y

2.13.34 Supports complex grant management where some grants incorporate outside agencies who are subrecipients within the grant Y Via sub grants

2.13.35 Provides the ability for comprehensive grant reporting with the ability to track funding, expenses, and revenue allocation
Y Some may require use of configurable reporting tools

2.13.36 Provides the ability for the tracking of specific funding requirements for local return funds from Metro and federal grants to avoid penalties N

2.13.37 Supports distinct tracking of Capital and Non-Capital grants Y

2.13.38 Provides the tools required to ensure expenditures are correctly charged to the appropriate grant agreement, reducing manual errors N

2.13.39 Provides the ability to ensure that grant service dates enforced to not allow expenditure or revenue transactions outside of date range Y Start and expiration dates can be defined.

2.13.40 Provides the ability to generate notifications when actual revenues exceed grant terms
N

2.13.41 Provides the ability to tie into G/L, customize grant reporting for compliance with grant submission requirements, link to related Purchase Orders, Contract, Invoice, Fixed Assets, etc.

Y Some reporting may require use of configurable
reporting tools
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 56
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.13.42 Provides robust search capabilities to support searched using multiple criteria such as grant name, category, and award year, with wildcard and smart search functionality
N Configurable reporting tools are available but more
information is needed detailing use case for smart
search.

Projects

2.13.43 Provides the ability to establish projects with flexible start dates (e.g., not fiscal-year start), and which cross multiple fiscal years - Including the ability to establish one or more sub-projects Y

2.13.44 Provides the ability to track project details based on project activity by period and over the life of the project
- Including real-time status
Y

2.13.45 Provides support for project accounting that crosses multiple fiscal years Y

2.13.46 Provides the ability to capture in-house labor costs for CIP projects Y

2.13.47 Provides the ability to utilize budget edit control at posting level Y

2.13.48 Provides the ability to perform a “soft close” for final cost adjustments N

2.13.49 Provides the ability to capture effective dates for project closures Y

2.13.50 Supports multi-year project budgets and expenditures (at the object level) - Including the ability to monitor budgets and progress for ongoing projects
Y

2.13.51 Provides for streamlining of the year-end carryover process, allowing project estimates and adjustments to be entered for both single- and multi-year projects
Y We have a project year end close, where a user can
move forward their encumbrances and post
adjustments.

2.13.52 Provides the ability to convert one project into multiple assets Y

2.13.53 Provides real-time project budget balances with the option to include pending staff time or pending invoices in process
N

2.13.54 Provides the ability to project-related PO balances Y

2.13.55 Distributes costs and units (including labor hours/costs and related benefits/burden expenses) to as many projects (job phases) and sub- divisions (job-sub-phases) as the user wishes to establish including funding splits/use of allocation codes
Y Assumes use of existing payroll allocations
configurations.

2.13.56 Provides the ability to supports project validation of reimbursable budget N Additional information needed.

2.13.57 Provides flexibility to determine whether project costs should be capitalized Y

2.13.58 Provides the ability to track asset maintenance projects (including enhancement and transfers) and projected associated costs N
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 57
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.13.59 Provides automated tools to reconcile revenues and expenditures, including billed but not received amounts
N

2.13.60 Provides the ability to capture an audit trail of changed records and fields Y Inquiries and Reporting

2.13.61 Provides the ability to export query results and other data filters to multiple file formats (i.e., Microsoft Excel, PDF, etc.), including retention of the data formats
Y

2.13.62 Provides the ability to filter grant and project detail inquiries and reports by multiple selections, including department/division
Y

2.13.63 Provides ability to capture, manage and report budget, encumbrances, expenses, and retention amounts for each project including the ability to establish project parent-child relationships
Y

2.13.64 Provides the ability for secure, role-based access to cleared checks and reimbursement data to reduce the dependency on finance staff and improve grant tracking
Y

2.13.65 Provides the ability to create reports of projects at 90% utilization Y

2.13.66 Provides ability to track actual, committed, and estimated (or budgeted) costs including fund releases, and supports intermittent and documented project reviews
Y

2.13.67 Provides the ability to generate a Grants Master report by department and grant, including details to be specified by the City
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

2.13.68 Required reporting includes but is not limited to the following:
- CIP/Capital Projects Budget/Actuals, including the number of open projects per fund and the remaining funding
- Comprehensive Grant Reporting of total grant and project expenditures and revenues, including those that span multiple fiscal years
- SEFA (Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Awards) for Single Audit Report
- State Capital Improvement Annual Budget Book and seven-year plan
- Ability to query data/flexible reporting options (e.g., users to drill down from purchase orders to grant and project details and vice versa, and view details and attachments)
Y Some may require use of configurable reporting tools; Budget book via optionally proposed 3rd party
PatternStream
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 58
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.13.69 Provides the ability to run a customized project and activity analysis report as of a specified date, with user defined filters - including (but not limited to) budget, prior year expenses, current year expenses, encumbrances, balance available, billed, revenues, unbilled, billed not received, and selected attributes
Y Via use of configurable reporting tools

2.13.70 Provides ability to inquire and run report of transaction details for specified project activities and date range, with user-defined filters – including G/L and A/P information (such as check #, check date, invoice #, invoice date) Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

2.13.71 Ability to run an Encumbrance Report as of a specific date Y

2.13. Debt Management
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
Debt Management

2.14.1 Allows for tracking and management of diverse debt issuances and lease agreements covering such things as vehicles, real property, general obligation bonds, multi-function office machines, etc.

T Via third-party DebtBook. Proposed as optional.

2.14.2 Manages amortization schedules (including the ability to amortize gains and losses) and related payment processes
T Via third-party DebtBook

2.14.3 Includes sub-ledger functionality, including the ability to:
- Track pledged revenue
- Track principal and interest
- Track debt margins
- Link to assets and map via link to GIS data
- Link to invoices
- Track payments
- Integrate journals with the general ledger
Y/T Assets are tracked with Enterprise Capital Assets and can be linked to a map via GIS. Third-party DebtBook's
sub-ledger functionality includes the ability to track
principal and interest, link to invoices, track payments, and generate journal entries. Tracking debt margins is
not supported.

2.14.4 Separates debt by type/fund/purpose supporting scenarios where a single facility has many debt vehicles issued for its benefit
T Via third-party DebtBook. Proposed as optional.

2.14.5 Provides the ability to set user defined fields related to debt instruments T Via third-party DebtBook. Proposed as optional.

2.14.6 Provides the ability to track and report on:
- Average age of debt
- Unamortized premiums and discounts
T Via third-party DebtBook. Proposed as optional.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 59
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
- Unamortized deferred amounts on refunding
- Debt services by funding source
- Custom categories
- Schedules to be used in the ACFR

2.14.7 Provides debt service forecasting capabilities and scenario building T Via third-party. DebtBook's Sizing module allows users to prepare "What-If" scenarios to layer on to their
existing debt and loan portfolios

2.14.8 Maintains extensive transactional history in support of City’s retention requirements and to associate refinanced bonds with original issuance data T Via third-party DebtBook. DebtBook allows for
unlimited Document storage for any/all documents
associated with any outstanding, matured or refunded
Bonds. DebtBook's "Refunding Lineage" feature
creates a lineage of your debt portfolio from the
original new money issuance, to any refunding bonds
thereafter.

2.14.9 System should support interfacing with third-party debt management tools Y Enterprise ERP can integrate with proposed third- party DebtBook solution.

2.14.10 Provides the ability to track outstanding debt and set reminders for upcoming payments and to support financial reporting
T Via third-party DebtBook. Proposed as optional.

2.14.11 Provides the ability to generate related journal entries for payment transactions
T Via third-party DebtBook. Proposed as optional.

2.14.12 Provides the ability to link the payment to the debt payment voucher (DPV) T Via third-party DebtBook. Proposed as optional.

2.14.13 Provides the ability to manage debt payments through workflow T Via third-party DebtBook. Proposed as optional.

2.14. Bank Management and Reconciliation
The solution should provide the ability to manage and reconcile multiple bank accounts and transfer funds between the accounts. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.15.1 Tracks cash balances on all funds by sub-fund and project (Pooled equity) Y Pooled cash

2.15.2 Provides bank interfacing, using transaction codes defined by the Bank and the City
Y Interface assumes use of compatible import/export
formats

2.15.3 Provides automated daily check clearing process with bank Y Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 60
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

2.15.4 Supports check reconciliation based on non-standard bank files Y

2.15.5 Supports bank reconciliation via current BAI file structures Y

2.15.6 Provides various status levels for all transaction types (checks, payments, eft, wires, etc.)
Y

2.15.7 Integrates and codes (reference IDs) third-party receipts (cash, checks, credit/virtual cards, lockbox files), NSFs, refunds, etc. data with bank reconciliation management functions in support of auto-clearing/matching transactions
Y Bank Reconciliation includes AR deposits, GL journals, and Payroll and AP checks.

2.15.8 Accomplishes bank reconciliation through an integrated feature rich tool that provides related reporting and supports creation of correcting journals based on reconciling items while accounting for items in transit - Data must be automatically drawn from AP, AR, GL, and Cash Receipts modules to facilitate transactions matching and reconciliation
Y

2.15.9 Provides the ability to manage and reconcile multiple bank accounts and to transfer funds between the accounts
Y

2.15.10 Allows user-defined interest allocation methodology based on nature of investments generating income
Y Assumes use of Interest Allocation

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 61
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

3. PAY ADMINISTRATION AND PAYROLL REQUIREMENTS

3.1. Pay Administration (Salary Management)
The solution should provide functionality to manage employee pay including wages, special pay, employee loans, State, Federal and local taxes, accruals and Federal and State legislation including Fair Labor Standards Act and Family Medical Leave Act. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

3.1.1 Provides an efficient method for the input / import of salary schedules by union and fiscal year/calendar changes
- Including the ability to accommodate future effective dates for changes
Y

3.1.2 Provides the ability for wages to be based on user defined rules (i.e., status, overtime rules and eligibility, out of class, longevity pay code, premium pays, multiple work schedules, Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) overtime, accommodating FLSA split days, etc.)
Y Assumes use of existing configurations. Various combinations of categories, calc codes, factors, rates, tables, etc. are available to support most pay configuration needs

3.1.3 Supports setup of earning codes, wage scale, deductions codes and others based on bargaining unit level
Y

3.1.4 Provides the ability to establish future-dated pay rate assignments for new hires and existing employees having changes such as promotions or cost-of-living adjustments Y

3.1.5 Supports multiple earning/pay codes including, but not limited to, acting pay, working out of class pay, and special pays that may change between pay periods
Y

3.1.6 Provides the ability to support multiple employee groups with different benefits (i.e., e.g., differing premiums, etc.) Y

3.1.7 Provides the ability to support biweekly or semi-monthly pay periods
Y

3.1.8 Provides the ability to define premium pays in either percentage or flat-rate terms
Y

3.1.9 Provides the ability to automate FLSA overtime calculations for complex schedules, eliminating the need for manual calculations - Including for retro pays
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 62
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

3.1.10 Provides the ability to accommodate special assignment pay, health program participation bonuses, and similar items Y

3.1.11 Provides the ability to prorate special pays for mid-period starts Y

3.1.12 Provides the ability to maintain consistent step variances between steps, including when inflating step amounts (e.g., if two steps are separated by 5.5% and an inflation adjustment is applied to the values, the resulting values must be separated by the same 5.5%)
N No true mechanism to define every step must be X% apart. Assuming entries are correct, generating a new salary table with the same percentage increase to each step will keep that separation in place.

3.1.13 Provides the ability to do paycheck modeling for employees ‘what-if’ analysis and modeling for salary increases, benefit changes, CPI/COLA increases, etc.

Y Via Salary & Benefit projections and/or use of Train/Test environments

3.1.14 Provides the ability to calculate step, increment, and percentage pay adjustments (CPI/COLA) for all or a group of employees (e.g., bargaining units, classes, etc.) and then mass updates the changes
Y Via Mass Salary Changes

3.1.15 Provides ability to accurately allocate payroll expenses across fiscal years when a pay period crosses from one fiscal year to another
Y

3.1.16 Provides an automated process to calculate retroactive pays, including all special pays associated with the employee Y

3.1.17 Provides ability for payroll staff to view an employee’s pay advice for the current or any prior pay periods
Y

3.1.18 Provides the ability to track beginning of benefit date, benefit used date, etc.

3.1.19 Provides the ability to automatically generates payables for payroll deductions (i.e., insurance, pension, taxes, etc.) Y With proper setup. Payables via AP check requires integrated Enterprise Accounts Payable.

3.1.20 Provides the ability to upload required documentation Y Via Content Manager

3.1.21 Provides capability for adherence to established State employment regulations (e.g., minimum wage laws)

Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 63
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

3.1.22 Provides ability to override a default salary or benefit premium, by authorized user, on a case-by-case basis
Y

3.1.23 Provides ability to accommodate differing pay rates within a pay period (i.e., change in salary due to a salary adjustment, etc.) Y

3.1.24 Provides the ability to support flexible definition of shift work and work schedules to ensure compliance with FLSA law
Y Via Time & Attendance

3.1.25 Provides salary and benefit costing tools to support labor negotiations and financial planning
Y Via Salary and Benefit Projections
Notifications

3.1.26 Provides the ability to track when employees are eligible for scheduled pay raises (i.e., longevity pay code) and provides automated workflow to notify supervisor of scheduled pay raise.

Upon supervisor approval, triggers automated notification that:
- Automatically notifies employees and their supervisors - Automatically updates employee records in HR and
Payroll systems/modules to reflect changes in pay
N Process is not automatic, employee increases require users to run the Mass Salary Changes program to implement those increases.

Managers could also choose to entry them through Employee Access.

3.1.27 Provides automated workflow notifications based on City- specified parameters (i.e., when an employee within a specified bargaining unit reaches a specified number of work hours within a period, when an employee approaches/reaches a specified limit of work hours for a period, when child a dependent approaches/reaches the 26-year-old cutoff age for benefit eligibility, etc.)
Y Work limits can be used within Time & Attendance for approaching and passing of defined work limits. Identification of dependents aging out of benefit eligibility can be identified via configurable reporting tools, but it is not automated.

Garnishments

3.1.28 Provides the ability to manage multiple garnishment cycles (e.g., 24 pay periods and 26 pay periods)
Y

3.1.29 Provides the ability to establish multiple garnishments using the same garnishment code for a single employee
Y Would require proper setup (i.e. date driven)
Reporting

3.1.30 Provides the ability to monitor, adjust, comply, and report to CalPERS the proper compensation amounts
Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 64
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

3.1.31 Provides the ability to generate CA state unemployment report Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

3.1.32 Supports 834 reporting and COBRA Billing Y 834 reporting available, may require use of configurable reporting tools. COBRA billing via integrated Enterprise AR/GB.

3.1.33 Provides an ability to maintain and report FLSA information as required by legislation
Y Assuming data is stored within system; may require use of configurable reporting tools.

3.1.34 Provides the ability to review/reprint a payroll register for a prior pay period
Y

3.1.35 Provides ability to report Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA) leave on an employee time entry
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

3.1.36 Allows for reporting accrual and usage of benefit Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

3.1.37 Provides the ability to generate ad hoc report of worker’s compensation payments
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

3.2. Payroll
The solution should support the importing and entering of time from multiple sources; calculate employee payroll, deductions, and accruals based on components managed in the HR benefit and pay administration module; process payments for government and 3rd party agencies (e.g., benefits, retirement, etc.); support State, Federal, and local tax filings; and support electronic workflow. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

3.2.1 Provides the ability to interface required payroll/earnings data with Governmentjobs.com, CalPERS
Y CalPERS reporting is supported
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 65
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

3.2.2 Provides the ability for processing payroll for non-city employees in compliance with the City’s Joint Powers Agreement to process payroll for Animal Control Officers
W/C To process payroll for people, they must be set up as employee in Employee Master with ‘non-employee’ job class or process checks to officers as contractors/vendors through AP.

3.2.3 Provides the capability to include premium/extra pays in overtime pay calculations
Y

3.2.4 Provides the ability to calculate / generate retro pays Y

3.2.5 Provides the ability to execute off-cycle payrolls Y

3.2.6 Supports the ability for employee to communicate miscellaneous information that ensures sick time payout processing in a single system
Y Comments and reason codes can be used.

3.2.7 Provides and enforces rule-based validation and prevents duplicate earning codes at employee level, etc.

Y Within applicable programs, i.e. Job/Salary, job/pay/date combinations will alert when duplicate record exists

3.2.8 Provides user-defined exception hours analysis Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

3.2.9 Provides the ability to support multiple ‘re-runs’ of (trial-run) payroll prior to final payroll run
Y

3.2.10 Provides ability for payroll staff to review payroll results prior to commitment, and accommodates options for correcting,
updating information to process payroll (options include updating the source and re-running etc.) without completely restarting the payroll process
Y Via payroll proof process/review

3.2.11 Generates paychecks, direct deposits (supporting deposits across multiple accounts on a single check), ACH files, ASRS/PSRS files, and related positive pay files, etc.

Y Assumes use of compatible file formats where applicable

3.2.12 System allows for up to 5 separate direct deposit account options per employee with a payroll run
Y

3.2.13 Supports employee payroll and HR changes with electronic Personnel Action Forms
Y

3.2.14 Provides the ability to allow late posting entry Y

3.2.15 Provides the ability to automatically calculate monthly deduction amounts based on an annual FSA contribution (or calculate annual amount based on monthly contributions), including the ability to prorate amounts for mid-year hires Y Based on calc code and setup
Pay Checks, Advices
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 66
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

3.2.16 Provides the ability to generate paychecks for select employee groups (e.g., part-time employees)
Y

3.2.17 Provides the ability to future date pay advices for distribution to employees
Y

3.2.18 Provides the ability for the City to define the layout and appearance of pay advices to provide more clarity to employees Y Configuration is available with the use of Enterprise Forms

3.2.19 Provides the ability to include and identify all elements used to calculate pay on the pay advice
Y Enterprise Forms offers a variety of options to accommodate most needs.

3.2.20 Provides the ability to identify key information for employee (leave balances, allocation of direct deposit accounts, employee vs. employer pay benefits, etc.) on the pay advice
Y

3.2.21 Provides the ability to generate PDF/electronic copy and automatically post pay advice to the employee self-service portal or email to employees
Y
Reporting

3.2.22 Provides for automatic generation of payroll reports following completion of a payroll run, processing, reducing the need for manual report generation
Y Reports can be scheduled if desired.

3.2.23 Provides the ability to generate detailed, customizable reports for payroll reconciliation, benefit tracking, and compliance reporting for CalPERS, state, and federal agencies
- Including the ability to export the reports to Microsoft Excel while retaining the existing data format
Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

3.2.24 Provides the ability to generate year-end payroll compensation / Total Compensation Report by employee
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 67
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

4. HUMAN RESOURCES (HR) REQUIREMENTS

4.1. Core HR
The solution should provide the functionality for Core Human Resources (HR). Specific requirements are listed below. # Requirement Response
Code
Vendor Response/Comments

4.1.1 Provides for integration across all HR functions, and interfaces with any external HR solutions that are required because of specific functionality that may not be available in the proposed solution (e.g., recruitment)
Y Integration with any third-party systems would assume use of compatible file formats where available. Further review may be required to confirm specific integrations with specific third parties.

4.1.2 Provides the ability to manage multiple bargaining units with differing configuration requirements for each
Y

4.1.3 Provides the ability to track non-employee personnel (i.e., retirees, volunteers, temporary workers, etc.)
Y

4.1.4 Supports processes related to reasonable accommodation including notifications to medical professionals, interactive interviews, notifications to unions, tracking accommodation expirations and renewal notifications
N

4.1.5 Provides the ability to administer disability management and return to work programs, including tracking and monitoring of medical limitations and modified duty, fitness for duty evaluations, communication, notifications, verification, etc.

Y Assumes use of Employee Case Management

4.1.6 Provides the ability to work under multiple jobs with different rates and funding strings
Y

4.1.7 Provides the ability to support employee transfers between departments/jobs/positions
Y

4.1.8 Provides the ability to future date HR-related activities, including for new hires
Y

4.1.9 Provides the ability to assign direct manager to an employee. Also provide the ability to designate an employee as a Department Head.

Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 68
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

4.2. Position Control
The solution should provide the functionality to manage position control records. Specific requirements are listed below. # Requirement

Response
Code
Vendor Response/Comments

4.2.1 Links HR, Payroll and Budget data to facilitate managing the City’s structure, positions, and financial budget for positions Y

4.2.2 Provides the ability to associate positions with funding sources including the ability to split funding source across multiple funds, departments, divisions, etc.

Y Via allocations

4.2.3 Provides the ability to reserve a position upon request to fill a vacancy
Y

4.2.4 Provides the ability to identify positions that are overfilled, under-filled, and/or double-filled with approval from the related Department Director and Budget
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

4.2.5 Provides the ability for overfilled, under-filled and/or double- filled positions to have length of time limits
N Overfilled, under-filled and/or double-filled positions are supported, but length of time limits are not automatically enforced and manual intervention would be required.

4.2.6 Provides the ability to manage position budget allocations Y

4.2.7 Provides the ability to default an employee self-service access based on the assigned position
Y

4.2.8 Identifies positions that are temporarily funded and have a position end date
Y Via end date

4.2.9 Provides the ability to associate multiple accounts to a position Y Via allocations

4.2.10 Provides an ability to track part-time/temporary positions individually or as a group (e.g., temporary position can be listed as individual FTEs, or as a group of 15 FTEs)
Y Position FTE can accommodate a one to one or one to many position record

4.2.11 Provide the ability to track and view the prior position and employee history, including the amount of time a position has been vacant
Y

4.2.12 Provides the ability to define workflow for position control changes and connection to job classification requirements to ensure consistency across positions
Y Via existing configuration options

4.2.13 Provides the ability to update the bargaining unit associated with job class
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 69
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement

Response
Code
Vendor Response/Comments

4.2.14 Provides the ability to assign a single employee to one or more job classes
Y

4.2.15 Provides the ability to assign more than one employee to a position
Y

4.2.16 Provides the ability to define a generic wage scale that may be shared by multiple bargaining units
Y Salary Tables

4.2.17 Provides the ability to add steps to wage scale without involving the vendor --- or at least, more easily (such as via an Excel upload/import)
Y

4.2.18 Provides the ability to ensure Position control integrates with pay tables to assist with providing a complete position profile Y

4.2.19 Provides the ability to maintains complete history of positions held and salary changes
Y

4.2.20 Supports the maintenance of all budgeted and authorized positions
Y

4.2.21 Provides the ability to track and report budgeted, filled, frozen and vacant positions
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

4.2.22 Provides the ability to associate positions with funding source Y

4.2.23 Provides the ability to assign more than one FTE to a position Y

4.2.24 Provides the ability to links positions to required skills, certifications, required training, etc., including the ability to query applicant pool for specific skills and / or qualifications.

Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

4.3. Recruitment
The proposed system(s) should fully integrate with NeoGov which the City currently uses for its recruitment and talent management processes. Also, the solution should provide functionality to manage the entire recruitment process (from position request through to hiring) should the City choose to manage recruitments internally. The solution should track the history of candidate submissions and vetting results (interview, testing, reference checks, drug testing, background checks, etc.). Specific requirements for both the integrated and internally managed options are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 70
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.3.1 Provides a web portal for recruitment information to be posted and allow applicants to submit application and documents Y

4.3.2 Provides the ability for hiring managers to view and track applicant progress, establish interview schedules, and review application details
Y

4.3.3 Provides the ability to track multiple position opportunities for a single applicant and flag the applicant and/or notify a user if an application from a particular applicant already exists in the system
Y

4.3.4 Provides the ability to change a selected position on a recruitment if the recruitment changes (including all related communication and document distributions)
Y

4.3.5 Supports sharing and display of lead/candidate resumes among interview panelists
Y

4.3.6 Provides the ability to maintain eligibility lists, including ability for lists to be viewed by hiring managers
Y
Integration

4.3.7 Provides recruitment functionality that integrates with other HR applications to reduce dual entry
Y Enterprise Recruiting is fully integrated with proposed HRM solution.

4.3.8 Eliminates redundant entry where possible with data sharing abilities between the proposed solution and NeoGov (unless the proposed solution natively includes related functionality) Y May replace with Enterprise Recruiting, but integration with NeoGov supported via applicable API offering.

4.3.9 Incorporates AI-based tools to automate applicant screening by evaluating responses to supplemental questions and applicant qualifications
N

4.3.10 Provides option for information within the application to be available for statistical analysis and dashboards
Y With Hub and Enterprise Recruiting
Miscellaneous

4.3.11 Where applicable, provide electronic form and workflow for routing review and approvals, including new position requests Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 71
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.3.12 Provides automated workflow for new position
request/approval process and recruitment process
Y

4.3.13 Provides the ability to display status of recruitment tasks Y Assuming data is stored withing the system; may require use of configurable reporting tools.

4.3.14 Provides the ability to track metrics related to posting and hires (number of recruitments as well as the number or related hires) Y Assuming data is stored withing the system; may require use of configurable reporting tools.

4.4. Onboarding
The system should provide functionality to manage processes and procedures for employee onboarding. This includes the initiation of the process and a checklist of tasks that need to be performed to successfully educate an employee on the organization and its culture and prepare them with the necessary knowledge, skills, access, equipment, etc. to become effective and contributing members of the organization as quickly as possible. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

4.4.1 Integrates with NeoGov application to reduce dual entry (unless the proposed solution natively includes related functionality)
Y May replace with Enterprise Recruiting, but integration with NeoGov supported via applicable API offering.

4.4.2 Provides ability to establish an onboarding workflow designed to alert designated staff required to act for a new hire Y

4.4.3 Provides the ability to onboard new employees at any point in a pay period
Y

4.4.4 Provides the ability to accept electronic signatures by new hires to sign enrollment forms, acknowledge receiving the city’s equipment, safety training, etc.

Y Onboarding forms signatures as well as document acknowledgement available.

4.4.5 Provides the ability to support the newly hired employee’s benefits enrollment and annual open enrollment. Ability for employees to make changes or confirm benefits and submit for approval. Payroll team supported +
Y

4.4.6 Provides the ability to monitor the status of completion of specific onboarding tasks, including forms completion / upload, employee orientation, etc.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 72
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

Communication

4.4.7 Provides the ability to generate and track issuance of an offer letter, including the ability to customize the letter according to relation negotiations and position details
Y

4.4.8 Provides a dashboard accessible by applicants, HR staff and hiring managers to track onboarding tasks, pending approvals, and task completion
Y Onboarding tasks for the applicant can be seen in Employee Access. (Self service)

4.4.9 Provides the ability to distribute forms and other documents (i.e., Federal I-9, W-4, direct deposit, etc.) to candidates and for the candidate to upload/attach completed documents via a Portal (including the ability to capture DocuSign signatures) Y DocuSign where applicable (proposed as optional).

4.4.10 Ensures Employee Self Service provides a communication portal to facilitate on-boarding process, including completion and submission of documents, benefit enrollment forms, and pre-requisite training
Y On-boarding supported via web portal, including documents, benefits enrollment. Tasks/checklists can include training, however dynamic interactive training may require use of 3rd party LMS solution.

4.5. Employee Master File
The solution should maintain an employee master file that includes data elements such as employee ID, basic demographics, address information, emergency contacts, survivor/beneficiary information, dependent information, history of salary changes (effective start and end dates), training and certification requirements, and history of personnel actions. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

4.5.1 Provides the ability for tracking of multiple employment- related dates, including hire, benefit eligibility, longevity outside the city, longevity inside the city, and transition from part-time to full-time status
Y

4.5.2 Provides employee directory functionality Y

4.5.3 Provides the ability to manage multiple phone numbers and email accounts for both employees and emergency contacts Y

4.5.4 Provides the ability to attach employee photos, I-9 forms, policy acknowledgements, etc.

Y Attachments via Content Manager; Additionally, specific employee photos can be incorporated for display within Employee Inquiry.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 73
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.5.5 Provides the ability to track the city’s property (badge, PC, phone, vehicle, uniforms, etc.) provided to employee
throughout employee’s tenure with the city
Y May require user defined fields

4.5.6 Provides the ability to attach documents (i.e., email messages) to an employee file
Y Via Content Manager

4.5.7 Provides the ability to track critical data such as commercial driver's licenses, required certifications, DOT drug testing, TB testing, probationary periods, and step increase dates
Y

4.5.8 Provides the ability to manage separated employee and retiree demographic information
- Note that separated employees / retirees should not
automatically be purged from the system
Y
Reporting

4.5.9 Provides the ability to generate Seniority Listing Y

4.5.10 Provide the ability to generate organizational charts Y

4.5.11 Provides ability to select data required for labor costing/negotiations (e.g., ASRS, health, pay, employment dates, position title, etc.)
Y

4.5.12 Provides Federal and State government mandated HR reporting:
- Federal HR Reports
- IRS Report/Extract (Quarterly)
o SSA W-2 Report/Extract (Annual)
o Support EDD Form DE-9 and IRS Form 941
Reporting
o EEOC EEO-4 Report/Extract (Odd Years)
o DOL VETS 100 Report/Extract (Annual)
- State HR Reports
o EDD New Hire Report/Extract (Every Pay
Period)
o EDD PIT, SDI, UI Report/Extract (Quarterly)
Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 74
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

4.6. Benefits Administration
The solution should provide flexible rules and eligibility-based benefits management functionality to manage public employee and retiree benefits such as medical, dental, disability, and life insurance. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

4.6.1 Provides the ability to comply with current Affordable Care Act (ACA) requirements (e.g., automatic notification to employee when a dependent is approaching coverage
discontinuance at age 26)
- Including a commitment to comply with any future
related ACA requirements
Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

4.6.2 Provides the ability to support multiple benefit packages/coverage options based on bargaining unit
Y

4.6.3 Complies with Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) requirements
N Tyler's software and services are generally not subject to HIPAA because Tyler is not acting as a Business Associate, as that term is defined under the law.

4.6.4 Complies with Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) requirements
N Additional information needed detailing requirements. Some COBRA notifications are supported and 834 file has some functionality for COBRA.

COBRA billing is also available via integrated Enterprise AR/GB.

4.6.5 Maintains eligibility dates for different plans based on different rules (which may differ from hire dates)
Y

4.6.6 Provides the ability to update employee benefit records and reflects changes in pay in HR and payroll systems/modules and applicable 3rd party benefit providers whenever there are changes due to a life event, changes in eligibility rules, or requests for benefits
Y Updates to 3rd parties assumes use of compatible export file formats

4.6.7 Provides the ability to establish benefit tiers according to employee type (i.e., full-time employees, part-time
employees, retirees, etc.)
Y

4.6.8 Provides the ability to generate annual sick time payouts distribution reports
Y Assuming data is stored within the system; may require use of configurable reporting tools.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 75
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.6.9 Provides the ability to complete employee benefits audit to ensure that the employee is correctly enrolled and that accurate deductions are taken
Y Assuming data is stored within the system; may require use of configurable reporting tools.

4.6.10 Provides the ability to efficiently reconcile vendor invoices for benefits against employee benefits enrollments tracked in the proposed solution
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

4.6.11 Provides the ability to manage tuition reimbursement program based on bargaining unit, including eligibility, costs and payment status
Y Via Employee Expense Reimbursement (proposed as optional) Reporting

4.6.12 Provides the ability to generate a Total Compensation Report for employees, including training benefits
Y

4.6.13 Provides the ability to generate reports to a 3rd party benefit provider on an as needed basis (e.g., open enrollment data) Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

4.6.14 Provides the ability to generate reports detailing amounts paid by the city for specific benefits versus amounts paid by employees
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

4.6.15 Provides the ability to report on all employees enrolled in a specific benefit (i.e., insurance, FSA, etc.)
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

4.6.16 Provides the ability to generate all required ACA reporting (e.g., Form 1095C) and all required IRS submissions
Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 76
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

4.7. Leave Administration
The solution should manage available leave balances, leave taken, payments, and balances for various types of leaves (e.g., paid time off (PTO), vacation, sick, Family Medical Leave Act (FMLA), disability, worker’s compensation, light duty, donated and leave for recipients and donors). For all types of leave, this includes the ability to calculate, track, and monitor look back and look forward periods for eligibility. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

4.7.1 Provides the ability to configure multiple accruals (comp time, leave, workers compensation, vacation, etc.)
Y

4.7.2 Provides the ability to capture, track and manage leave balances, including leave earned and taken, for all types of leave (i.e., PTO, vacation, sick, FMLA, disability, worker’s compensation, light duty, donated, military leave and leave for recipients and donors)
Y

4.7.3 Provides and the ability for online requests and approvals for leave requests
- Including ability to cancel a requested leave
Y

4.7.4 Provides the ability to notify employees of leave that will be lost, cease to accrue, or automatically paid
N System has ability to send emails when approaching a high and/or low accrual limit, but does not notify when time could lapse or would be automatically paid. Accrual buy out process is also available.

4.7.5 Provides the ability to define leave codes to track medical related leave with notifications to employees and appropriate staff when balances are low
Y Leave codes are site defined. Notifications to employees regarding low balance assumes use of existing Accrual Threshold functionality

4.7.6 Provides the ability to approve employee time-off requests when employee does not have the requested code (for
authorized users, on a case-by-case basis)
Y Assumes proper setup configurations. Employees can be limited to only request leave for types they are actively associated with. Additionally, setup is available to allow requests to result in a negative balance.

4.7.7 Provides the ability to manage leave balance and annual rollover limits based on bargaining units
Y

4.7.8 Provides the ability to automate leave accruals on a recurring schedule and based on in-service/hire dates, seniority dates, hours worked, etc.

Y Based on setup; service date is used by default.

4.7.9 Supports creating an accrual for FMLA and/or CFRA so that the leave can be recorded as part of employee time entry
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 77
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.7.10 Provides notification to HR and the employee when the accrual balance is nearing a City defined threshold
Y Accrual Threshold alerts are available to notify employee. HR notification may require reporting.

4.7.11 Provides the ability, for employees on leave, to track the need for continued benefits coverage and to determine whether the employee is responsible for the related payment,
including the ability to bill the employee, if necessary) - Including the ability to charge the employee the
employer-costs (e.g., when no longer on FMLA and
employee has exhausted their leave balances)
Y Benefits Arrears functionality is available. Billing of employees available via integrated AR/GB

4.7.12 Provides the ability for efficient leave tracking, including the ability to track whether any active employee has been omitted from CalPERS reporting
Y Assumes all necessary data is stored within the system; may require use of configurable reporting tools.

Reporting

4.7.13 Provides the ability to generate ad hoc leave balance report by employee

4.8. Learning Management and Certification Tracking
The solution should provide the functionality to manage training and certification records. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.8.1 Provides integration with Vector LMS for comprehensive tracking of employee learning management activities including course registrations, scheduled training reminders, and proof of completions
Y Assumes use of compatible import formats (i.e. certifications). Note, Employee Training tracking functionality available to include course record creation/tracking, employee registration/sign-up, and tracking of employee training records. Dynamic course content and associated testing functionality would require 3rd party Learning Management solution.

4.8.2 Supports tracking required position-specific job certifications, licenses, mandatory training, expirations, etc.

4.8.3 Provides automated notification of expiring certifications / licenses to supervisors and employees based on user-defined rules
Y Hub and/or scheduled report using configurable reporting tools.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 78
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.8.4 Associate certifications with applicable pay codes such that employees are paid or not paid based on the status of their certification
N

4.8.5 Updates employee records in HR and payroll systems/modules such that changes in pay can occur based on completion of training/certification events
W/C Through Actions as part of a process. Does not happen automatically when a certification or training record is added. It is a manual process.

4.8.6 Provides prior notification of certification and license expiration/renewal dates (e.g., 90, 60, 30 days prior)
Y

4.8.7 Ability to consume/use external content from SCORM compliant courses and course vendors (i.e., Open Sesame, etc.)
N Assume existing Vector LMS would handle. Otherwise, a 3rd party Learning Management solution would be required.

4.8.8 Provides automatic notification for employees and supervisors for overdue trainings and expired certifications
Y Hub and/or scheduled report using configurable reporting tools.

4.8.9 Provides the ability for supervisors to access and print training transcripts
Y Assuming available reports/exports based on data stored within the system suffice. May require use of configurable reporting tools.

4.9. Performance Reviews
The solution should provide the functionality to manage performance reviews/evaluations, including the tracking of notification, initiation, review results, and approvals. Performance reviews and evaluations may vary based on position, job class, term (interim, probationary). Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.9.1 Provides performance evaluation functionality including form creation, notification, workflow, and integration with the proposed solution’s overall human resources functionality as well as with Employee Self Service
Y

4.9.2 Provides workflow to manage electronic employee
performance review/evaluation, including performance
improvement plans and career/professional development
plans
Y

4.9.3 Provides the ability to store current and prior-year evaluations within the employee's record and automatically schedule future evaluations based on bargaining unit criteria Y Future evaluations must be scheduled manually
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 79
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.9.4 Provides automated notification of performance reviews to supervisors and managers based on user-defined rules
Y Assumes use of existing functionality (i.e. Hub card)

4.9.5 Updates employee records in HR and payroll system / modules to reflect changes in pay if needed, including one- time bonus pays
Y

4.9.6 Provides the ability to auto-assign training based on performance review results, including providing notices of assignment and completion to interested parties if training is managed in the proposed solution
N

4.9.7 Provides the ability to define and manage electronic forms within the workflow
Y More information may be required regarding forms, but attachments are available via Content Manager to records associated with workflow where applicable.

4.9.8 Provides the ability to attach external forms and documents throughout the workflow
Y Attachments via Content Manager to records associated with workflow where applicable.

4.9.9 Provides alerts on past due evaluations and escalation notification
Y

4.9.10 Provides workflow to process the appropriate personnel action as needed
Y

4.9.11 Provides the ability to manage performance reviews for all City staff, including full-time and part-time employees - Includes the ability to generate probationary period
reports and generate alerts to ensure timely
evaluations and follow-up actions
Y Reporting via use of configurable reporting tools

4.10. Personnel Actions
The solution should provide the functionality to manage personnel actions from initiation, review, authorization, and approval for actions such as promotions, demotions, salary increases, multi-step grievance processes, disciplinary events, as well as suspensions, separations, and leave. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.10.1 Provides automated online forms for creation,
review/approval, and completion of personnel action forms Y Assumes use of existing personnel actions workflow functionality. Various site defined personnel action types are supported. Review and approval by authorized users based on setup. Redaction according to role-based Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 80
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
- Including electronic workflow to reviewers and
approvers with capability for redaction of certain
sensitive information and support for digital
signatures
security (i.e. SSN). Approver ID serves as digital signature for approval.

Attachments via Content Manager.

4.10.2 Provides the ability to attach forms to a personnel action record
Y Via Content Manager

4.10.3 Provides functionality to manage personnel actions from initiation, review, authorization, and approval for actions such as recruitment, position control changes, promotions, demotions, salary increase, discipline, separations, leave, etc. - Including ability to attach supporting documentation
to the PAF record
Y Attachment via Content Manager

4.10.4 Provides notification to employee upon approval of personnel action
- Including alerts to alerts to HR and payroll staff
when key employee actions, such as promotions or
benefit eligibility, require processing
Y

4.10.5 Provides the ability to generate updates for employee records in HR, budget, and payroll systems/modules to
reflect changes in pay, if needed
- Note that updates would require workflow review
and approval
Y

4.10.6 Uses end dates to automatically stop the action at a specified time (i.e., discontinue administrative leave without pay, leave of absence, etc.)
Y

4.11. Employee Self-Service
The solution should provide employee self-service functions that allow access and update to designated employee information. Specific requirements are listed below.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 81
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.11.1 Provides an online Employee Self-Service portal which provides access from within and, with employee access
verification, outside of the City
Y Fully integrated updates via proposed self-service (Employee Access) and HR/PR modules. Updates to 3rd parties via compatible export file formats.

4.11.2 Provides the ability for employees to attach documentation, update/change W-4, benefits during open enrollment or life event changes, direct deposit information, and profile data (i.e., name, address, phone number, emergency contact
beneficiaries, etc.) and allow HR staff to review and approve the requested changes. Including open enrollment
Y

4.11.3 Provides the ability for employees to view and print paycheck history, total compensation report, personnel actions, leave balances, W-2s, ACA, etc.
- Includes ability to include the date and time that the report was generated
Y

4.11.4 Provides the ability for employees to create “what-if” scenarios (e.g., Paycheck “What-if” Calculator)
Y Via paycheck simulator

4.11.5 Provides the ability for employees to reset access password Y

4.11.6 Provides workflow to track progress of employee onboarding, off-boarding, separation checklist, and benefits enrollment
Y Onboarding/offboarding checklists supported within integrated HRM modules.

4.11.7 Allows employees to view leave balances, request time off and have this electronically approved by manager. Leave balance to take future scheduled time off into account to avoid over requesting.

4.11.8 Supports workflow integration with employee elections (COBRA/457)
Y Assuming elections are set up as standard benefit/deductions

4.11.9 Provides the ability to upload required documentation Y As attachments via Content Manager

4.11.10 Provides the ability to view and link to learning management content and assigned courses
Y Can include links as part of the training course.

4.11.11 Provides the ability to view and complete performance evaluations
Y With integrated HR module

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 82
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

4.12. Time and Attendance
The solution should provide functionality through either an Employee Self Service portal or module to collect time, perform exception-based time entry, and time adjustments to multiple work schedules. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.12.1 Provides an online platform / method for employee time entry across the City, as well as a “time clock” function for those employees who must clock in and out on a daily basis Y

4.12.2 Provides comprehensive time review and approval to prevent unauthorized time from being included in the payroll process Y

4.12.3 Provides ability to establish and manage multiple work schedules (i.e., 9/80, 4x10, 5/40, etc.) under FLSA regulations Y

4.12.4 Provides flexibility in defining holidays according to various work schedules
Y Set up in holiday schedules

4.12.5 Provides the ability to accrue time off for scheduled holiday work
Y

4.12.6 Provides the ability for remote time entry by employees including via a mobile application
Y

4.12.7 Provides the ability to develop workflow to collect time, perform exception-based time entry and time adjustments to multiple work schedules, and for approval and submission to payroll system/module at the department level
Y

4.12.8 Provides the ability to define and validate business rules at time of collection (e.g., prevents employees from entering adjustments that will cause employee leave balances to be exceeded)
Y

4.12.9 Provides the ability to prevent employees from entering invalid data (i.e., earnings or pay codes they are not
authorized to use)
Y

4.12.10 Provides the ability to close prior pay periods against further updates
Y

4.12.11 Provides the ability to permit authorized employees to enter prior pay period changes, including workflow for review and approval
Y Payroll can also unlock and then relock payroll.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 83
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

4.12.12 Provides the ability to allow employees to associate project codes with each line of time entered to the quarter of an hour (fifteen-minute increments)
Y Project codes can be added under job costing line items or by using job costing splits to allocate time by # or %.

4.12.13 Provides the ability to allow employees to associate project codes with overtime entered without the assignment being overwritten by pre-set HR distributions
Y

4.12.14 Provides the ability to accept notes or comments associated with hours submitted at the project level
Y Comments within timesheet are supported

4.12.15 Provides the ability to allow multiple pay periods to be open for time entry purposes
Y Current/previous periods

4.12.16 Provides the ability to reconcile pay period schedule with the calendar/fiscal year in support of processes that will facilitate W2 generation and accrued payroll
Y Many reports are available for proving out monthly, quarterly, and yearly accumulators for W-2 process. Reporting views are also available for sites looking to create even more customized reports.

4.12.17 Provides the ability to track part-time employee work hours on a weekly basis to ensure adherence to annual limits
Y May require use of configurable reporting tools

4.12.18 Provides the ability for system to accommodate different shifts and alternative work schedules
Y

4.12.19 Provides the ability to track total hours worked for specific employees with annual limits (i.e., retired annuitants, part time staff, etc.)
Y Can use work limits for notification that they’re approaching work limits

4.12.20 Provides the ability for authorized users to override default accounting associated with time entry records
Y

4.12.21 Provides capability to limit override abilities to authorized users, including related workflow for review and approval Y Levels of workflow can be set up, but may need more information on what would be overridden.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 84
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

4.13. Separation/Off Boarding
The system should provide functionality to manage processes and procedures for employee separation due to termination, retirement, resignation, or transfer. This includes the initiation of the process and a checklist of tasks that need to be performed to successfully exit an employee based on type of separation. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

4.13.1 Provides the ability to track separation details (separation type, reason for leaving, eligible for return, new
position/employer, etc.)

4.13.2 Provides the ability to update employee records in HR and payroll systems/modules and applicable external systems (e.g., ASRS, 3rd Party Benefit Providers, etc.)
Y Fully integrated HR/PR system proposed by Tyler. Updates to external/3rd parties assumes use of compatible export file formats

4.13.3 Provides the ability to enable separated employees to access the employee portal for W-2 access at the next calendar year (including ability to prevent access for terminated
employees)
Y

4.13.4 Provides the ability to generate an estimate of benefits payout (e.g., leave balances) to share with employee
Y Via use of configurable reporting tools

4.13.5 Provides the ability to calculate future benefits costs and deduct from final check without using manual calculation entries (e.g., IPSN for premium for coverage until end of the next month)
- Includes the ability to charge the employee for
employer costs, where appropriate
N Will be manual

4.13.6 Provides the ability to generate a “retirement projection” to determine what benefits might be paid out for individual employees
N

4.13.7 Provides the ability to define and deploy an integrated exit survey to support the capture and analysis of related
information
Y
Workflow

4.13.8 Provides electronic employee separation workflow Y Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 85
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

4.13.9 Provides the ability to offer checklist and workflow process that ensures all applicable staff are notified of a separating employee
Y Offboarding checklists available, notification to staff of separation action via workflow notification and proper setup

4.13.10 Provides workflow to track progress of employee off boarding/separation checklist, including removing system rights
Y
Miscellaneous

4.13.11 Supports integration with fixed assets/inventory available to assist with the return of equipment, and items issued to the employee
Y

5. UTILITY BILLING (UB) REQUIREMENTS

5.1. General
The solution should provide for the general and specific functionality listed below.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
General

5.1.1 Supports monthly meter reading (via required interface with City’s AMI platform) based on water consumption and interfaces with handheld meter reading devices
Y

5.1.2 Supports multiple meter types for reading (e.g., displacement, compound, etc.)
Y

5.1.3 Supports multiple utility billing cycles (monthly, bi-monthly, fixed date)
Y

5.1.4 Provides effective dates for water billing rates and the ability to mass update or copy rates
Y

5.1.5 Supports delinquent account notices and penalty charges (flat fee or percentage)
Y

5.1.6 Supports interfaces to cashiering, general ledger, meter reading (walk/read, drive by, Wi-Fi/network), 3rd party bill processing and mailing, inventory, GIS, and web applications
Y GIS proposed as optional.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 86
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

5.1.7 Provides customer account dashboard when inquiring on a customer account
Y Customer Central, Customers, Bill inquiry

5.1.8 Provides a public portal for customer self-service to view account balances, view a PDF of the billing statement, update billing addresses, make payments of multiple types (Utility Billing, as well as general billing invoices and development fees not connected to UB that post directly to the proposed financial system)
Y

5.1.9 Provides the ability to determine whether a meter has been pulled from a location and to prevent the establishment of service until a new meter has been installed
Y Service status, service type

5.1.10 Provides for automatic notification with GIS coordinates (longitude and latitude) when new meters are initially established at a service location, or when ownership changes
- Automatic generation of a location ID (LID) is desired N

5.2. Customer Account and Location Management
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.2.1 Provides “Customer at a Glance” functionality to provide key information and account details to the customer without requiring the searching of multiple screens
Y

5.2.2 Provides the ability to override or adjust amounts with security permissions
Y

5.2.3 Provides the ability to view payment history while in the payment entry screen
Y

5.2.4 Provides robust key word inquiry that searches the entire Utility Billing database (i.e., “lien”, etc.)
N Limited to certain programs and a subset of search criteria.

5.2.5 Provides the ability for unlimited, date-stamped notes on customer accounts or locations with the ability to assign alert flags to accounts with notes
Y Special conditions for alert flags; Contact Notes can also be used for date stamped notes

5.2.6 Provides an automated process for notes related to customers to stay with the customer regardless of service location
Y Special conditions tied to the customer number

5.2.7 Provides an automated process for notes related to service location to stay with service location regardless of customer Y Meter comments and/or service comments; service notes also exist Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 87
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.2.8 Provides the ability to add alerts to both the location ID and the customer ID (i.e., a flashing icon on the account screen) Y Special conditions for account and customer

5.2.9 Provides automatic indication if there are multiple location IDs for a single customer ID
Y If search is done by customer number, otherwise special conditions can be added to the customer number

5.2.10 Provides the ability to identify and track related accounts for a property owner
Y

5.2.11 Provides the ability to indicate when only cash payments are accepted for a customer on the UB system and through the online portal
Y Special conditions

5.2.12 Provides the ability to receive and track deposits Y

5.2.13 Provides ability to indicate whether a customer is exempt from turn-off at the customer ID level
Y Special conditions

5.2.14 Provides the ability to immediately generate a bill for the deposit amount upon establishment of the account
Y Express miscellaneous charges

5.2.15 Provides the ability through an automated process to return a deposit following two (2) years of good payment history, including the ability to restart the two (2) year cycle if a payment is missed; and the ability to exempt an account from an automatic refund after 2 years (commercial account); track the date of refund and amount.

5.2.16 Provides the ability to support construction meter deposits Y

5.2.17 Provides the ability to identify multiple meters on a single parcel or Assessor’s Parcel Number (APN) or one meter serving multiple addresses
Y

5.2.18 Provides the ability to identify landscape meters without an associated address
Y

5.3. Meter Reading and Inventory
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.3.1 Provides integration with the City’s AMI solution using a single username and password for internal and external customers Y Integrates using export/import formats but there is not a single sign on between the ERP system and the AMI system.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 88
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.3.2 Provides the ability to generate a recommended route map for manual meter reads
N

5.3.3 Maintains meter readings and dates independent of customer or account changes
Y

5.3.4 Generates service orders based on meter reading exception messages and actions entered along with meter reading
Y

5.3.5 Provides the ability to view a history of all meters that have been installed at the service location and any work orders that have been issued for that location
Y

5.3.6 Provides the ability to change out meters at any time; where meters have been changed out, provides the ability to show separate individual meter readings and consumption, and show total consumption and billing amount on the same bill
Y

5.3.7 Provides the ability to display average consumption by month for an account
Y

5.3.8 Allows user to flag individual accounts for which zero consumption is not considered to be an exception
Y

5.3.9 Provides the ability to insert a drop-down menu for meter sizes and code types (truncations, CT, T1, TC etc.)
Y

5.4. Billing and Collection Management
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.4.1 Supports utility bill generation, reprints, delinquent bills, closing bills, closed and delinquent bills, shut-off notice(s), reminders, door hangers, and presentment by US Mail, email, text.

Y Text notifications via Notify. Proposed as optional.

5.4.2 Provides integration with recycled water management system for customer billing
W/C Need more information as to the process flow. Can import miscellaneous charges (from a file) that would be added to the accounts for billing, on top of regular recurring services.

5.4.3 Provides bar code functionality to capture customer billing information (including amount due), with bar code or QR code Y Bar codes on utility bills
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 89
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
appearing on bills, and ability to scan and retrieve customer billing information

5.4.4 Provides the ability to create payment arrangements for past- due statements and generate reports to ensure compliance with the agreed upon payment schedule
Y

5.4.5 Provides the ability to establish, maintain and view level-bill payment plans for customers and display the payment plan and regular bill amount separately on billing statement
Y

5.4.6 Provides the ability to flag an account currently operating under a payment plan to prevent payment extensions
Y Special conditions can be added with instructions for specific customers/accounts

5.4.7 Provides the ability to assign a permanent due date for a customer (e.g., the customer wants to pay on the 20th of every month)
Y

5.4.8 Provides the ability to generate a final bill with a new mailing address for real-time print and mail, and a flag to exclude from the next bill generation
Y

5.4.9 Provides the ability to issue credit refunds for closed accounts in accounts payable
Y

5.4.10 Provides a complete or exception-only billing pre-list for review prior to bill printing
Y Bill read manager program is best for this

5.4.11 Allows printing of multiple cycles in one billing run Y

5.4.12 Generates one utility bill covering all services and charges and itemizes charges separately (i.e., multiple meters for a single account, sewer, etc.)
Y

5.4.13 Provides options for additional services and/or charges (ad hoc) to be based on a flat rate, percentage, etc. and have each service and charge designated to a staff assigned general ledger account
Y Supports miscellaneous charges

5.4.14 Provides the ability to prorate bills for new and closed accounts and prorate bills during rate changes
Y

5.4.15 Supports the calculation of final bills during any cycle based on the internal closing out of a turn off service order
Y There are multiple ways a service can be final billed. Final bill work orders is one way.

5.4.16 Supports billing adjustments such as read errors, adjustments to billing amounts, and history
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 90
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.4.17 Provides ability to charge special amounts or fines (such as during a declared drought)
Y Manual updates to charges in the bill run are supported with appropriate permissions.

5.4.18 Provides the ability to set high/low exception parameters based on the time of the year (i.e., landscape usage expected to be zero during the rainy season)
Y

5.4.19 Provides the ability to access and view a customer’s current or prior bills (as the customer sees them)
Y Copies of customers’ bills can be stored in Content Manager

5.4.20 Provides support for multiple payment options (i.e., electronic via online customer portal, by check via the US mail or dropbox, by credit card using the City’s IVR system, etc.)
Y Via proper leveraging of applicable API offerings.

5.4.21 Provides ability to require customer to enter bank routing number and checking account number twice when paying by e- check to confirm accuracy
Y Via Utility Access

5.4.22 Provides ability to allocate a single payment across multiple accounts
Y

5.4.23 Provides real-time posting and/or indication of payments pending (i.e., from online, counter or IVR payment options) Y IVR via leveraging of applicable API offerings.

5.4.24 Supports construction-meter consumption billing Y

5.4.25 Provides the ability to charge a set fee per week for payment extensions
Y

5.4.26 Provides the ability to assess fees and bill for past-due adjustments on an account (i.e., after-hours standby charges, reconnect charges) immediately rather than including the amount due in the next billing cycle
Y Miscellaneous charges can be added to past bills via bill adjustments

5.4.27 Provides the ability to assess additional fees (i.e., disconnect fee, broken lock charge)
Y

5.4.28 Provides the ability to identify and include past due charges on customer bills
Y

5.4.29 Provides the ability to indicate an NSF for a payment Y

5.4.30 Provides the ability to accept multiple forms of tender on a single payment transaction
Y

5.4.31 Provides the ability for multiple bills to be generated for a single master meter for special permit/inspection fees.

Y Group billing is available if needed here. Multi meter methods can also be used to split charges into multiple accounts without group billing.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 91
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

5.5. Financial Management and Delinquencies
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.5.1 Supports E-billing Y

5.5.2 Accepts and processes ACH payments including recurring ACH payments via bank account or credit card; ability to intercept and process bank issued paper checks; provides lockbox service to receive and process payments made via the customer’s personal check
Y Recurring credit card payments can be done via Utility Access.

5.5.3 Accepts all payments (e.g., full, partial, pre-payments, pro- rated, etc.)
Y

5.5.4 Provides the ability to establish automatic payment plans Y Support payment plans and amounts are calculated automatically when added to the plan

5.5.5 Supports monthly fixed fees and special charges, etc. Y Via Miscellaneous or flat monthly charges

5.5.6 Provides the ability to reconcile revenue to the General Ledger Y

5.5.7 Provides the ability to generate aging reports by date range (including prior periods) to identity delinquent accounts Y

5.5.8 Provides the ability to place an account on hold or legal dispute and write off balances as bad debt or bankruptcy
Y

5.5.9 Provides the ability to define, add, or change an unlimited number of rate code types and amounts
Y

5.5.10 Provides automatic allocation of payments to billed service/penalties with the ability to adjust or override the default distribution
Y

5.5.11 Accepts over-payment or credit adjustment with amount maintained as unapplied credit balance to be applied to the next service bill
Y

5.5.12 Provides the ability to generate a counter invoice detailing utility billing charges and balance due
Y Reprinting an invoice is an option as well as printing account history detail of charges, payments and adjustments. Duplicate receipts may also be an option here.

5.5.13 Provides the ability to distribute partial payments based on City-defined preferences (e.g., due date, service type, or percentage)
Y

5.5.14 Provides the ability to support payment arrangements for customers to schedule payments for outstanding balances Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 92
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.5.15 Provides the ability to recognize payments immediately on receipt to prevent customers from being included on the shut off list
Y

5.5.16 Provides the ability for automatic (i.e., real time) notification to field staff if payment is received so service is not stopped Y Via the mobile app and providing the work order status has been updated.

5.5.17 Provides the ability to identify related accounts and transfer customer balance, deposits, and other occupant related
information to a new account when a customer transfers to a new service address
Y

5.5.18 Supports real-time update to a customer record when service is disconnected
Y

5.5.19 Provides the ability to generate past-due, non-payment notices and shut-off notices, including related account data, for both the account mailing address and the physical property address and link all notices to the account record
Y

5.5.20 Provides the ability to automatically create an accounts payable batch for “credit refunds” on closed accounts, including posting to the general ledger
Y

5.6. Service Order Management
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.6.1 Provides the ability to easily create a service order for field service from the utility billing application for missing lids, leak investigations, etc.

5.6.2 Provides mobile access to view ownership information and to view and update service orders
Y Via mobile app

5.6.3 Provides the ability to customize the service order format according to City requirements
Y

5.6.4 Provides the ability to add notes to a service order, including notes related to the location ID (i.e., aggressive animal on premise, etc.) or customer ID
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 93
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.6.5 Provides the ability to attach a checklist or other documents to a service order
Y Via Content Manager

5.6.6 Provides for ability to assign service orders by geographic area, then by task (i.e., turn-ons before turn-offs, etc.) and finally by specific location according to City requirements
N

5.6.7 Provides flexible service order requests for service order assignment
Y

5.6.8 Provides the ability to view open service orders to confirm status Y

5.6.9 Supports backflow device annual notices, inspection records, reporting and tracking with updated customer information; supports recycled water records with updated customer
information; or interfaces with existing third-party software for both backflow and recycled water
Y Supports Backflow device tracking/testing/notices. Need more information about recycled water records to confirm that needs could be met out of the box.

5.6.10 Provides the ability to define a workflow for each service order type with automatic email notification to responsible parties Y

5.6.11 Provides a history of all service orders related to a service address that should remain with the service address record; service orders should provide drill down functionally for details of actual service order
Y

5.6.12 Provides the ability to automatically update customer, location, meter, and account information upon completion of service order actions
Y

5.6.13 Provide the ability to automatically generate an NSF service order for a tag to be generated and placed on a customer’s door W/C For an NSF charge, customization would be required to create a work order to deliver the tag. As a workaround, a delinquent notice door hanger can be generated and a work order manually added to deliver it, if necessary.

5.7. Reporting
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.7.1 Provides the ability to generate an exception report to identify billing anomalies before bill generation
Y
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 94
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.7.2 Provides a report of accounts with months of zero consumption
Y May require configurable reporting tools

5.7.3 Provides a dynamic lock-off list Y Customers with a ‘shutoff’ status (assuming a lock is put on the meter for this) but who pay can be reported on, and service orders created automatically to turn them back on (i.e. remove lock).

Customers who have cut their meter locks could be
recorded/tracked using special conditions.

5.7.4 Provides water usage reports for residential and commercial accounts by location ID, meter type, meter size, tier type and/or period (monthly, calendar year, fiscal year)
Y May require configurable reporting tools

5.7.5 Provides the ability to generate a report to identify accounts with a credit balance
Y

5.7.6 Provides the ability to generate payment plan letters for individual accounts, including related account data
Y Delinquent notices sent to Notify and mail merges to a template from multiple program

5.7.7 Provides the ability to export reports to Microsoft Excel, Word, and PDF
Y

5.7.8 Provides the ability to generate a list of accounts, customers, or meters based on user-defined selection criteria (i.e., customer ID, meter size, account type)
Y May require configurable reporting tools.

3.1.1 Provides the ability to generate analysis reports with user- defined parameters with flexible selection criteria and grouping options (i.e., dates, location ID, customer ID, etc.) Y May require configurable reporting tools.

5.7.9 Provides the ability to meet all State, County, and/or governing agency reports (drought, water consumption, etc.) Y Tyler will commit to providing all state and federal mandated reports with data file submissions required to be submitted to the state that are not already provided through standard reports or inquiry functions. In addition, any changes to mandated State/Federal specified file layouts will be provided for no additional license/maintenance fees to all clients who have a current Maintenance Agreement in place.

5.7.10 Provides for ability to generate automated notification of customer and account changes
N Limited to workflow notifications when a final read work order is generated. Some other types of account changes do not
automatically generate notifications.

5.7.11 Provides the ability to generate a report at the service order level, including all service order details, notes and status Y May require configurable reporting tools.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 95
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

5.8. Cashiering
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.8.1 Provides a centralized cashiering model to collect and manage transactions (e.g., cash, checks, credit cards, electronic payments)
- Please provide a brief description in the
Response/Comments column to the right
Y Centralize your cashiering process with Tyler’s Cashiering application, a powerful enterprise- level cashiering solution that manages revenue collection from multiple locations and collection points. Benefits include Easy-to-navigate, intuitive design promotes efficiency as well as online help features.

5.8.2 Provides bar code functionality to capture customer billing information (including amount due), with bar code appearing on bills, and ability to scan and retrieve customer billing information
- Please provide a brief description in the
Response/Comments column to the right
Y Robust integrations with peripheral hardware, including receipt printers, check scanners, handheld barcode/optical character recognition (OCR) scanners, and credit card readers

5.8.3 Provides a customer receipt showing all balances due across all modules that may be printed or sent electronically
Y

5.8.4 Provides bank interfacing, using transaction codes defined by the bank and the City to support reconciliation
Y

5.8.5 Ability to add multiple line items within a transaction Y

5.8.6 Supports creating and maintaining receipt codes for various transaction types and supports each receipt code being tied to one or multiple GL accounts
Y

5.8.7 Provides daily cash reports to prepare deposit slips, track cash receipted in by denomination, check, electronic deposits, by cashier, etc.

5.8.8 Provides the ability to track and report all monthly cash (and cash equivalents) receipted in and disbursed out
Y

5.9. Customer Self-Service Portal
# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

5.9.1 Provides a public portal for customer self-service to view UB account balance, make payments (via various payment methods), update mailing address, etc.; and to make payments for
Y Utility Access - May need more information on Engineering Development Fees if these are UB. Otherwise can probably be handled by General Billing.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 96
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
Engineering Development fees and miscellaneous General Billing invoices that will post to the proposed financial system

5.9.2 Provides the ability for customer to authorize/accept or deactivate paperless billing
Y

5.9.3 Provides the ability for customer to set up online bill pay (debit, credit, or ACH)
Y

5.9.4 Provides the ability to allow customer to manage/change credit cards online
Y

5.9.5 Provides the ability to allow customer to manage/change email address for paperless billing
Y

5.9.6 Provides the ability to allow customers to access account history including:
- Monthly consumption
- Current month versus previous month
- Historical consumption comparison (i.e., compare
October 2019 versus October 2021)
Y

5.9.7 Provides the ability to allow customer to access billing reports including:
- Online electronic copy of utility bill
- Monthly billing history
- Current month versus previous month
- Historical consumption comparison (i.e., compare
October 2019 versus October 2021)
Y

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 97
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

6. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

6.1. Overall Solution, Maintenance and Support
The solution should be a commercially available product that supports the requirements below; please provide a response for each item. NOTE: SaaS solutions MUST house underlying data within the continental US.

# Requirement Response/Comments
Solution Overview

6.1.1 Confirm that the proposed solution implementation includes complete installation, operating, and system maintenance documentation Yes

6.1.2 Proposed solution must provide seamless integration among and between all related solution component modules (i.e., all HR-related functions must be fully integrated, and time entry data must be directly integrated with the payroll system, etc.)
Yes

6.1.3 Identify the minimal and optimal hardware requirements necessary for the implementation of the proposed solution
See System Requirements attachment.

6.1.4 Identify any proposed hardware or software components to be provided and/or supported by a third party
See System Requirements attachment.

6.1.5 Identify any additional software, hardware, or network requirements recommended to optimize the proposed solution (i.e., identify recommended network components or configuration needed to support the proposed solution, etc.)
See System Requirements attachment.

6.1.6 Identify all industry-standard web browsers with which the proposed solution is compatibl
Tyler applications are built and tested on the latest HTML5 standards and should be compatible with any modern browser. Tyler has validated the following browsers:

Google Chrome: Recommended with all Tyler solutions.

Microsoft Edge: Supported with all Tyler solutions.

Apple Safari: Supported with all Tyler solutions.

Mozilla Firefox: Supported with all Tyler solutions except Time and Attendance.

Note: Microsoft Internet Explorer is no longer supported by Microsoft and as such not supported with any Tyler solution.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 98
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.1.7 Identify the compliance certifications and standardizations held by the proposing organization (e.g. PCI DSS, HIPAA, WCAG 2.1, ODBC, ISO/IEC 12207, ISO/IEC27001, IEEE)
To maintain the highest levels of security assurance, Tyler undergoes annual audits, including Service Organization Controls (SOC) 1 Type 2 and SOC 2 Type 2 assessments conducted by an independent firm. Tyler Technologies also completes an annual Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Standards (DSS) assessment using a PCI Security Standards Council (SSC) Qualified Security Assessor, ensuring that we meet stringent security requirements for handling payment data.

Tyler Technologies will retain all data in the AWS regions geographically located within the United States. While AWS is indeed ISO27001 compliant, Tyler does not support this compliance standard and chose to focus on the SOC Type 1 and Type 2 attestations. The two are often used interchangeably or as a substitute, therefore, we would agree to the SOC standards, rather than ISO27001.

To learn more about Tyler’s industry and regulatory compliance, including how to obtain a copy of Tyler’s SOC reports, visit:
https://www.tylertech.com/about-us/security-compliance/compliance.

All Tyler applications run on AWS. To learn more about AWS security controls and compliance, visit: http://aws.amazon.com/security.

Tyler applications intended for external users to our clients such as applicants, employees, retirees, residents, and vendors are designed using standards to support ADA accessibility requirements. Front-end UX components adhere to Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) A- AA compliance. Quality Assurance teams leverage several tools to validate compliance during development and testing including screen readers. Tyler continues to monitor Section 508, ADA, & WCAG compliance as a focal point of development activities. For more information on Tyler's approach to digital accessibility, visit:
https://www.tylertech.com/digital-accessibility

6.1.8 Solution supports adding Low Code as an element in the technical area (i.e., forms/workflow/logic apps)
Though Tyler applications are commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) solutions, they include many options to enable end users to configure and tailor Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 99
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
experiences, freeing up valuable IT resources to innovate, while ensuring configurations are guided by sensible restrictions and guardrails.

Through integrated, user-friendly configuration options, subject matter experts can be empowered to manage process configuration, system setup, workflow automation, report customization, and more to dynamically meet business needs without the technical overhead required for custom programming.

All configurations remain through upgrade cycles avoiding time- consuming re-tooling required by other systems. Tyler maintains and supports all software source modifications to the system with a proven release life cycle..

Workflow Administration
Workflow used with Tyler applications is different from many workflow products in the market today. With it, the work has already been done for you—ensuring our applications work hard for your users, rather than the other way around. Using our “building blocks” approach, we provide you with template business rules out-of-the-box—meaning there is absolutely no coding or programming needed to set up, use or modify workflow processes. Any authorized user can easily learn how to modify or configure a business rule—so IT staff is free to concentrate on other important tasks. In addition, due to the modular nature in which workflow in Tyler applications has been engineered, creation of rules can be centralized (managed by IT) or decentralized (managed by domain experts).

At Tyler, we recognize that our clients know their business better than anyone else. That’s why we developed our preconfigured business rules based on best business practices and direct feedback from our more than 1,100 ERP clients. All you have to do is tailor them to work the way you run your organization—by defining how each task is structured, who performs each task, in what order tasks are performed, how approvals or re-routing is handled.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 100
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.1.9 Acknowledge that all data is the property of City and shall not be shared with any third party without written consent from the City
- This includes but is not limited to metadata and usage statistics Yes

6.1.10 Provides for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) to establish a connection between Offeror’s solution and Active Directory (AD) for user authentication. Application can handle AD tokens and credentials.

See 6.1.12

6.1.11 The Offeror shall demonstrate the ability to use role-based access controls in active directory
Yes

6.1.12 The Offeror shall showcase the ability to perform SAML2, OAUTH, and open LDAP authentication
Tyler’s Identity solutions are foundational components for a zero-trust identity strategy that enables cloud-based authentication for Tyler application users, regardless of location, device, or network. Tyler’s Identity Workforce and Identity Community are cloud Identity as a Service (IDaaS) solutions that improve the sign-in experience, enhance security, and simplify identity management.

Identity Workforce connects Tyler back-office applications with your organizations identity provider (IdP) such as Microsoft Entra ID, Google Cloud Identity, and Okta Workforce Identity Cloud, aligning with your overall identity and access management (IAM) strategy. Federation with your IdP provides end-users with seamless, single sign-on across Tyler and organizational applications, while centralizing credential management policies such as password requirements and the use of multifactor authentication for enhanced identity verification.

Identity Community is Tyler’s secure authentication service to access public-facing self-service applications, such as those used by vendors, businesses, and residents. One account provides community members with single sign-on to Tyler applications, including across multiple jurisdictions that also use Tyler applications.

6.1.13 The Offeror shall describe how your data center infrastructure is distributed Tyler's Hub dashboard provides centralized data access, aggregation, and analysis across Tyler applications. Configurable and interactive Hub cards present data to end users in real time in a variety of formats including charts, tables, and KPIs. Collections of Hub cards can be grouped by configurable Hub pages. The Hub Content Library includes hundreds of Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 101
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
predefined cards & pages maintained by Tyler. Hub content can be customized and tailored specifically to organizational needs or created from scratch through an intuitive no-code content builder. Hub content can be downloaded to a variety of industry standard formats including PDF, CSV, and Excel, including PivotTable support.

Tyler’s Interactive Reporting enables users to easily surface and explore vital data required for compliance and operational needs from across their Tyler ecosystem. Dynamic out-of-the box reports create insights and actionable conclusions, while offering the customization to create flexible, user-friendly ad-hoc reports and analytics. Interactive Reporting OData feeds provide secure, industry standard access to underlying data over web services for use with various third-party reporting tools.

Additional Interactive Reporting offerings include the ability to add data from other third-party systems.

Built on Tyler Technologies’ Data & Insights data analytics platform, Executive Insights empowers finance directors, mayors, city managers, superintendents, and department leads to effortlessly understand and monitor the health, performance, and service level of their organization.

Powered by machine learning, Executive Insights predictive analytics experience is specifically tailored for government revenue forecasters.

Executive Insights provides a turnkey analytical environment, pre- populated with industry-recognized KPIs and leading indicators, all of which require no setup. It is automatically updated and seamlessly integrated with Enterprise ERP, delivering instant insights from day one.

Tyler Open Finance provides unparalleled data access and analysis tools to help public sector entities implement principles of transparency, participation, and collaboration. Open Finance organizes your Tyler ERP financial data into a highly consumable, interactive, contextualized visual interface to meet the public’s need to understand government finances.

This allows agencies to effectively and powerfully communicate how tax dollars are being collected and spent.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 102
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.1.14 The Offeror solution shall protect data in-transit and data at-rest via encryption
Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption protects communication with Tyler applications, including end-user access through TLS-protected HTTPS. This widely adopted protocol secures sensitive data by preventing reading or modifying information transferred.

Tyler solutions run on AWS storage services, including Elastic Block Store (EBS) and Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3). The use of server-side encryption with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) keys is used to encrypt at-rest data. This encryption is known as SSE-KMS. SSE-KMS uses one of the strongest block ciphers available to encrypt your data, 256-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES-256).

6.1.15 Content can be stored in industry standard file formats and supports file storage and retrieval.

Yes – Via Content Manager
License and Maintenance

6.1.16 Describe the current licensing structure for the proposed solution (i.e., named users, concurrent users, site license, etc.)
The Enterprise ERP application utilizes a site license.

6.1.17 Identify any end-user devices other than desktop/laptop computers that are supported in the use of the proposed solution, including for what functions (i.e., iPads, mobile phones, etc.)
Tyler's modern, web-based platform agnostic cloud applications are accessible from virtually any device, anywhere. Tyler also provides native mobile apps on iOS and Android for targeted processes and end-user experiences.

6.1.18 Discuss whether the proposed solution and potential resulting contract allows for addition of any number of additional users at negotiated volume discount rate (identify any limitations for this)
Tyler is willing to negotiate during the selection process.

6.1.19 Discuss any system database management and balancing utilities which are employed to ensure efficient operations and data integrity within and across components of the proposed solution
Tyler applications use a combination of database constraints and robust application level business logic to ensure data integrity.

Due to the integrated nature of Tyler applications, single “master records” are shared across multiple products. This ensures one data record is maintained across multiple applications, eliminating the need to “sync” or manually entering duplicate data in multiple areas. Most Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 103
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
data entry involved choosing records from pre-defined tables maintained by application administrators rather than entering data free form.

Finally, Tyler applications follow best practice database rules for transaction rollbacks. Any in-flight transactions that are interrupted between a begin work and commit work, will roll back to the previous commit.

Tyler’s EERP solution includes a data integrity assistant utility that aids clients in identifying and correcting data integrity conditions in the database tables. This program analyzes through the data tables and identifies incorrect or invalid data conditions and then provides options to help you in addressing the conditions.

As you move through the tables, the program provides on-screen reporting that details the table name and line where conditions exist, details of the data condition in grid display, and information regarding a table description, data condition descriptions, and steps for auto- correction, if available.

6.1.20 Describe the strategy for keeping solution “up to date” (i.e., adding or replacing products to take advantage of new technology, to comply with emerging industry standards, etc.)
Tyler is committed to providing the best software and services to the public sector. Dedicated research and core development groups ensure Tyler remains focused on the needs of existing customers while also envisioning and executing on what prospects will expect from products and services in the future. Tyler’s Evergreen Philosophy continually Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 104
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
provides returns on our clients’ investment by refreshing the features and underlying technology in a planned and non- disruptive approach.

Tyler continuously reviews product roadmap items in a 12-18 month rolling approach. Product direction is influenced through proposals, local, state, and national user groups and conferences, customer enhancement requests, as well as competitive and market analysis.

These resources provide necessary insight to ensure Tyler solutions meet the needs of the marketplace, and most importantly, Tyler customers today and into the future.

Tyler solutions are continually enhanced with functional & technical enhancements for clients.

6.1.21 Describe the software update / upgrade process including the frequency of major product upgrades, the method for the rollout of interim bug-fixes, whether upgrades/updates can be done outside of normal business hours, etc.

Tyler’s industry leading technologies and features are continually enhanced through perpetual updates as part of our Evergreen Philosophy.

Tyler core application Feature Releases, delivered quarterly, include new features, functionality, and software corrections. Core applications also receive Service Updates in between Feature Releases to address critical application, security, or compliance issues.

Core application releases are automatically deployed to a non- production application environment for validation prior to production.

This provides clients with time to validate and familiarize themselves with new features and updates.

Ancillary applications follow a continuous update cycle, receiving timely fixes and enhancements every two weeks.

6.1.22 Identify potential additional fees that could be anticipated beyond what is provided for by the annual maintenance contract
No additional fees are anticipated beyond the annual maintenance contract.

6.1.23 Identify and discuss any optional other services that are not included in the annual maintenance contract, including related costs
Please refer to the Optional Services and Optional Products worksheets In Appendix B - Cost Proposal.

6.1.24 Confirm that local configurations and user-defined fields are incorporated into new product releases
Tyler maintains and supports all programmatic application modifications.

Modifications typically involve changes or additions in program functionality that affects new, desired results within applications.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 105
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
Interfaces are modifications involving a program change that allows for a data interchange with another automated system. Because an interface is a form of program modification, each can be completed via the same series of tasks. In the following descriptions, the terms modification and interface can be used interchangeably.

As part of Tyler’s Evergreen Development Philosophy, all modifications are built into a single release stream and then made available to all customers in subsequent releases. Enhancements and software corrections are fully documented and available on the company website for customers to review. User groups, forums, and direct customer feedback through Tyler’s enhancement program allow clients to influence changes and improvements to the application.

6.1.25 Discuss the vendor’s process by and extent to which the solution is tested for each software release, installation, or upgrade (e.g., is complete regression testing completed?)
Tyler’s Quality Assurance team rigorously tests each product release using a broad range of testing methodologies. Their goal is to continue to help clients maintain one of the lowest downtime averages in the industry. Each of the following test cycles builds upon the last, increasing the scope and depth of coverage. The team incorporates both manual and automated tests throughout the testing phases, and results are formally documented. Automation allows tests to be run more frequently throughout the product lifecycle to ensure consistent quality and stability. Automation also frees up resources to perform robust testing of more complex scenarios.

Testing Cycles
• Daily Functional / Smoke testing ensures key, critical functions within each of our products perform as expected. These tests are automatically scheduled and executed daily.
• Unit testing focuses on testing each individual change made to the products. Our team ensures the quality of a specific update, as well as testing how that change integrates with other parts of the product, called Product Integration testing.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 106
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
• Regression testing ensures individual changes made to our products have not negatively impacted surrounding
functionality.
• Process testing involves testing critical processes within each product to ensure functionality from Point A to Point Z performs as expected. (beginning to end).
• Product Automated testing performs hundreds of regression tests against specific products. This testing ensures that newly introduced features or functions have not negatively affected existing functionality.
• Product Integration Automated testing ensures the integration points between our products work as expected.
• Release/Deployment testing ensures that our products can be installed, upgraded, and deployed using one common platform.

6.1.26 Solution shall include a minimum of three (3) environments – Production, Pre-Production, and Test that can potentially also be used for Training Tyler’s standard application deployment includes production, train, and test environments. Select Tyler application deployments may also include an implementation environment.

The train environment is typically used as a sandbox to test processes prior to doing so in production or to train users on new or unfamiliar processes. The test environment is used to install and test new application releases prior to upgrading production. The implementation environment is only available during implementation and prepopulated with data and scenarios so users can be trained prior to client data conversion or build out.

Tools are provided so clients can easily "refresh" application data from one environment to another at their convenience.

6.1.27 Operating systems and databases are fully supported by Microsoft Yes Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 107
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.1.28 Provides a tool for City IT staff to control/approve updates to the system via patches and new releases
Tyler’s industry leading technologies and features are continually enhanced through perpetual updates as part of our Evergreen Philosophy.

Core application releases are automatically deployed to a non- production application environment for validation prior to production.

This provides clients with time to validate and familiarize themselves with new features and updates.

Ancillary applications follow a continuous update cycle, receiving timely fixes and enhancements every two weeks.

6.1.29 Confirm and provide a sample of detailed release notes for each update (what changed, why, expected user impact)
As a Tyler client, you have access to numerous training tools and services as part of your annual subscription.
· Technical Support provides the opportunity to get specific questions answered and to understand the impact of changes on the system.
· Tyler Search provides documentation on all aspects of Tyler applications including technical installation guides, how to documents, release notes for new versions of the system, and process documentation. Documentation is updated with major releases. Additionally, with major releases, Tyler offers Major Enhancement Sneak Peek trainings sessions online.
· Tyler University offers training on many processes and subject matters, utilizing your own data with step-by-step directions. Tyler offers free on-line courses throughout the year that cover a variety of topics, from Year End Close procedures to Charge Code Set-up. · Online Education classes offer in-depth product training and key information taught live by Tyler staff via GoToMeeting.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 108
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
· Tyler Community and local user groups provide clients with the opportunity to interact and collaborate with peers.
· Tyler’s implementation department can be contracted to provide additional training at any time (remote or onsite as needed) at the current billable rate.

Interfaces Overview

6.1.30 Provides and maintains an Open Application Programming Interface (API) for the Services at no additional cost. The Open API adheres to the following requirements: The API shall be publicly accessible and documented, allowing third-party developers to integrate with the Services without requiring proprietary software or tools. The API must comply with industry standards, including but not limited to RESTful architecture, JSON for data interchange, and OAuth 2.0 for authentication and authorization. Comprehensive and up- to-date documentation must be provided, including detailed descriptions of endpoints, request and response formats, error codes, and usage examples.

Offeror shall implement versioning for the API to ensure backward compatibility. Any changes to the API that may affect existing integrations must be communicated to the City at least 90 days in advance. Offeror shall offer ongoing support and maintenance for the API, including timely updates, bug fixes, and security patches. The API must meet agreed-upon performance and reliability standards, including uptime guarantees and response time metrics. The API must comply with all relevant regulatory requirements and security best practices to protect data integrity and confidentiality.

No additional cost with optionally proposed API Toolkit Bundle.

Tyler’s API (Application Programming Interface) Toolkits and API Connectors add value to your organization by enabling you to create your own integrations to share data between Tyler and non-Tyler applications.

The API Developer Portal is a powerful RESTful API gateway that makes accessing Tyler application data and processes through Toolkits and Connectors easy and intuitive. The Portal conforms to the OpenAPI Specification, including using Swagger UI to generate interactive API documentation, securing resources with OAuth 2.0 through Tyler Identity. API resources include example calls and produce properly formatted commands, allowing you to easily exercise them against your data.

The API Developer Portal features include:
• Conforms to Industry standard OpenAPI 3.0 Specification • Swagger UI generates interactive API documentation that lets your users try out the API calls directly in the browser.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 109
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
• Authentication using OAuth 2.0 standard, offering multiple login flows to suit different app implementation scenarios.
• Data models and examples for each resource
• Produces HTTP URI and CURL commands to exercise resources from within the documentation and return data
• Real-time validation
• Standard HTTP status codes
• Documentation to aid in identifying and understanding normal resources used to complete a given integration.

6.1.31 Provides webhooks to enable real-time event-driven notifications at no additional cost. These webhooks must be capable of sending data to the City’s specified endpoints when predefined events occur. Comprehensive and up-to-date documentation must be provided for the webhooks, including descriptions of event types, payload structures, and usage examples.

Webhooks must be secured using industry best practices, including the use of HTTPS for data transmission and the ability to verify the authenticity of webhook requests. Offeror shall ensure the reliability of webhooks, including retry mechanisms for failed deliveries and logging of webhook events.

Offeror shall offer ongoing support and maintenance for the webhooks, including timely updates and patches to address any issues or vulnerabilities API webhooks/events are scheduled in 2025 for a future TBD release.

Usability / User Support

6.1.32 Confirm that the proposed solution provides a common user interface for user access, data entry, searching, etc.

Yes

6.1.33 Describe the support options (basic vs. other support tiers, including standard / expanded hours of support, response time commitments, software support options (i.e., on-site, phone, email, webinars, etc.) Tyler Technologies provides all customers with equal and comprehensive support. As a Tyler client, you'll have comprehensive, 360-degree accessibility with our in-house client services. Tyler is proposing our standard, complete application support which includes, unlimited 800- number for all users, unlimited web support, access to client resources, knowledge articles, Tyler Community, Tyler Coach, and online webinar trainings. Our objective is to be responsive to the needs of all customers by providing excellent product support.

6.1.34 Confirm the availability of an up-to-date, client-accessible Knowledge Base of known issues, troubleshooting workarounds, and frequently asked questions Yes
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 110
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.1.35 Discuss current availability and configuration (i.e., vendor sponsored, regional groups, etc.) of any user groups that exist, including identification of any costs for participation, as well as the location, frequency, and content of meetings
Local User Groups
Tyler clients benefit from networking and peer-to-peer collaboration through local user groups. Most user groups are run by clients, who set the meeting agenda, location and frequency, assign topics, and involve the Tyler resources they need. In large states, there may be several user groups or different sessions planned.

Tyler provides staff to demonstrate new functionality and assist with materials and collateral. During the sessions, Tyler representatives collect important feedback and report back to product managers. Many clients form lasting connections with other Tyler users within these groups and help to make each other better users of the software.

Annual User Conference
Each year Tyler hosts an annual user conference, which brings together staff and clients from across all Tyler products. Tyler has appropriately named our conference Connect, and each year thousands of clients come to learn about Tyler, our products, and to connect with peers and staff. This premier event helps clients get the maximum use of their Tyler software. Clients can learn more about existing or proposed functionality through dozens of classes over several days. Development product managers attend the event to share their plans for the next upgrade and to solicit feedback from clients.

Tyler was able to quickly pivot in the spring of 2020, with the global pandemic, to move all our classes virtually. As of this year, Tyler has over 4700 registrants and over 600 classes being offered on our virtual platform for our annual conference.

Our clients’ input from past conferences continues to significantly impact the direction of software enhancements and changes. Client attendance each year ensures that appropriate needs are reflected in product development strategies. Connect is held in different locations every year to accommodate our geographically diverse client base and to provide fresh and exciting activities for our clients outside of the classes and labs.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 111
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.1.36 Describe the support escalation procedure If your situation or issue priority has changed, or if you feel you are not receiving the service you need, please contact the appropriate support product manager to escalate. The manager will follow up and determine the necessary action.

6.1.37 Discuss recommended approach to end user training, including access to traditional training documents, videos, knowledge bases, forums, etc. - Include discussion of whether training materials are provided for City update
Tyler believes in a train-the-trainer approach to implementation. This approach allows your resources (i.e., power users and functional leads) to be involved in the initial training and software configuration while limiting the amount of time that end users are involved in the project. The power users and functional leads are then involved in training the end user community after all configuration is complete, which helps to increase adoption, solidify knowledge transfer, and lessen resistance to training and process changes.

You may contact us at any time for training on future functionality, train new users, or refresh knowledge; However, your team will have access to the tools and services designed to support your internal training leads – Tyler Coach, Tyler Community, client support, state user groups, annual user conference, client resources, knowledge articles, and online help.

Tyler maintains a complete set of documentation that is available to all users through our client resources and knowledge articles. Our client resources provide users with a single, easily accessible location to find all existing documentation on Tyler products and other widely used technology products. Included are procedure documents, file layouts, user guides, installation manuals, setup documents, system administrator documents, data schemas, training exercises and much more. The City can also download documentation into Microsoft Word format to edit to match internal policies and procedures.

6.1.38 Provides Single Sign-On (SSO), an authentication process that allows users to access multiple applications with one set of login credentials, specifically utilizing the Customer’s Microsoft Entra ID. Offeror shall integrate SSO with the Customer’s Microsoft Entra ID using the Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) protocol. Offeror shall provide the necessary configuration Yes
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 112
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
details, including the Identity Provider (IdP) metadata, Assertion Consumer Service (ACS) URL, and any other required endpoints.

6.1.39 All City data and intellectual property shall be housed in the continental United States
Yes
Disaster Recovery

6.1.40 Proposed solution provides near or real-time mirroring for Disaster Recovery service to an off-site location
As part of Tyler’s defined business continuity plan, applications and data are replicated across multiple Availability Zones ensuring high availability. Availability Zones consist of one or more discrete data centers, each with redundant power, networking, and connectivity, and housed in separate facilities. They are connected to each other with fast, private fiber-optic networking, providing automatic fail-over for minimal disruption.

6.1.41 The Offeror shall provide a formal security incident response process which includes responding to security incidents and notifying customers like the COP proactively throughout the incidents (i.e., quantifying using SLA’s, timeframe, and root cause analysis)
- Sample notifications should be provided for City review To effectively protect Tyler’s business and the client data in our care, a Security Incident Response Procedure is in place, defines employee responsibilities, and is available to all employees. Tyler’s incident response plan, based on the NIST 800-53 Framework, defines a measured, repeatable process for determining, handling, and recording when an incident occurs. Tyler Technologies’ handling of incidents, including notification to customers, conforms to applicable state and federal law.

Design, implementation, and maintenance of the IRP are the responsibility of Tyler’s Information Security Office. The IRP establishes procedures for responding to and reporting of security incidents. A Post Incident Review is conducted once a threat has been successfully eliminated. The Incident Response Plan is tested no less than annually.

Tyler regularly monitors the networks, systems, environments, and applications within its control. As part of that monitoring, if Tyler identifies a potential security incident, Tyler follows established policies and procedures to contain, respond to and mitigate such incidents.

Tyler’s standard practice is to treat the details of any such incident as confidential, given that releasing those details to the public itself creates a security risk, and/or because those details may include a client’s confidential information.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 113
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
Further information regarding Tyler’s incident response plan can be found in our most recent Type 2 Service Organization Controls No. 2 (SOC 2) report.

6.1.42 Solution shall provide daily backups (at a minimum) that can be restored by Offeror staff to any environment.

Production datasets are backed up automatically and retained based on the following retention policy.

Daily: 7-days
Weekly: 4-weeks
Monthly: 3-months

6.1.43 The Offeror shall provide a Risk Management Plan which meets or exceeds current industry standards, and which includes policies and procedures related to (but not limited to) breach notifications, financial risk, litigation holds, political situations, and geographical situations The Company follows a Risk Management Process based on the NIST Risk Management Framework and maintains a formal Risk Register. IT Infrastructure Subject Matter Experts meet weekly to identify and mitigate known risks related to the enterprise and hosting infrastructure.

General oversight of the team is managed by two of the CIO direct reports. All CIO direct reports and the Director of Revenue Assurance are members of the IT Security Office Steering Committee and are provided formal quarterly status updates.

6.1.44 The Offeror shall provide the methodology used for penetration testing, patching, vulnerability management and remediation activities Tyler maintains industry standard intrusion detection and prevention systems to monitor malicious activity in the network and to log and block any such activity. Tyler engages multiple third-party experts to perform both external and internal penetration tests of our networks and systems on an annual basis. These tests are a critical part of our security strategy and are required to meet compliance audits; therefore, they cannot be negotiated or scheduled in advance with clients. Penetration tests should not impact application functionality or accessibility, and test results remain confidential. More details on Tyler’s security controls and Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 114
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
business continuity can be found in Tyler’s System & Organization Control (SOC) Reports, which can be requested here:
https://www.tylertech.com/about-us/security-compliance/soc- compliance
To maintain the integrity, confidentiality, and availability of Tyler’s environment for all clients, unauthorized penetration testing, vulnerability scanning, or any attempts to bypass security restrictions within Tyler’s SaaS services or related environments are strictly prohibited. Clients may not attempt to access files, passwords, or other confidential information outside of their authorized access.

The solution should provide the ability for system administrators to create and apply ‘custom’ business rules to various processes. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response/Comments

6.2.1 Provides the ability to create user-defined fields, screens, and hot keys Yes

6.2.2 Provides the ability to configure workflows, codes, report parameters, and other elements to meet specific business needs using configuration and operating parameters provided by City and without the assistance of the software vendor
Yes

6.2.3 Offers a process scheduling tool that might be used to automate imports of external data, launch external programs, poll for and maintain non-system folder content, and sequence, launch, monitor, and report on such routines The Enterprise ERP Scheduler makes the system more efficient for Tyler clients by allowing them to schedule CPU intensive jobs for times of the day when their users will be least impacted. Our powerful recurrence capabilities allow clients to “set and forget” recurring jobs like file imports or periodic (weekly, monthly, etc.) reports. Several processes can also be scheduled including applying late fees, rolling to a new period, printing routines (PO’s, checks, bills, etc.).

The Scheduler Engine receives submissions for scheduled programs or jobs and arranges their execution at designated times. Results are automatically printed or spooled, and the program sends e-mail notifications to alert recipients to events such as a start, completion, expiration or failure of a job.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 115
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
The Enterprise ERP scheduler includes administrative programs that allow for monitoring of queued jobs, as well as the history of jobs and status.

SQL Server Reporting Services Subscriptions
SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) subscriptions can be setup for any report to deliver reports at a specific date and time or on a recurring schedule. Report subscriptions include the option to attach the report in a variety of formats (XML, CSV, PDF, MHTML, Excel, TIFF, or Word), include a link back to the report available from any web browser, or store the report on a file share or Microsoft SharePoint library.

6.2.4 Provides the ability to customize help text Documents downloaded from KnowledgeBase. Documents can be linked to menu system.; Cannot customize context-sensitive screen and field help.

6.2.5 Provides the ability to customize common error messages No – Standardized error notification system.

6.2.6 Allows SQL-based access to database through common “Management Studio-like” tools. Full documentation of the database schema.

Secure ODBC Read-only access is available.

Data dictionaries are provided with several Tyler solutions including Enterprise ERP, Enterprise Asset Management, and
Enterprise Permitting & Licensing.

Enterprise ERP and Enterprise Asset Management include a data dictionary within the system as a dedicated application, always reflecting the current database schema. These applications also include a “View Database Columns” mode that overlay’s application fields with the respective database table and column name directly within the application.

6.2.7 Solution provides ability to migrate configuration data between environments
Production environments can be refreshed to non-production environment at the client’s request.

6.2.8 Describe optimal and minimal level of the City staff expertise recommended to support the proposed solution: hardware, software, programming, and administration
Tyler provides fully scalable solutions to meet the requirements of all organizations, regardless of size, and can grow to meet increasing demands. Application and system administration can also be tailored to clients of any size and available technical resources. Many factors should be considered to determine the technical staffing needed for Tyler applications, such as business policies, application setup, and Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 116
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
upgrade frequency. It is very common clients utilize existing resources for Tyler administration; rarely is dedicated staffing required.

Tyler Software as a Service (SaaS), provides a subscription-based, cloud hosted solution. Tyler SaaS includes support, maintenance, and upgrades of Tyler applications, platforms, and infrastructure. Tasks typically required by client technical staff include administration of client networks, user and identity management, role-based access controls, workflow, release updates. and end-user device such as workstations and printers.

Many application administration tasks can optionally be decentralized to application subject matter experts, including security administration, workflow design, and application configuration. Clients with decentralized application administration typically require less than .5 technical FTE.

6.2. Audit and Security
The solution should be designed to protect all data from unauthorized access or alteration. Potentially unique or custom requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Response/Comments

6.3.1 The Offeror shall demonstrate and provide documentation to validate that their solutions contain adequate security controls and safeguards using a third-party independent auditor (Specific audit frequency and share sample reports). Vendor can provide their latest copy of a SOC 2/SIG audit report
To maintain the highest levels of security assurance, Tyler undergoes annual audits, including Service Organization Controls (SOC) 1 Type 2 and SOC 2 Type 2 assessments conducted by an independent firm. Tyler Technologies also completes an annual Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Standards (DSS) assessment using a PCI Security Standards Council (SSC) Qualified Security Assessor, ensuring that we meet stringent security requirements for handling payment data.

To learn more about Tyler’s industry and regulatory compliance, including how to obtain a copy of Tyler’s SOC reports, visit: https://www.tylertech.com/about- us/security-compliance/compliance. All Tyler applications run on AWS. To learn more about AWS security controls and compliance, visit:
http://aws.amazon.com/security.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 117
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.3.2 Provides robust security options that are intuitive and offers multiple levels of access, managed at the user department level Yes

6.3.3 Supports multiple users with appropriate separation of duties and security roles
Yes

6.3.4 Allows the system administrator to:
- Configure control access to the application, modules, transactions, and data
- Define data access rights (e.g., create, read, update, delete) by user ID or functional role
- Define functional access rights (e.g., processes, screens, fields, and reports) by user ID or functional role
- Restrict access to sensitive data elements (e.g., social security numbers, banking data, etc.) by user ID, user
groups, or functional role
Yes

6.3.5 Maintains audit logging to record access activity:
- Login/logout attempts by user and workstation
- User submitted transactions
- Initiated processes
- System overrides
- File accessed
- Additions, changes, or deletes to application-maintained data and system configurations
- Self-Service transactions
- Date and time of the event.
- User ID
- Clear description of the event
- Stored in a secure and centralized locations
- Access restricted to allow system administrators
- Retention one year (minimum)
- Support industry-standard integrations with centralized event log management solutions
Tyler applications include comprehensive auditing integrated directly within the application. This assists clients in supporting internal control requirements and includes system and program level auditing. Process auditing allows an administrator to see who ran what, when, where, and for how long. Change audits allow the viewing of who changed what, where, when, and both the old and new values. Select applications also include query audits that can be optionally enabled to log who looked at what and when.

Process and query audits can be turned on and off by the client and can be purged by client users with appropriate permissions at any time. Change audits cannot be turned off and cannot be purged from the system.

Tyler’s Content Manager audits are also provided to provide a full audit history of all changes and viewing of the integrated content manager. Administrators can see user date/time stamp of attachment and metadata changes, the old value and new value; as well as who opened and closed the document.

6.3.6 Allows the system administrator to define what transaction types are audited
For select processes only. All other processes are system defined.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 118
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.3.7 Allows the system administrator to query the audit log by type of access, date/time stamp range, user identification, and terminal ID
Yes

6.3.8 Confirm that PII-compliant security measures have been established to ensure that only authorized personnel may access locations where PII is stored and that access to those locations is logged using an auditable form
Personal identifiable information (PII) is data that can be used to identify a specific person, such as Social Security number, phone number, and address. Tyler applications include a variety of controls to store and protect PII. All Tyler applications employ least-access role-based access control (RBAC) methodology, ensuring only access is provided only to appropriate authorized users through the least administrative rights possible to perform required tasks. Many applications include field level security for more granular control. Tyler compliments these strategies with controls and auditing to ensure only those authorized users can access the systems allowed.

6.3.9 Confirm that data transmitted during all sessions are encrypted Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption protects communication with Tyler applications, including end-user access through TLS-protected HTTPS. This widely adopted protocol secures sensitive data by preventing reading or modifying information transferred.

6.3.10 Confirm that the proposed solution provides audit analysis that will show user specific actions (i.e., who created the data record, the date/time created, as well as any updates to that record) Yes

6.3.11 Confirm that user access passwords are not stored as clear text in scripts, programs, or files
Confirmed. User passwords are managed/stored in customer IdP.

6.3.12 The Offeror shall provide proof of cyber liability insurance and specific coverages
Tyler’s insurance coverage includes cyber policy protection. Coverage currently includes technology and professional liability, media liability, network security and Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 119
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
privacy liability, privacy regulatory proceedings, reimbursement for event expenses, network extortion, and business interruption.

6.3.13 The Offeror shall provide security details of API connectors used and AD sync protections
Tyler open API endpoints conform to the OpenAPI 3.0 specification and are secured using the industry standard OAuth2.0 authentication protocol.

Microsoft Active Directory (AD) is one of several supported identity providers for back-office application authentication. Enterprise ERP and Enterprise Asset Management also include the following advanced synchronization capabilities with Active Directory over LDAPS, and the ability to import and export accounts.

Application Account and Role LDAPS Synchronization
Back-office application user accounts and security roles can be synchronized with AD accounts and security groups for automated account management. The following processes can be scheduled or run on-demand.
· Create application accounts. New application accounts can be created when a new Active Directory account is added or added to a specific AD security group. This includes common account attributes such as name, employee number, phone number, email address, supervisor, and department code.
· Update application account access. Application roles can be added to or removed from the application account based on AD security group mappings defined by the client.
· Disable application accounts. Application accounts can be disabled when disabled in Active Directory or removed from specific AD security groups. · Update account attributes. When user account attributes are changed in Active Directory, the respective attributes for the corresponding application account are updated. Attributes include name, employee number, phone number, email address, supervisor, and department code.

Integration is based on standard LDAPS configuration to selectively apply rules based on Active Directory / LDAPS attributes such as organizational unit, department, or security groups.

Employee LDAPS Synchronization
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 120
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments
Enterprise ERP Employee Master manages employee master records and includes the following integration with Active Directory. The following processes can be scheduled or run on-demand.
· Create Active Directory account based on employee personnel action (e.g., new hire).
· Disable Active Directory account based on employee personnel action (e.g., termination).
· Update employee attributes for accounts that exist in AD and Employee Master. Attributes can be selectively pulled from AD to Employee Master or pushed from Employee Master to AD. Attributes include first name, middle name, last name, department, email address, home phone, work phone, supervisor, and address.

Integration is based on standard LDAPS configuration to selectively apply rules based on Active Directory and Enterprise ERP attributes such as organizational unit, department, location, organization, and/or job class.

User & Employee File Integrations
In addition to LDAPS sync capabilities, user and employee accounts can be imported or exported. File integrations can also be scheduled for unattended processing and flexible file templates to map data in any format. In addition to importing basic user attributes, the user account import can include default role assigned to the user for streamlined access.

6.3.14 The Offeror shall provide latest mobile app security audit results, if their proposal includes a mobile app (Using MASVS or similar guidelines)
End user access is secured, whether via app on a mobile device or browser on a workstation (e.g., encryption, authentication, authorization, monitoring).

Tyler is a partner/reseller of Sophos and offers the optional MobileIntercept X protection on devices.

6.3.15 The Offeror shall follow a vetting process with any subcontractors planned to be included in any capacity before they begin work on this project to validate that their security posture meets the requirements documented in this proposal; the contractor will document what this vetting process is and what the results of the process are and will share this documentation with the City The sub-contractors must be authorized to work and reside in the US Tyler is not proposing 3rd party contractors. All proposed work is done by Tyler Employees based here in the United States.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 121
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response/Comments

6.3.16 Support integration with Active Directory and/or Entra ID (Azure ID)
Yes

6.3.17 Captures defined transaction details and allows authorized staff to view that detail
Yes

6.3.18 Provides object, row, and field level security Row and field level where applicable.

6.3.19 Restricts access to specific screens or processes Yes

6.3.20 Provides user group security Yes

6.3.21 Provides to extend security settings to reporting tools/layers Yes

6.3. Interoperability/System Interfaces
The solution should provide the ability to import and export data to and from external systems and/or integrate real-time with external systems. Specific requirements are listed below.

# Requirement Prebuilt?
(Yes/No)
If No, Cost to
Develop
Comments/level of effort to develop functionality to meet requirement

6.4.1 Supports upload of large amounts of data for
transactional processing across all components
- Please describe any limitations to this
capability in the Comments column
Yes Assumes use of compatible import formats. ‘Prebuilt’ response assumes use of existing import features.

6.4.2 Includes interfaces/services to accept data generated by external applications
Yes Robust import/export options and APIs available for leveraging with the Enterprise ERP API Toolkit Bundle.
‘Prebuilt’ response assumes use of existing import/export features.

6.4.3 Ensures transactions submitted via interface/services are subject to the same business rules as transactions
submitted via the user interface
Yes ‘Prebuilt’ response assumes use of existing import/export features.

6.4.4 Provides a notification to users of transactions that fail edits and provides a way for users to view, update,
delete, and automatically resubmit transactions for
processing
Yes Where applicable; ‘Prebuilt’ response assumes use of existing import/export features.

6.4. Artificial Intelligence Enabled Features
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 122
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure The solution should provide AI-powered software as a service (SaaS) to the City, which includes access to the AI platform, regular updates, and support services. The AI platform will perform tasks such as data analysis, predictive modeling, etc. The Offeror will implement industry-standard security measures to protect Customer data.

The Offeror will comply with all applicable data protection laws, including GDPR and CCPA. City data will not be used for any purpose other than providing the AI services. Offeror retains all rights, title, and interest in and to the AI platform and any improvements or modifications thereto. The City retains all rights to the data they provide to the AI platform. Any outputs generated by the AI platform using City data will be owned by the City. The Offeror will provide documentation explaining all of the AI system’s decision-making processes, including a commitment that this documentation will be updated regularly to reflect any changes or improvements to the AI system. Offeror will take reasonable steps to ensure that the AI system is free from bias and will regularly audit the AI system to identify and mitigate any biases that may arise. Offeror will conduct regular audits of the AI system to ensure compliance with this agreement and applicable laws. Offeror will also provide regular updates to the AI system to improve performance and address any issues.

# Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments

6.5.1 Advanced Reporting Capabilities
- Ability to search by account number or account name
in reporting and data filtering.
- Option to retain underlying formulas when exporting
data
Y Powered by machine learning, ERP Executive Insights predictive analytics experience is specifically tailored for government revenue forecasters.

Priority Based Budgeting leverages ML and AI to provide key stakeholders with the data and insights needed to overcome capacity gaps and align budgeting.

Tyler’s Data and Insights solutions use machine learning to help leading cities forecast their sales tax receipts.

6.5.2 Intelligent Work Order Tracking
- Work order numbers should follow hours worked and
A/P invoices throughout the system, from initial entry
in Infor through to New ERP System.

N Additional information needed detailing how this relates to UB work orders. Enterprise Asset Management is not within the scope of this RFP.

6.5.3 Smart Leave Balance Management
- System should provide real-time leave balance
updates and future notifications for vacation
balances.

6.5.4 Intelligent Chart of Accounts Management
- System should allow for embedding of related
accounts in specific account groups (e.g., for state
reporting requirements).
- Capability to use City-defined flags on the account
structure for flexible categorization.

Y Account groups can be predetermined through the account group program with an auto-complete search capability and account rules and conditional rules and assist with city flags for account structure.

6.5.5 Smart Reporting N
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 123
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure # Requirement Response
Code Response/Comments
- System should be able to identify which segments roll to specific reports (e.g., Street Reports), using an AI- driven flagging system on expenses

6.5.6 Automated Reconciliation
- System should provide easier access to expenditures
related to specific objects (e.g., streetlights within the PG&E bill) to support ongoing reconciliation with
vendors.

Y An object code can be specific to an expenditure.

6.5.7 AI-Driven Cost Estimation
- Capability to calculate average 'productive hours' per employee for cost estimation purposes, particularly
for Army work orders and fleet 'wrench hours'.

N Additional information needed detailing how this relates to UB work orders. Enterprise Asset Management is not within the scope of this RFP.

6.5.8 Intelligent Document Management
- AI-powered system to automatically link scanned
invoices to corresponding GL transactions, especially
for P-Card (Cal-Card) management.

N Future functionality with AP Automation may support this. Release date and time TBD. It will allow for the creation of an invoice record from a scanned invoice or PDF. P-card statements are imported to create the p-card transactions in the system then cardholders upload receipts as required by organization policy. The receipt from a p-card transaction will not create an invoice.

6.5.9 OCR and AI for Invoice Processing and Data Analysis:
- System should use of OCR and AI in processing
invoices and analyzing data.

N Future functionality with AP Automation may support this. Release date and time TBD.

6.5. Required Integrations
The following detailed integration requirements must be addressed by the Proposer. For each item, confirm whether the proposed solution will provide the necessary functionality natively, or if an interface will be required; for required interfaces, levels of effort (hours) and costs are required to be identified in Appendix B – Cost Worksheet.

A new ERP system will be the “system of record” for all financial and employee information citywide. Unless the proposed solution offers suitable functionality to replace any of the following, existing 3rd party solutions in use at the City, the proposed solution must provide and support the following integrations.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 124
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

# Solution Vendor Solution Name Functional
Description
Native
Functionality
Provided in
Proposed
Solution
(Y/N)?
Notes / Comments

6.6.1 Accela Accela City planning and permitting
platform, including developer
deposits, billing for fire
inspections, business license
data
Y Assumes use of compatible import/export
formats and/or leveraging of applicable APIs.

6.6.2 Data Ticket, Inc Data Ticket Y Assumes use of compatible import/export formats and/or leveraging of applicable APIs.

6.6.3 NeoGov NeoGov Insight,
NeoGov OnBoard
Candidate recruitment,
applicant tracking, and new hire
onboarding
Y Enterprise Recruiting quoted as potential
replacement. If integration is required, then
assumes use of compatible import/export
formats and/or leveraging of applicable APIs.

6.6.4 Paymentus Paymentus Credit card payment processing Y Assumes use of compatible import/export formats and/or leveraging of applicable APIs.

Main supported processors for Cashiering are
Tyler Payments (Chase and Fiserv). Tyler
Payments, OpenEdge, and Elavon are
supported natively with Resident Access/Utility
Access for online payments.

6.6.5 UKG Telestaff /
Workforce Ready
Time Entry and leave reporting Y Time & Attendance quoted along with Advanced Scheduling (optional) as potential
replacement. If integration is required, then
assumes use of compatible import formats.

6.6.6 Microsoft Outlook Employee calendars, email Y Email for workflow notifications, etc.

6.6.7 HdL HdL Business licenses and related
taxes
Y Assumes use of compatible import/export
formats and/or leveraging of applicable APIs.

6.6.8 Active Network ActiveNet Payment processing Y Assumes use of compatible import/export formats and/or leveraging of applicable APIs.

6.6.9 Club Prophet POS Express Golf fees and POS sales transactions
Y Assumes use of compatible import/export
formats and/or leveraging of applicable APIs.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 125
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

# Solution Vendor Solution Name Functional
Description
Native
Functionality
Provided in
Proposed
Solution
(Y/N)?
Notes / Comments

6.6.10 Eckersall, Inc. Downey GIS Geolocation data Y

Assuming the backing data is in ESRI, then this
is supported via proposed GIS solution
(proposed as optional). Otherwise, additional
information is needed.

6.6.11 Laserfiche Laserfiche Document Management
platform
N Fully integrated Content Manager proposed as
replacement.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A APPENDIX A – ERP and UB System Requirements

City of Downey, CA 126
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure

6.6. Conversion Requirements
The City desires to convert a minimum of three (3) to five (5) years of the data necessary to continue its day-to-day business operations in the future system, but some records will require all available data (listed under name). The table below provides a list of data by functional areas.

In the proposal’s related section, vendors should explain their experience and expertise in successfully executing data migration projects of similar scale and complexity. Include information on data conversion recommendations, migration approach, identify any inherent risks with the approach, outline the recommended data validation testing approach and related support to be provided.

Solution Provider Product Owner Dept / Div Data Conversion Requirement Tyler Eden Finance General ledger financial data, vendor Information, customer information, budget data, purchase orders, payment voucher data, receivables, customer invoices, payment data/history, contracts, inventory, project details, grant details, capital asset details, including data necessary to support expected auditing of various financial reports including but not limited to Trial Balance, Revenue and Expenditure Ledgers, etc.

Tyler Eden Human Resources Employee data, payroll history, job history, benefit elections, position data/history, performance data, training history, accrual balances, etc..

UKG Telestaff / Workforce
Ready
Finance, Human Resources Employee identification, employee time entry data (history), employee schedules.

NeoGov OnBoard Human Resources Onboarding information related to new hires.

Tyler Eden Public Works / Utilities Utility customer data, account numbers, account names, service addresses, prior billing, billing status (e.g., if past due), account balances, payment plan details (i.e., budget billing program, etc.), payment history, usage history, etc.

Documents Conversion
image/document files
attached to the above
data sets

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 22 ]

5.9 Enterprise ERP Overview
Enterprise ERP is a powerful, cloud-based enterprise resource planning solution specifically designed to help the public sector manage all aspects of government operations with accuracy, transparency, and efficiency.

An Integrated ERP System
Eliminate silos and synchronize processes across your organization with a solution that integrates your financials, payroll, human resources, procurement, and revenue management. This comprehensive approach to enterprise management promotes the integration of billing, collections, payment processing, and resident engagement features, allowing the City to optimize resources, enhance transparency, and eliminate redundancy.

Achieve More with Intuitive Reporting and Analytics
Transform data into financial, operational, and strategic outcomes with Tyler’s advanced reporting and analytics. By consolidating information across functional areas, Enterprise ERP provides global views of your organization and your City. Tyler has a dedicated state reporting team to ensure compliance with state and federal reporting mandates.

Hub, Tyler’s User-Specific Dashboard, Streamlines Access to Information Hub is a powerful, interactive dashboard that connects diverse data sources from across your organization.

Users can monitor key processes, quickly execute routine tasks, and eliminate time-consuming data searches.

Hub makes it easy to monitor workflows, pending approvals, upcoming or past-due deadlines, and threshold standings—all without having to run complicated reports. Drag-and-drop features allow staff to customize their dashboards for immediate access to their most-used information, while drill-down search tools provide deeper insights into data. Administrators can establish user-specific access for individual users, allowing your organization to safeguard sensitive information from unauthorized personnel, while simultaneously ensuring that employees always have access to the data they need to work efficiently.

Tyler’s Configurable Reporting Drives Data-Driven Decision-Making Tyler’s secure, out-of-the-box report library and powerful report creation tools are intuitive and easy to use, allowing your entire staff to create and interact with the reports they use most. Accessed directly from Hub, Tyler’s reporting tools make it easy to consolidate data from across your organization, providing accurate, comprehensive insights from a centralized location. Pre- defined alerts can be easily set up to inform individuals that a relevant goal is projected to go Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 23 ]
off track. By embracing a data-centric approach to operations, the City can expect to improve internal communication and information sharing, while also supporting increased transparency with residents.

Simplify Access to Key Metrics with Executive Insights
With Tyler’s Executive Insights application, finance directors, mayors, city managers, superintendents, department leads, and other key decision-makers have direct access to the key metrics they need to manage budgets, measure the effectiveness of City programs and initiatives, and ensure compliance with grants.

Figure 1. Tyler’s Executive Insights Dashboard (Confidential and Proprietary).

Productivity Tools that Drive Efficiency
Tyler’s fully integrated ERP solution provides specialized tools built to help the public sector streamline processes, automate workflows, eliminate repetitive data re-entry, and improve cross-department communication.

Easily Configure your Solution to Meet your Unique Needs Designed to work with the nuanced budgeting, spending, and resource-planning processes of local governments, Enterprise ERP can easily be configured to meet your organization’s unique processes. Regardless of technical background, your administrators can effortlessly arrange data fields, modify workflows, and design layouts with user-friendly and intuitive command centers.

Enhance Productivity with Automated Workflows
Enterprise ERP’s automated workflows streamline hundreds of complex approval processes across your organization. Flexible rule creation allows you to establish unique approval flows dependent on tasks and departments. Easily configure custom hierarchies and contingencies to ensure approvals are managed in order and once specified data conditions have been met.

Users can establish their own workflow rules to receive alerts about pending approvals and automate the submission of common batch approvals. Users can also establish thresholds and receive automated notices when a threshold is about to be met. From automating the approval of new hires to alerting you to low Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 24 ]
inventory, billing errors, and budget overages, Tyler’s automated workflows ensure that regardless of department and responsibilities, staff can optimize resources, minimize waste, and stay on top of deadlines.

Streamline the Management of Digital Information with Content Manager With a library of over 250 of the most-used public sector forms and the ability to easily create and store City specific documents, Content Manager simplifies your organization’s document handling. All documents stored in Content Manager can be mapped to appropriate departments and grouped with related documents, ensuring comprehensive audits and simplified searches. With Content Manager, human resource managers can easily view all employee-related documents, including payroll checks, Form W-2s, and Form I-9s, while procurement staff can quickly access related purchase orders, receipts, and invoices. Users can configure and customize their most used searches, streamlining everyday document retrieval. Batch document uploads, automated indexing, and comprehensive archiving ensure accurate document organization with minimal staff intervention. Role-based permissions restrict access to documents and automatically redact confidential information when shared with specific users, enhancing City security. Integration with your City website empowers residents to locate the public records they need without the intervention of your already busy staff.

Increase Accessibility with Secure Mobile Applications
The public sector is not immune to the modern need for mobile flexibility, and your community wants to know that your organization can keep data safe no matter where work happens. All Enterprise ERP modules and applications are HTML5 web-based, which means users can access Enterprise ERP from any modern mobile device. Tyler has also created a series of applications specifically designed for your more mobile staff. Staff can complete workflow tasks, and review, approve, reject, or forward work to other employees—all from their phone or tablet. With Tyler’s mobile-friendly Employee Access application, your staff can clock in and out, check their benefits, and view organizational announcements from any IOS or Android mobile web browser. Regardless of the application used, secure, single sign-on authentication is required, ensuring that your organization always protects important and confidential information.

Enable Dynamic Connections with Third-Party Applications Should the City need to utilize software outside of your Tyler solution, comprehensive and seamless integration with third-party systems can be easily achieved. Tyler provides highly adaptable APIs to empower dynamic connections between Enterprise ERP and a diverse range of third-party systems.

Empowering Community Engagement
Tyler’s ecosystem of public-facing engagement tools allows your City to create a more responsive, connected, and thriving community, helping you to foster trust and collaboration between your residents and your organization.

Drive Self-Service with Community-Facing Portals and Applications Enhancing operational efficiency benefits not only your staff but your entire community. Enterprise ERP breaks down divisional silos, improving communication and transparency, so that your staff can offer residents more timely and comprehensive responses. With multiple community-facing portals and applications, your organization opens pathways for enhanced collaboration and visibility, helping you to create a more connected community.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 25 ]

Resident Access empowers residents to manage accounts, pay bills, access vital information, and submit service requests with ease.

Tyler’s comprehensive mobile app, My Civic, connects residents with your organization and encourages community engagement by facilitating the sharing of surveys, polls, and event listings.

Tyler’s Open Finance provides fiscal transparency, and fosters trust in your organization by offering constituent-friendly visualizations of your City’s budget and spending.

Our Vendor Access portal enables transparent interactions between vendors and your organization.

5.10 Enterprise Financial Management
Tyler's Enterprise Financial Management solution streamlines complex accounting and budgeting tasks across your organization. Advanced reporting and analytics offer real-time, actionable insights into your organization's financial performance, allowing you to make data-informed decisions and drive the City to its peak financial potential. Robust built-in compliance tools ensure adherence to industry standards and government regulations, while state-of-the-art security measures, including data encryption and access controls, safeguard your most sensitive financial information.

Accounting Budgeting
Project and
Grant
Accounting
Capital Assets Cash
Management
ACFR
Statement
Builder

Key Benefits

Increase financial visibility
organization-wide

Optimize cash flow
through performance
measurements and
analysis

Enhance organization
flexibility to adapt to your
evolving needs

Promote accountability
and transparency

Maintain consistent data
and processes

Provide real-time insights
into business processes to
enhance strategic
decision-making

Minimize risk with
improved financial
controls

Ensure compliance with
state, & federal
requirements
Resident Access
My Civic
Open Finance
Vendor Access
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 26 ]
Comprehensive Integration for Optimized Financial Management Tyler’s suite of Financial Management solutions seamlessly integrates with many of our other Enterprise solutions, creating a robust ecosystem that streamlines operations, enhances organizational efficiency, and facilitates the flow of financial data throughout your organization. Real-time data exchange and synchronization across departments ensures accurate financial reporting and informed decision-making.

Additionally, the interconnected nature of Tyler's solutions enhances scalability, allowing you to adapt and grow without disruptions to your financial management processes.

Simplify Financial Management
Enterprise Financial Management optimizes your financial management and accounting processes with intelligent performance measurements, spending analyses, and operational streamlining. Flexible budget structures enable budgeting and forecasting at any level of the City’s Chart of Accounts. Tyler’s adaptable account system handles all transactions and can provide comprehensive details to users throughout your organization.

Provide Actionable Insights into City Finances
Customizable dashboards and simplified reporting not only improve visibility and decision-making capabilities; they also enhance financial transparency for residents, businesses, developers, and community organizations.

With Tyler’s Open Data Platform, community members can access the most up-to-date financial data in easy- to-understand charts, graphs, and visual narratives—helping you to foster stronger partnerships for a thriving and more interconnected community.

Figure 2. Access Key Budget and Planning Data From a Centralized Dashboard (Confidential and Proprietary).

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 27 ]

Figure 3. Residents can easily monitor City budgets and spending with Tyler’s Open Finance Platform (Confidential and Proprietary).

Key Modules and Applications
Based on the scope of functionality requested in your RFP, Tyler recommends the following Financial solutions to meet the needs of the City.

Enterprise Accounting
Enterprise Accounting’s highly flexible control settings make it easy for your organization to input, store, manage, and report on your financials in a way that works for you. Centralized reports empower informed budget and spending decisions, and comprehensive audit trails provide complete insight into City spending, enhancing transparency and ensuring accountability.

Enterprise Accounting is a true multi-fund budgeting and accounting system. Designed to meet all GAAFR and GAAP standards, Tyler’s solution defines journal entries by transaction type and supports modified accrual, full accrual, and cash-based accounting. Unlimited account segments and derived segments provide a flexible chart of account structure. Enterprise Accounting supports inter-fund balancing and maintains account balances for both balance sheets and subsidiary ledgers.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 28 ]

Figure 4. Easily access comprehensive views of accounts and budgets (Confidential and Proprietary).

Enterprise Accounting also provides:
▪ Comprehensive audit trails, real-time data updates, centralized dashboards, and advanced search tools that streamline reconciliation processes and drive data sharing. ▪ Unlimited, flexible Chart of Account segments that make it easy for you to manage your accounts. ▪ Easy-to-use calendars that allow you to utilize different budget cycles for your various accounts. ▪ Enterprise Accounting supports yearly, fiscal, biennial, and user-specific calendars. ▪ Flexible budget checks for multiple levels of an account to avoid over-budget scenarios. ▪ Configurable Personalized Budget Profiles make it easy to define budget-checking calculations.

Enterprise Budgeting
Enterprise Budgeting provides you with the tools you need to simplify budget management and plan for your future. Enterprise Budgeting makes it easy for budget directors to generate, compare, and analyze multiple projections. Departments can budget annually, monthly, or for multiple years with the option to use account dimensions for grouping accounts. Integration with Enterprise Human Resources Management enables seamless salary and benefit planning, reducing reliance on external spreadsheets. Additionally, integration with Enterprise Capital Assets automates record creation for asset replacements, ensuring accurate forecasting.

With Enterprise Budgeting, the City can expect to:
▪ Efficiently manage budgets with granular controls that allow you to enter budget amounts at the account or detail level and easily carry budgets forward from year to year. ▪ Save time and ensure accuracy by easily importing desired budget amounts into projections using Tyler’s budget import feature, enabling informed long-term decisions that accommodate inflation rates and project budgets for up to 10 years into the future. ▪ Foster collaboration, alignment, and cohesive budgets by sharing departmental projections. ▪ Enhance transparency with detailed reporting that supports unlimited text per line. ▪ Ensure accountability and alignment by comparing original department requests to final approved budgets through a structured process that incorporates up to twenty levels. ▪ Ensure accurate planning with the flexibility to implement annual and biannual budgets.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 29 ]
▪ Streamline over-budget requests, budget transfers, and amendment processes with automated workflows.

Figure 5. Centralized reports help you ensure accurate and on-track budgets (Confidential and Proprietary).

Enterprise Project and Grant Accounting
Project and Grant Accounting makes it easy to track and manage multi-year budgets, expenditures, and revenues for user-defined projects, such as capital improvements and special programs. Grants can be tracked from application through conversion to a project. Full integration with Enterprise solutions allows you to post purchasing, payable, and payroll details to your general ledger accounts. Additional segments allow you to track project phases, tasks, and subtasks directly from your general ledger, or from a separate project ledger.

Project and Grant Accounting also provides:
• Control of revenue allocation by allowing you to define the rules and priorities for project funds. • Real-time tracking of grant funding.
• Milestone tracking with familiar Gantt charts.
• Automatic creation of projects from grants.
• Automated Workflow that streamlines approvals and notifications, monitors efficiency, and provides audit histories.
• A Grant Manager tool that shows budget, funding, expenditure, and transaction details.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 30 ]

Figure 6. Easily manage projects, grants, and budgets from a centralized dashboard (Confidential and Proprietary).

Enterprise Capital Assets
Enterprise Capital Assets manages record-keeping for all your assets, including City land, buildings, equipment, ongoing construction projects, and infrastructure. Comprehensive integration with Enterprise Purchasing ensures that all capital asset-related spending is automatically and accurately stored. Enterprise Capital Assets provides comprehensive insight into both project and large-scale asset maintenance, by allowing you to tie an unlimited number of individual assets to master assets. Easily manage individual items by tracking locations and whether an item is missing, not in use, or due for maintenance or replacement.

Capital Assets also calculates depreciation using selective methods such as straight line, composite rate, 6- month convention, and reports on the depreciation schedule. Enterprise Capital Assets provides a complete set of financial statements that fully reflect your organization’s investments.

Integration with other Enterprise ERP programs offers additional benefits including:
▪ Direct posting of capital assets to the general ledger, which facilitates data export to Tyler’s ACFR Statement Builder, automating the creation GASB reports. ▪ Complete recording of true capitalized assets as well as property signed out to individual employees with Payroll integration.
▪ Seamless flow of data from Purchase Orders into Capital Assets ▪ Complete views of maintenance histories on fixed assets.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 31 ]

Figure 7. Simplified visualizations and drill-down capabilities make it easy to manage both your capitalized and non- capitalized assets (Confidential and Proprietary).

Enterprise Cash Management
Cash Management automates all treasurer office functions from bank reconciliation to interest allocation and cash flow utilization. Leveraging advanced automation tools, Cash Management ensures that every financial transaction is accurately recorded and processed in real-time, eliminating the risk of errors and delays.

Enterprise Cash Management will allow the City to:
▪ Automate bank reconciliation for accounts payable, accounts receivable deposits, and payroll checks as they clear.
▪ Easily search bank items by bank code, account, date range, item type, and status. Drill-down features allow you to view transaction details for cleared and outstanding totals. ▪ Allocate interest to cash accounts based on average daily balance by month or quarter. ▪ Provide easy access to cash flow and project cash flow fluctuations. ▪ Analyze actuals vs. budgets with projected cash flow records.

ACFR Statement Builder
Confidently streamline the development of your Annual Comprehensive Financial Reports (ACFR) with Tyler’s ACFR Statement Builder. This easy-to-use tool is embedded with Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB) rules and assists you with every step in the reporting process. ACFR Statement Builder features a menu of configurable statement and schedule templates that will guide you through the creation of your ACFR, and that can be re-used to streamline processes from year to year. All GASB updates are automatically Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 32 ]
embedded into Tyler’s ACFR templates, allowing your staff to efficiently create accurate and compliant reports, without having to keep up with changing GASB regulations.

5.11 Enterprise Procurement
Designed to streamline the entire purchasing lifecycle and promote data-driven spending, Tyler’s Enterprise Procurement solutions will optimize the City’s procurement processes, saving your organization both time and money. Decentralized procurement and simplified requisition forms take pressure off procurement staff by making it easy for individuals to submit purchase requests. User-specific controls and advanced workflows automate the creation and storage of purchase orders and ensure that purchases are made with the proper approval. With increased visibility and powerful analytics, Enterprise Procurement will allow the City to drive transparent, cost-effective spending.

Purchasing Accounts Payable Contract
Management Bid Management Vendor Access Inventory
Key Benefits

Save time when you
streamline your
procurement
lifecycle
Increase budget
efficiency
Ensure compliance
with mandated
requirements
Simplify supplier
relations
Provide easy access
to products and
services

Reduce costs associated
with purchase orders,
invoices, and checks
Eliminate repetitive data
entry, saving time and
preventing errors
Improve negotiating
power with simplified
analyses of competitive
sourcing
Streamline approvals with
dependable workflows

Save Money with Advanced Insights into Budgets and Spending Enhance strategic planning and mitigate budget-related risks when you increase visibility into your organization’s spending, expenditures, and inventory. Centralized dashboards, drill-down functionality, interactive reporting features, and real-time updates promote intuitive data sharing and allow you to easily analyze spending trends, improve competitive sourcing, and engage in competitive contract negotiations.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 33 ]

Figure 8. Compare spending across departments (Confidential and Proprietary).

Maximize Efficiency with Automated Workflow & Comprehensive Integration With advanced, automated workflows, your organization will reduce requisition, purchase order, and invoice processing times, allowing you to quickly provide payments and reimbursements to your vendors and employees. Whether replenishing inventory, investing in capital assets, or making P-card purchases, transactions are automatically shared with all relevant Enterprise ERP solutions. By automating the sharing of requisitions and purchase orders across your organization, you eliminate repetitive data entry, decrease the likelihood of clerical errors, and ensure up-to-the-moment accuracy of your accounts, budgets, and inventory reports.

Key Modules and Applications
Based on the scope of functionality requested in your RFP, Tyler recommends the following solutions to meet the needs of the City.

Enterprise Purchasing
Automate and decentralize your procurement processes with Enterprise Purchasing. Departments can enter requests, and City-specific business rules route the request for approval. Real-time general ledger budget checks ensure the availability of funds before purchases are made. Enterprise Procurement automatically converts approved requisitions to purchase orders, which can then be automatically imaged and archived with Tyler’s Content Manager.

Enterprise Purchasing makes it easy to:

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 34 ]
▪ Establish workflow rules based on dollar amounts, commodity code and/or chart of account segments to ensure that all requisitions, purchase orders, and change orders are correctly routed for approvals.
▪ Convert approved requisitions into purchase orders or contracts. ▪ Ensure the availability of funds before purchase orders can be approved with real-time integration with your general ledger.
▪ Simplify the requisition process for your entire staff with customizable requisition screens. ▪ Create requisitions directly from a vendor’s online shopping cart with Vendor Access. ▪ Utilize blanket purchase orders.
▪ Automatically print and distribute purchase orders with Enterprise Forms. ▪ Archive purchases with related documents, including all receipts, with optional integration to Content Manager.
▪ Easily gain insight into spending trends with Expenditure Central. Search tools simplify the process of filtering expenditure details, allowing staff to quickly determine where improvements can be made.

Enterprise Accounts Payable
Enterprise Accounts Payable manages and maintains vendor invoices and vouchers, tracks open payables, prepares pre-check registers, automatically generates checks, and maintains vendor and expenditure histories. Enterprise Accounts Payable can split individual transactions among multiple accounting codes and create accounts payable invoices. Decentralized workflow saves Accounts Payable employees time by allowing individual departments to enter invoices.

Additional benefits include:
▪ The flexibility to liquidate purchase orders in whole or in part. ▪ An automated 3-way purchase order matching function that ensures proper receiving has been completed before releasing invoices for payment.
▪ Customizable invoice screens, invoice imports, and flexible invoice scheduling that help to save time and maximize cash flow.
▪ The ability for administrators to route p-card transactions for approval, default purchases to specific accounts, and access full purchase histories for individual cards, as well as departmental and organizational spending.
▪ Configurable check printing.
▪ Vendor Central, a centralized dashboard that simplifies vendor interactions for City staff by allowing them to effortlessly email vendors, navigate to a vendor’s website, or access specific supplier information,
▪ The ability for staff to easily punch out to pre-defined purchasing categories for simplified purchasing from your top vendors.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 35 ]

Figure 9. Hub’s Accounts Payable dashboard provides high-level overviews of invoices and vendor activity (Confidential and Proprietary).

Enterprise Contract Management
Fully integrated with Accounting, Purchasing, Accounts Payable, and Content Manager, Tyler’s Contract Management simplifies the entire life cycle of contracts, from creation and approvals to changes and storage.

This comprehensive solution ensures seamless coordination across departments, enhancing efficiency and compliance. Contract Management provides advanced features for tracking contract milestones, managing vendor relationships, and generating comprehensive reports.

Enterprise Contract Management makes it easy to:
▪ Track pending payments, contract change orders, and open requisitions or purchase orders. ▪ Automate sliding scale retainage.
▪ Manage multiple subcontractors and track subcontractor payments. ▪ Ensure timely and accurate approvals for initial contracts and change orders with automated workflow.
▪ Keep comprehensive documentation of vendor performances, policies, and insurance. ▪ Define contracts by size, performance, minority or women ownership, and other criteria. ▪ Encumber funds in advance for multi-year contracts.
▪ Allocate contracts by account or account segment.

Enterprise Vendor Access
Tyler’s Vendor Access application offers suppliers convenient, 24/7 access to bids, payment histories, and account information. User-friendly interfaces, real-time updates, and efficient document exchange facilitate streamlined collaboration and open the door to improved negotiations.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 36 ]
With Vendor Access, users can punch out to vendor-hosted websites and shop pre-approved catalogs directly from Enterprise ERP. By approving where and what goods can be purchased before requests are submitted, you can ensure optimal pricing. Upon checkout, requisitions are automatically created and submitted for approval, condensing requisition to PO cycles.

Enterprise Inventory
Enterprise Inventory automates inventory accounting, makes it easy to track and transfer items across locations, and helps to prevent low inventory levels. Enterprise Procurement links all inventory directly to individual requisitions, allowing your organization to easily manage inventory levels, replenish orders, and track usage.

Enterprise Inventory makes it easy to:
▪ Calculate costs using Average Prices or on a First-In in First-Out-Basis (FIFO). ▪ Automate accounting for on-hand balances, month-to-month values, and year-to-date values. ▪ Automatically create purchase orders when on-hand quantities are low. ▪ Establish minimum and maximum purchase quantities for specific items. ▪ Receive notifications when invoice amounts differ from purchase order amounts. ▪ Integrate with hand-held devices via Inventory Mobile (purchased as an add-on). ▪ Utilize ABC Inventory analyses to manage physical counts for high-value, high-volume items. ▪ Track overall inventory levels and gather information about individual items with Inventory Central.

Inventory Central makes it easy to see whether an item is in stock, back ordered, or shipped.

Figure 10. Easily view inventory levels and item statuses with Inventory Central (Confidential and Proprietary).

5.12 Enterprise Human Resources Management
With Enterprise Human Resources Management, your recruitment, compensation, retention, training, and development plans work together to drive organizational excellence. Tyler’s Human Resource Management solution simplifies the management of benefits, accruals, deductions, and career planning, while also providing budget projections to help you effectively forecast employee-related costs.

HR
Management Payroll Recruiting Risk
Management
Talent
Management
Employee Self
Service

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 37 ]
Key Benefits

Automate payroll processing,
benefits administration, and
employee record management.

Empower employee self-service
with easy-to-use tools for managing
records and requests.

Provide a unified platform for
managing benefits, career tracks,
and trainings.

Minimize errors and data
loss when you digitize
paperwork and centralize
your data.

Find and retain the right
talent for your
organization.

Drive informed decision-
making with advanced
insights into key HR
metrics.

Ensure compliance with
state & federal
requirements.

Drive Efficiency and Accuracy with Comprehensive Integration Personal information captured during recruitment is automatically shared with HR and payroll, helping the City eliminate duplicate data entry and decrease the likelihood of errors.

Streamline Hiring and Optimize Candidate Selection
Simplify candidate selection and automate the hiring processes with Tyler’s Recruiting solution. Job-specific questions and candidate analysis tools help to refine your applicant pool and ensure that only top candidates are pushed through. Easily view important candidate information like certifications, references, education, and availability in one place. Applicant scoring allows you to weigh specific application details so that HR and Hiring Managers can find the ideal candidate for open positions. Hiring managers can then use these reports to conduct skill and qualification comparisons. Once a candidate is selected, established workflows ensure proper approval and automatically share important applicant information to your new employee’s record.

Figure 11. Tyler’s configurable reports provide simplified insights into key metrics, including vacancies (Confidential and Proprietary).

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 38 ]
Ensure Compliance and Improve Planning with Advanced Reporting Tools Reporting requirements are unique to each state and are often changing. Tyler is positioned to help the City manage your specific reporting needs and challenges head-on. Our State Development team is devoted to ensuring that your state and federally mandated reports remain accurate and compliant. With numerous User Groups and an online user-support system (Tyler Community), Tyler also makes it easy for users to discuss State Reporting tips, updates, and best practices with neighboring municipalities.

With Tyler’s Enterprise Human Resource Management, the City can feel confident that all EEO-4 and EEO-5 Equal Employment Opportunity reports, IRS quarterly 941 reports, W2s, 1099s, and 1095Cs meet federal and state requirements.

Tyler’s Executive Insights helps to deliver essential metrics and analytics to your key leaders and executives.

Executive Insights provides high-level summaries and overviews of various HR-related data points, including budgets, total payroll expenditures, overtime costs, and headcount trends.

Minimize Costs, Retain Talent, and Align Employees with City Goals Make informed decisions about your workforce with high-level overviews of your employees. Tyler’s Hub dashboard simplifies access to important analytics like headcount, current and projected job openings, and overtime usage. Easy-to-use drill-down capabilities and configurable reports allow you to focus on specific metrics and ensure that you always have a clear understanding of your staffing needs.

Improve staff satisfaction and support employee growth when you open the door to transparent conversations about employee performances and career trajectories. By providing designated managers and Human Resource representatives direct access to information about individual employees, including wages, promotions, performance reviews, and disciplinary histories, Enterprise Human Resource Management makes it easy to facilitate conversations about your employees’ futures.

Figure 12. Access key metrics from Tyler's Hub, including current headcount, vacancies, and overtime. (Confidential and Proprietary).

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 39 ]
Key Solutions
Based on the scope of functionality requested in your RFP, Tyler recommends the following Human Resource Management solutions to meet the needs of the City.

Enterprise Recruiting
Enterprise Recruiting streamlines the entire application review and hiring process. Hiring managers can easily create and post customized job applications online. Candidates can set up online profiles that automatically share linked attachments—like resumes, references, and writing samples—with your HR department. Reports can be generated for the top-scoring candidates making it easy to compare skills and qualifications. Hiring Central and Applicant Central programs simplify applicant management and analysis.

With Enterprise Recruiting, you can:
• Streamline applicant scheduling, pre-employment tests, orientation, and training with Employee Access.
• Assess and score applicants.
• Ensure accurate approvals for job postings with automated workflows. • Easily customize and manage employee onboarding tasks.

Figure 13. Easily track and manage vacancies and applicants from your recruiting dashboard (Confidential and Proprietary).

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 40 ]
Enterprise Human Resources & Talent Management
Maximize the value of your organization's workforce investment with a centralized interface that provides complete visibility into your employees, applicants, benefits, and positions. Tyler’s Enterprise Human Resources and Talent Management solution seamlessly integrates employee data from hire to retire. This comprehensive integration ensures that your compensation, retention, training, and development plans work together to promote your goals.

Easily Access Employee Records, Benefits, and Career Plans Tyler’s Employee Central application provides managers and HR staff direct access to employee records, benefit information, and career plans. Verified staff can view accrual histories, paystubs, W4s, benefit elections, professional development plans, and training opportunities. User-specific access controls safeguard confidential information like social security numbers.

Simplify and Streamline Personnel Actions
Tyler’s advanced workflows allow you to set up business rules for personnel actions, including inquiries, leave, termination, civil service, and reinstatement.

Optimize Personnel Planning
Enterprise Human Resources provides you with the tools needed to effectively manage your workforce.

Position Control Central provides access to staff position information, including current position, salary information, budget information, education, certification, training skills, and other requirements associated with a position. Salary and benefit projections integrate step raises, vacancies, and benefits data. Enterprise Human Resource Management identifies valid positions and maintains a history of position holders for analysis. Enterprise Human Resources also facilitates updates to budget and FTE allocations and offers detailed current-year budget figures categorized by position.

Figure 14. Easily view employee step positions across your organization (Confidential and Proprietary).

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 41 ]
Improve Talent Management
Talent Management helps align your employees’ skills and knowledge with open positions in your organization. With Talent Management, HR representatives can define career paths, assign employees to specific tracks, and monitor their progress. Career planning tools aid employees in structuring their career trajectories, accessing external trainings, and providing feedback on attended classes. Supervisors can easily track certifications and skills, evaluate performances, and analyze talent to identify candidates for open positions. Talent Management allows you to proactively distribute necessary tasks to your employees, providing your staff with direct access to annual policy documents, new hire tasks, and personnel action processes.

Enterprise Payroll
With the option to either run payroll by exception and automate entries, or to utilize manual payroll entries, Tyler’s flexible Payroll solution can meet the unique and evolving needs of the City. Enterprise Payroll can automatically generate recurring earnings and deductions. Tyler’s Payroll solution can also send employee- initiated changes, like accrual requests and benefit selections, directly to Payroll for approval.

With Enterprise Payroll, the City can:
▪ Support up to 999 user-defined earnings types and over 7,000 user-defined deduction/benefit types. ▪ Establish multiple accrual types each with various earning methods. ▪ Process standard employee checks and direct deposit advices, as well as payroll vendor checks and electronic transfers.
▪ Provide employees with a net pay simulator and options for annualized tax tables. ▪ Decentralize timesheet entries and support multiple methods for tracking hourly time and attendance.
▪ Process and distribute year-end W-2s and 1099s.
▪ Support step increases, mass pay changes, updated “pay bands,” and automated retro-pay calculations.

Figure 15. Easily monitor and manage payroll details across your organization (Confidential and Proprietary).

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 42 ]
Employee Access
Offer your staff a centralized location to access career, benefit, and compensation management tools. Multi- factor authentication allows staff to securely update personal information, request leave, manage benefits, and review compensation. Employee Access provides managers with a consolidated view of their employees’ performance and qualifications—including employee certifications, training, evaluations, task lists, time off requests, emergency contacts, and timesheets. Centralized processes for sharing organizational updates, posting required trainings, and managing open enrollment eliminate the need for manual data entry and multiple communication channels.

With Employee Access, your staff can:
▪ Conveniently log work hours for projects and activities. ▪ Intuitively manage compensation with a Net Pay Simulator that shows how hypothetical deductions, withholdings, and pay rate changes could affect future paychecks. ▪ Manage and view all benefit, W-2, and W-4 changes.
▪ Review and engage with Performance Evaluations throughout the year. ▪ Access HR-assigned tasks including open enrollment registration, onboarding, and required trainings.

Figure 16. Employee Access welcome screen (Confidential and Proprietary).

Enterprise Employee Expense Reimbursement
Employee Expense Reimbursement is an easy-to-use module that fully integrates with Enterprise Accounting, Payroll, and Accounts Payable for complete electronic expense report filing. Employee Expense Reimbursement provides numerous time-saving system defaults such as quick expense report creation, system-generated travel requests, invoice reimbursement numbers, and general ledger account codes. For ease of use, your office can create unlimited expense claim form templates, determine whether employees submit reports before or after expenses are incurred, and decide whether to reimburse through payroll or by cutting an AP check. When submitting expense reports, employees can conveniently log in from any location.

Expense Reimbursement automatically populates expense report fields with data from Enterprise Payroll, streamlining submissions. Once submitted, claims can be automatically directed for approval.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 43 ]
With Enterprise Employee Expense Reimbursement, the City can expect to:
▪ Streamline time-consuming documentation processes.
▪ Eliminate the hassle associated with storing messy paper receipts. ▪ Empower employees to file and track expense reports from their Employee Access application. ▪ Improve expense approval times with automated workflows. ▪ Copy previous expense reports for recurring expenses. ▪ Associate purchase orders and invoices with expense claims. ▪ Ensure accuracy by automatically applying the most up-to-date GSA per diem rates to all expense reports.

Figure 17. User-friendly screens make it easy to approve and submit Expense Reimbursements (Confidential and Proprietary).

5.13 Enterprise Revenue Management
Enhance the convenience of your billing and payment services, while optimizing the efficiency and effectiveness of your revenue management. Designed specifically for the public sector, Enterprise Revenue Management supports comprehensive revenue collection and management. Tyler’s integrated ERP software works across your organization to streamline the collection, tracking, and processing of payments for utility bills, tax bills, permitting fees, and more. Whether transactions occur online, over the counter, or via a third- party payment solution, Enterprise Revenue Management streamlines and simplifies billing and payment processes for both your residents and your organization. Easily process third-party payments with Tyler’s Enterprise Payment application and collect in-person payments with Tyler’s robust point-of-sale Cashiering solution. Seamless integration and advanced workflows simplify approval processes, provide easy access to transaction details, and ensure that both your general ledger and your accounts receivable are updated in real time. A centralized customer file means that citizen accounts can be linked to a single customer record across departments and billing categories, ensuring accurate tracking and reporting of account balances and payments for citizens.

Accounts Receivable General Billing Resident Access Payments Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 44 ]
Cashiering Parking Tickets Animal Licenses Slip Reservations Central Property Key Benefits

Eliminate errors and
ensure accuracy with
automated account
updates

Improve citizen response
times with simplified
access to resident
account histories

Promote online payments
with an easy-to-use
payment dashboard

Accept multiple payment
methods, both online and
in-person

Collect bills without third-party
support
Streamline and Simplify collection
and reconciliation with automated
workflows
Provide a consistent payment
experience
Provide an Intuitive, Fast, and Accurate Payment Experience Tyler’s software allows residents to submit payments in a way that works for them. With Tyler’s multi-channel offerings, community members can make payments over the counter, over the phone using Tyler’s Interactive Voice Recording (IVR) system, via text message, or online through Tyler’s community-facing Resident Access Portal.

Access Intuitive Insights into City Revenue
Tyler’s configurable reporting tools allow you to gather simplified information about your City’s billing trends and payment behaviors. Intuitive visualizations make it easy to track outstanding balances, see spending from major accounts, and better understand your community’s payment trends.

Key Modules and Applications
Based on the scope of functionality requested in your RFP, Tyler recommends the following Enterprise Utilities solutions to meet the needs of the City.

Enterprise Accounts Receivable
Enterprise Accounts Receivable supports the efficient collection and management of billed receivables and miscellaneous cash. Easily process over-the-counter or mailed payments for non-billed items like licenses, permits, and registrations. Real-time reporting provides users with up-to-the-moment data on receivables, aging invoices, payment trends, and analyses by bill type. User-defined charge codes match to specified General Ledger accounts, automating data entry, and ensuring accurate, GAAP-compliant journal entries for all activity. A centralized customer file links customer records across departments and billing categories (Tax, Utility Billing, Business Licenses, etc.), enabling accurate tracking and reporting of account balances and payments.

With Enterprise Accounts Receivable, the City can expect to:
▪ Simplify collections processes with centralized customer records. ▪ Utilize workflow approval processes to improve payment, reversal, and refund processes.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 45 ]
▪ Provide updated bill balances in real-time.
▪ Allow for back and future dating of payments collected. ▪ Easily export daily collection information and access detailed receipt information by category. ▪ Update bill balances in real-time.
▪ Processes multi-bill and multi-tender payment transactions. ▪ Improve data accuracy with real-time reporting on receivables, aging invoices, and payment trends. ▪ Streamline data entry and automatically record GAAP-compliant journal entries with tight integration to your General Ledger.
▪ Apply payments by charge, charge group, bill, account, multi-bill payment, installment, and more.

Figure 18. Easily track paid and delinquent accounts from a centralized dashboard (Confidential and Proprietary).

Enterprise General Billing
Easily invoice miscellaneous charges, such as facility rentals, hangar fees, tuition, vandalism, and false alarm billing. Customizable features support user-defined invoices that can contain itemized charges, calculated rates, accumulated totals, and payment histories. With General Billing, you can eliminate handwritten bills and manual calculations, ensuring that you always provide accurate payment information. General Billing works with Cashiering, Work Orders, General Ledger, Payroll, Grant Management, and Permit & Code Enforcement modules to provide accurate and up-to-the-minute accountability across your organization.

With Enterprise General Billing, the City can:
▪ Automate interdepartmental billing.
▪ Consolidate statements for customers with multiple accounts. ▪ Schedule invoicing of recurring charges or services.
▪ Track loans and amortizations for HUD housing.
▪ Manage escalating fees.
▪ Create customizable invoices and statements with optional Enterprise Forms integration. ▪ Simplify billing for repairs and other servicing with optional Work Order integration. ▪ Manage grant reimbursement requests with optional Grant Management integration.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 46 ]
▪ Easily manage extra duty pay and COBRA billing with Payroll integration.

Figure 19. Configure reports and visualizations to easily monitor revenue trends (Confidential and Proprietary).

Resident Access
Improve resident self-service and reduce customer service workloads with Tyler’s secure, cloud-native Resident Access portal. Resident Access gives businesses and community members simplified access to municipal services and information 24/7. Community members can access their Resident Access portal directly from your City website. Once logged in, residents can make payments, see upcoming charges, and view their entire payment history. With Resident Access, your residents can pay multiple bills in a single transaction, and you can feel confident that funds will be directed to the correct department in real time.

User accounts allow Residents to set up automated billing, pay bills at later dates, and receive automated notifications for due dates, late notices, and accepted payments.

With Residents Access, your Residents can:
▪ Receive email and text notifications about bills.
▪ Pay invoices online as individual bills or pay all outstanding fees in a single transaction. ▪ Submit information, such as business license applications or renewals and requests for service. ▪ View official records online.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 47 ]

Figure 20. Your residents can easily manage and pay City bills and fees from their Resident Access Portal (Confidential and Proprietary).

5.14 Cashiering
Cashiering makes it easy for your organization to accept and manage over-the-counter payment collections.

Security controls can limit cash drawer access, maximum check count, and the amount of cash you have on hand. Seamless integration with Enterprise ERP supports real-time reconciliations across applications and departments, providing your organization and your residents with instant access to accurate account information. Convenient end-of-day and management reporting options provide high-level overviews of collection and receipt trends for each payment type.

With Tyler’s Cashiering solution, the City can:
▪ Accept cash, check, charge, and pre-payments/deposits. ▪ Support a common collection experience across departments. ▪ Allow residents to submit full payments, partial payments, over-payments, and deposits. ▪ Track both batch transactions and specific points of sale. ▪ Customize payment workflow processing.
▪ Access comprehensive audit logging
▪ Accept bills and support collections from third-party systems with APIs. ▪ Easily search transaction histories with bill, check, and barcode scanning. ▪ Configure alert notifications to warn cashiers and supervisors of exceptions needing their attention.

5.15 Time & Attendance
Seamless integration between Time & Attendance and Enterprise ERP ensures streamlined data entry, simplified payroll processing, and advanced report generation. Information flows effortlessly between Time & Attendance and Enterprise ERP, minimizing manual input and ensuring precise tracking of employee hours, overtime, and leave. This integration drives accurate payroll calculations and broader alignment with your financial management.

Streamline Payroll with Seamless Integration
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 48 ]
Automated data flow between Time & Attendance, Absence & Substitute, and Enterprise ERP provides precise, consistent, and compliant payroll calculations. This robust integration streamlines the collection and validation of attendance data, accelerating payroll processes. Time & Attendance simplifies payroll management by allowing payroll staff to lock pay periods after a set deadline. Time & Attendance also provides quick access to detailed reports, including timecards, weekly summaries, and violation tracking.

Provide Anytime, Anywhere Access to Time & Attendance
Employees can conveniently access Time & Attendance using the dedicated mobile application or through their mobile-friendly Employee Access application. This means that staff can clock in and out, request time off, track hours worked, review leave balances, and trade shifts—anywhere, anytime. All information saved in Employee Access automatically syncs with Time & Attendance, allowing users to view accurate time records, pay stubs, and schedules in real-time.

Figure 21. Staff can easily manage time of requests from their mobile-friendly Employee Access dashboard (Confidential and Proprietary).

Simplify Audits and Ensure Compliance
Time & Attendance data is automatically stored and synced within Enterprise ERP, ensuring complete audit trails, detailed time histories, and transparent reporting. This seamless integration simplifies audits by providing easily accessible, verifiable records while ensuring timekeeping data remains accurate and compliant with local, state, and federal labor regulations.

Improve Attendance Tracking with Real-Time Insights and Geolocation Tools Supervisors can track employee attendance in real time, ensuring accurate and up-to-date records.

Geolocation and geofencing tools work seamlessly with your staff’s Workforce Mobile application to provide clear visibility into where employees are clocking in and out. Time & Attendance automatically generates detailed reports on attendance, overtime, and scheduling.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 49 ]

Figure 22. Geofencing allows you to set boundaries around where your employees can clock in and out (Confidential & Proprietary).

Customize Reporting and Drive Informed Decision-Making
Managers gain enhanced insights into labor costs, productivity, and budget management with reports that seamlessly integrate Time & Attendance data with financial and human resource metrics. Real-time access to accurate labor data empowers managers to make informed decisions on staffing, overtime, and resource allocation. Customizable reports further improve visibility and oversight.

5.16 Advanced Scheduling
Time & Attendance Advanced Scheduling automates, simplifies, and streamlines your staff scheduling process while minimizing labor costs and overtime expenses. This powerful solution ensures you have the right people in the right roles at the right time.

Simplify Scheduling with an Intuitive Calendar View
Time & Attendance Advanced Scheduling provides supervisors with an intuitive calendar view for efficient scheduling. Supervisors can create reusable schedules that adapt to meet your changing needs. Open shifts can be filled by simply dragging and dropping unscheduled employees into open shifts. The customizable calendar can be set to display key employee information—such as certifications, start dates, and overtime history—helping to drive informed shift assignments. Time & Attendance Advanced Scheduling will automatically flag overlapping shifts or overtime violations.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Proposed Solution, Including Appendix A

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 50 ]

Figure 23. Easily Manage Schedules and Shift Assignments with a Calendar View (Confidential and Proprietary).

Streamline Complex Scheduling with a Customizable Rules Engine Easily manage complex scheduling with a customizable Rules Engine that lets you define City-specific rules to automatically handle shift differentials, overtime, and leave according to your organization’s unique policies.

Rules can be tailored to include project-based overtime, specific time ranges, holidays, and employee job types. Tyler’s Rules Engine ensures employees receive proper compensation and helps you maintain compliance with labor laws, company policies, and union agreements.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 51 ]
Section 6 Implementation Approach and Work Plan
Section 6 – Implementation Approach and Work Plan
Proposers must identify the proposed implementation approach to include the following:

6.1 Implementation Methodology
At Tyler, successful implementations are more than an objective—they’re an expectation. To consistently carry out implementations that are on time, within budget, and capable of meeting the unique needs of the public sector, Tyler utilizes a proven implementation process built on three foundations:
▪ Decades of Experience
▪ In-House Expertise
▪ A Globally Recognized Project Management Approach
Industry Experience
Having completed over 45,000 installations for more than 13,000 local governments, Tyler continues to lead the industry in successful public sector implementations. By pairing a deep understanding of your specific needs and processes with our decades of industry expertise, Tyler will provide the City with the tools and resources you need for a successful go live. Tyler will work with the City to ensure that your organization is well-prepared for future technology developments and releases.

In House-Expertise
As a Tyler client, you will receive ongoing support from Tyler’s in-house professionals. No one knows our software better than we do, which is exactly why we continue to perform our own implementations.

A Globally Recognized Project Management Approach
While each project is unique, all Tyler implementations follow the same six-stage methodology. All six stages are comprised of multiple work packages—groups of related tasks required to meet individual deliverables.

To ensure seamless execution, every work package includes a narrative description, defined objectives, tasks, inputs, outputs/deliverables, assumptions, and a responsibility matrix.

Stage Acceptance Control Points are applied at every phase to ensure alignment with scope, budget, timeline, and quality standards. This structured, systematic approach allows Tyler to reduce variability, mitigate risks, and tailor solutions to your organization's unique needs.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 52 ]
The methodology adapts to both single-phase and multiple-phase projects. To achieve Project success, it is imperative that both clients and Tyler commit to including the necessary leadership and governance. During each stage of the Project, it is expected that clients and Tyler Project teams work collaboratively to complete tasks. An underlying principle of Tyler’s Implementation process is to employ an iterative model where client business processes are assessed, configured, validated, and refined cyclically in line with the project budget.

This approach is used in multiple stages and work packages as illustrated in the graphic below.

The delivery approach is systematic, which reduces variability and mitigates risks to ensure Project success. As illustrated, some stages, along with work packages and tasks, are intended to be overlapping by nature to complete the Project efficiently and effectively.

Work Breakdown Structure
The Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) is a hierarchical representation of a Project or Phase broken down into smaller, more manageable components. The top-level components are called “Stages” and the second level components are called “Work Packages”. The work packages, shown below each stage, contain the high-level work to be done. The detailed Project Schedule, developed during Project/Phase Planning and finalized during subsequent stages, lists the tasks to be completed within each work package. Each stage ends with a “Control Point”, confirming the work performed during that stage of the Project has been accepted by the city.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 53 ]

Fit Gap Analysis
Tyler’s implementation methodology places a strong emphasis on analysis of current processes, the adoption of best business practices, and tailoring processes to meet the unique needs of our clients. Tyler’s implementation approach includes detailed process analysis and solution orientation prior to preparing and configuring the system.

During the Assess & Define stage, a thorough current/future state analysis is conducted to gather business process information. The objective of the analysis sessions and solution orientation is to translate the current practices into an improved future business process using Tyler products that match your desired processes and goals. The resulting configuration is vetted through solution validation prior to go-live readiness.

6.2 Implementation Plan Stages
Stage 1: Initiate & Plan
The Initiate and Plan stage involves Project initiation, infrastructure, and planning. This stage creates a foundation for the Project by identifying and establishing sequence and timing for each Phase as well as verifying scope for the Project. This stage will be conducted at the onset of the Project, with a few unique items being repeated for the additional Phases as needed.

Objectives:
▪ Formally launch the project.
▪ Establish project governance.
▪ Define and communicate governance for Tyler.
▪ Identify client project team.

Stage 2: Assess & Define
The Assess & Define stage will provide an opportunity to gather information related to current City business processes. This information will be used to identify and define business processes utilized with Tyler software.

City collaborates with Tyler providing complete and accurate information to Tyler staff and assisting in analysis, understanding current workflows and business processes.

Objectives:

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 54 ]
▪ Provide a basic understanding of system functionality. ▪ Prepare City for current and future state analysis.

Stage 3: Prepare Solution
During the Prepare Solution stage, information gathered during the Initiate & Plan and Assess & Define stages will be used to install and configure the Tyler software solution. Software configuration will be validated by the City against future state decisions defined in previous stages and processes refined as needed to ensure business requirements are met.

Objectives:
▪ All licensed software is installed and operational.
▪ City is able to access the software.

Stage 4: Production Readiness
Activities in the Production Readiness stage will prepare the client team for go-live through solution validation, the development of a detailed go-live plan and end user training. A readiness assessment will be conducted with the City to review the status of the project and the organizations readiness for go-live.

Objectives:
▪ Validate that the solution performs as indicated in the solution validation plan. ▪ Ensure City organization is ready to move forward with go-live and training (if applicable).

Stage 5: Production
Following end user training the production system will be fully enabled and made ready for daily operational use as of the scheduled date. Tyler and City will follow the comprehensive action plan laid out during Go-Live Readiness to support go-live activities and minimize risk to the Project during go-live. Following go-live, Tyler will work with City to verify that implementation work is concluded, post go-live activities are scheduled, and the transition to Client Services is complete for long-term operations and maintenance of the Tyler software.

Objectives:
▪ Execute day to day processing in Tyler software.
▪ Client data available in Production environment.

Stage 6: Close
The Close stage signifies full implementation of all products purchased and encompassed in the Phase or Project. City transitions to the next cycle of their relationship with Tyler (next Phase of implementation or long-term relationship with Tyler Client Services).

Objectives:
▪ Agreement from Tyler and City teams that activities within this phase are complete.

6.3 Knowledge Transfer Approach
During implementation of our products, Tyler’s goal is to educate your resources so that they are self- sufficient users of the solution. Tyler uses a train-the-trainer model to transfer knowledge. Tyler’s project team will provide comprehensive training to your team, which includes the project manager, functional leads, and power users. Tyler provides one occurrence, or more, of each scheduled training or implementation topic. The first time focuses on the process steps, while the second time, the training is more advanced.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 55 ]
Sessions for each topic will also cover configuration for functional leads and power users, so that future changes can be easily made.

Ensuring comprehension of daily job functions is essential to a successful go-live and product adoption. The goal of our train-the-trainer approach is to expose the most sophisticated users to the system first, so system configuration, converted data, and new procedures are thoroughly vetted by your team before being introduced to end users. During training, Tyler implementation consultants measure knowledge transfers through assessments and lead mini parallel processes and validations.

6.4 Project Organization Chart
a) Provide a project organization chart highlighting the key staff who will be assigned to the project. Provide resumes for the project manager and other key assigned resources, including the number of similar engagements and details about their work with government agencies specifically related to similar projects, the number of years of their experience in the field, and the number of years with your firm Project Organizational Chart
Every implementation project is comprised of both client resources and Tyler resources working together at varying levels of involvement to ensure a successful implementation. The chart below outlines each of those resource groups. Please keep in mind that some resources in your organizations may fall into multiple groups.

Project Governance
Project governance is the management framework within which Project decisions are made. The role of Project governance is to provide a decision-making approach that is logical, robust, and repeatable. This allows organizations to have a structured approach for conducting its daily business in addition to project related activities.

Project governance defines the structure for escalation of issues and risks, Change Control review and authority, and Organizational Change Management activities. Further refinement of the governance structure, related processes, and specific roles and responsibilities occurs during the Initiate & Plan Stage.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 56 ]
The chart below illustrates an overall team perspective where Tyler and the City collaborate to resolve Project challenges according to defined escalation paths. If project managers do not possess authority to determine a solution, resolve an issue, or mitigate a risk, Tyler implementation management and the City Steering Committee become the escalation points to triage responses prior to escalation to the City and Tyler executive sponsors. As part of the escalation process, each Project governance tier presents recommendations and supporting information to facilitate knowledge transfer and issue resolution. The City and Tyler executive sponsors serve as the final escalation point.

Tyler Resources
Tyler actively seeks the best talent to help us implement our solutions for our clients. Our staff consists of seasoned professionals with unique and proprietary skills, and years of industry experience, who are focused on specific products and in dedicated regions
Assembling a quality project team that suits project needs is important. We appreciate your patience as we plan to allocate resources for your project phases. Upon award of contract, Tyler assigns a project manager and quality project team to ensure your implementation success. Tyler staff perform services in a professional, workman-like manner, consistent with industry standards.

The resumes presented in this proposal reflect the caliber and experience that Tyler will assign to this project.

Due to the variable duration of selection and contract processes, it is difficult for us to predict resources that would be available at project commencement.

Sample Resumes
Name Carole A.

Title Project Manager
Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 57 ]

Education City University
Bachelor's in Science - Accounting

Office Location Phoenix AZ
Tenure 8 years

Previous Experience Tyler Technologies - Implementation Consultant / SME Tyler Technologies - Dedicated Project Manager

Reference Projects Pierce County Library, WA Wasco County, OR Pitkin County, CO Downers Grove, IL
Issaquah, WA Bristol Virginia Public Schools, VA
Forest Grove, OR Reno-Tahoe Airport Authority, NV
Moffat County, CO Cheyenne Board of Public Utilities, WY

Name Janelle G.

Title Project Manager

Education Everett Community College
Associates Degree in Medical Assisting & Business Management

Office Location El Mirage AZ
Tenure 2 years

Previous Experience American Financial Network - Mortgage Loan Officer Providence Medical Group - Lead Medical Assistant

Reference Projects La Habra, CA Desert Water Agency, CA Tolleson, AZ Placer County Water Agency, CA
Casa Grande, AZ
Stockton Port District, CA
Milpitas, CA

Name Michelle C.

Title Implementation Consultant

Education International Fine Arts College
Fashion Merchandising

Office Location Denver CO
Tenure 8 years

Previous Experience All Mountain Technologies - Customer Service/HR Manager Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 58 ]
Sonnenalp Resort of Vail - HR Generalist

Reference Projects Rancho Palos Verdes, CA Cucamonga Valley Water District, CA Fontana, CA
Helix Water District, CA
Rancho Mirage, CA
Lassen County, CA

Name Mindy C.

Title Implementation Consultant

Education Colorado Northwestern Community College
AS Accounting

Office Location Craig CO
Tenure 2 years

Previous Experience Moffat County - Finance Director
Moffat County Social Services - Accounting Specialist

Reference Projects Apple Valley, CA Pensacola, FL
Arroyo Grande, CA Sacramento Public Library Authority, CA Charlotte County, FL Spokane Valley, WA
Leawood, KS Temecula, CA
Park City, UT West Covina, CA

Name Esther W.

Title Implementation Consultant

Education University of North Florida
Accounting

Office Location Marysville MI
Tenure 11 years

Previous Experience New World Systems - Senior Implementation Consultant Whitman County - Finance Director

Reference Projects Athens-Clarke County Unified Government, GA Loma Linda, CA Woodland, CA Menifee, CA
Cambria County, PA Hawthorne, CA
Midpeninsula Regional Open Space District, CA Charlotte County, FL Soos Creek Water and Sewer District, WA Oakley, CA

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 59 ]

6.5 Project Management Methodology / Approach
b) Describe your project management methodology/approach, including your approach to Change Management, Risk Management, Issues Management and Communication Management At Tyler, we have been perfecting our project governance approach for over 35 years. Our seasoned implementation staff each possess their own unique qualifications and knowledge base. Throughout the project, the City will be supported by Project Managers (PMs) assigned to each phase.

Project Communication
During implementation, each Tyler client is provided with a project portal. This site will allow you to plan, store, and access pertinent documentation and information related to your implementation project—all from a central location. The site will be jointly maintained by both the City and Tyler for up to a year after go-live.

Figure 24. Easily access important information project information and documents from your centralized Project Portal (Confidential and Proprietary).

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 60 ]

Figure 25. Drilldown into your Project Portal to gather information about your project’s progress (Confidential and Proprietary).

Management and Scope
As individual project deliverables are met, your implementation team will generate detailed reports. These reports will contain analyses of staff participation, information about material absorption, and an assessment of completed tasks. Tyler Project Managers will evaluate and measure these report results and communicate all gaps and adjustments. Should issues arise during the project, several escalation paths can be laid out according to the communication plan.

Project Planning
Project Planning is an important piece of any implementation. Tyler takes a custom approach to every project we lead. The project schedule is developed collaboratively with both project teams to meet your needs, while keeping in mind Tyler’s guidelines for implementation. Periodic project meetings will be scheduled where changes in scope, project length, or cost will be reviewed.

Tyler is open to discussing the project schedule in more detail and working out a mutually agreed upon plan that considers all project risks, requests, and resource constraints.

Tyler recommends a phased implementation approach, staggering start, and live dates for each phase of the project. Live dates will be targets but should not place unnecessary constraints on the project. The following schedule takes into consideration the City goals and Tyler’s recommended approach, and assumes the product will be used as is, without additional go-live customizations.

Proposed Project Phases
Proprietary and Confidential – Subject to Restrictions on Disclosure Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

City of Downey Tyler Technologies, Inc.

ERP and UB System Procurement [ 61 ]
20212020
Phase Module
Project Plan in Months
11 1295 7 142 13
Duration in
Months 3 6 1041 8
15Financials
3 1
12Human Resource
Management
15 1816 17
2 12Utility Billing

6.6 Sample Project Plan
c) Based on Proposer’s experience with similar-size agencies, provide a sample Project Plan, including recommended project phasing and an implementation schedule with key / major milestones Please reference the Sample Project Plan excerpt provided on the following pages.

Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module1100%01 Initiate& Plan62 days9/1/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 5:00 PMN/A2100%01.1 Initial Coordination21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A3100%0Initial Coordination: Project Initiation21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A4100%200Tyler Coach Admin verifies that all users have proper settings in RBAC to allow needed access21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMTyler Coach5100%210SharePoint Admin sets up project in the client's Project Portal site21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A6100%220Assign Tyler Project Manager21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A7100%230Provide initial project documents to Client21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A8100%240Sales to Implementation knowledge transfer21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A9100%250Internal planning and phase coordination (resources, timelines and project details)21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A10100%290Contact Data& Insights for initial Client Introduction and Coordination21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMData & Insights11100%300TCM: Contact TCM EE for initial Client Introduction and Coordination21 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMContent Manager12100%310Payments Boarding form Received and Submitted to Chase20 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMPayments - All13100%320Implementation Handoff sheet received from Payments20 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMPayments - All14100%01.2 Project/Phase Planning42 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 5:00 PMN/A15100%0Project/Phase Planning: Project Planning37 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/21/23 5:00 PMN/A16100%330In Caspio, add Client and complete phase listings in the"Phase Listing by Client" Report0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMN/A17100%340Perform project/phase planning session #10.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 12:00 PMN/A18100%350Perform project/phase planning session #20.5 days10/3/23 1:00 PM10/3/23 5:00 PMN/A19100%360Performproject/phase planning Session #30.5 days10/5/23 8:00 AM10/5/23 12:00 PMN/A20100%370System Admin: Tyler PM to request Client Project Team to register on www.tylertech.com0.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 12:00 PMSystem Administration21100%380Client Project Manager to submit www.tylertech.com Logins for COA team to Tyler Project Manager for programming into the COA Builder0.5 days10/9/23 1:00 PM10/9/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts22100%390Tyler PM to acquire IC Resources and add to PSA0 days10/2/23 12:00 PM10/2/23 12:00 PMN/A23100%410Forward all outstanding project planning decisions/data to Tyler PM5 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/9/23 12:00 PMN/A24100%420Deliver Project Management Plan1 day10/16/23 1:00 PM10/17/23 12:00 PMN/A25100%420Deliver Project Operational Plan1 day10/16/23 1:00 PM10/17/23 12:00 PMN/A26100%430Review and Acknowledge Receipt of the Project Management Plan5 days10/17/23 1:00 PM10/24/23 12:00 PMN/A27100%440Client provides Project Portal login requests for project team members5 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/9/23 12:00 PMN/A28100%450Tyler grants users access to the Project Portal site5 days10/9/23 1:00 PM10/16/23 12:00 PMN/A29100%460 Project Portal site training via Remote Session1 day11/21/23 8:00 AM11/21/23 5:00 PMN/A30100%470Tyler PM Works with Client Technical Lead to Ensure User Accounts are Established to Support Solution Orientation and Current State/Future State Analysis Sessions5 days10/31/23 4:02 PM11/7/23 4:02 PMTyler Coach31100%470Client Tyler Coach Manager Completes assigned education regarding Tyler Coach management5 days10/31/23 4:02 PM11/7/23 4:02 PMTyler Coach32100%0Project/Phase Planning: Build Project Schedule41 days10/3/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 5:00 PMN/A33100%490Provide blackout dates to Tyler PM10 days10/3/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMN/A34100%500Deliver initial FIN phase schedule to Client for review1 day10/31/23 8:00 AM10/31/23 5:00 PMN/A35100%510Client approves initial FIN phase schedule; authorizes project plan development3 days11/1/23 8:00 AM11/3/23 5:00 PMN/APage 1 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module36100%520Tyler Disaster Recovery Services: Notify Tyler Systems Management or SaaS team of Go-Live date for FIN phase1 day11/6/23 8:00 AM11/6/23 5:00 PMN/A37100%530Deliver project plan and schedule for FIN phase; post to the Project Portal site1 day11/20/23 8:00 AM11/20/23 5:00 PMN/A38100%540Client reviews and approves project plan for FIN phase (sign-off required)5 days11/22/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 5:00 PMN/A39100%01.3 Infrastructure Planning5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMN/A40100%0Infrastructure Planning: SaaS System Deployment5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMN/A41100%1340System Admin: Tyler PM to fill out Client Install Page - Implementation Information section in Confluence1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration42100%1350System Admin: If Implementing in parallel with HCM or other Products, request an additional IMPL environment1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration43100%1360System Admin: Tyler PM forward Sales/Implementation Turnover sheet to the Deployment PM1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration44100%1370System Admin: Deployment Engineer provisions Databases5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration45100%1380System Admin: Tyler PM schedules Post Deployment Review1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration46100%1400System Admin: Deployment Engineer condcuts Post Deployment Review1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration47100%01.4 Stakeholder Meeting1.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 12:00 PMN/A48100%1450PM000 Stakeholder Presentation: Present overview of Project deliverables, project schedule, roles and responsibilities0.5 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A49100%1460Communicate successful project criteria and goals (executive mandate)1 day10/2/23 1:00 PM10/3/23 12:00 PMN/A50100%1470Download& Setup Project/Phase Reconciliation Spreadsheet1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A51100%01.6 Control Point: Stage Acceptance0 days11/30/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 8:00 AMN/A52100%80010Sign Control Point 1 Acceptance Form - Initiate& Plan0 days11/30/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 8:00 AMN/A53100%02 Assess & Define111 days?9/1/23 8:00 AM2/12/24 5:00 PMN/A54100%02.1 Solution Orientation2 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMN/A55100%1840RBAC: In PROD, adjust EERP Role to include all Purchased Products and Menu items. Remove anything not purchased.0.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 12:00 PMRBAC56100%1850RBAC: In PROD, copy the EERP Role to a new role called"Project Team Role" and apply to all client Project Team members0.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 12:00 PMRBAC57100%1860RBAC: Provide role security matrix template to client1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMRBAC58100%1870Workflow: Provide workflow matrix template to client1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMWorkflow59100%1875Review and Update Project Operational Plan1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PM60100%02.2 Current & Future State Analysis72.5 days?9/1/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 12:00 PMN/A61100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Chart of Accounts v20234 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/5/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202362100%0COA 200: Current State / Future State Analysis1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202363100%0COA Analysis: Complete Current State Tabs1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202364100%0COA Analysis: Complete Future State Tabs1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202365100%0Complete General COA Settings1 day10/4/23 8:00 AM10/4/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202366100%0Create Fiscal Calendars1 day10/5/23 8:00 AM10/5/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202367100%0Complete Budgetary Enforcement Profiles1 day10/5/23 8:00 AM10/5/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202368100%0Configure Account Structures1 day10/5/23 8:00 AM10/5/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202369100%0Configure Journal Setup: Numbering1 day10/5/23 8:00 AM10/5/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202370100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Chart of Accounts7 days?10/2/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 5:00 PMChart of AccountsPage 2 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module71100%2060Accounting Std COA: Setup Client Site in Tyler Passport for access to COA Builder0.5 days10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts72100%2070Accounting Std COA: Create User Logins in Tyler Passport for access to COA Builder0.5 days10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts73100%2080Accounting Std COA: Apply Permissions to Users in Tyler Passport for access to COA Builder0.5 days10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts74100%2090Accounting Std COA: Client& IC to login into COA Builder to ensure access prior to the scheduled Introduction to COA Design session0.5 days10/10/23 1:00 PM10/10/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts75100%2100Accounting Std COA: Provide COA Analysis workbook to Client - CS Tabs Only!0.5 days10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts76100%2110Accounting Std COA: Client to Complete COA CS Analysis workbook prior to COA Analysis Session0.5 days10/10/23 1:00 PM10/10/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts77100%2120Accounting Std COA: Client to run and provide Prior Year Trial Balance report from Legacy System0.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts78100%0Travel1 day?10/2/23 1:00 PM10/3/23 12:00 PM79100%2130COA200 CSFS Analysis: via Remote Session - Introduction to COA Design0.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts80100%2140Accounting Std COA: Begin Building COA in COA Builder0.5 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/2/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts81100%0Current& Future State Analysis: General Ledger35 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/20/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger82100%2160General Ledger: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger83100%2170General Ledger: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger84100%2180General Ledger: Complete prerequisites for analysis session (see agenda)1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger85100%2210 GL300 CS Review / FS Analysis: General Ledger/Budget0.5 days9/1/23 8:00 AM9/1/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger86100%2230General Ledger: Compile list of users for Journal Entry1 day10/4/23 8:00 AM10/4/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger87100%2240General Ledger: Compile list of users for Journal Approval1 day10/4/23 8:00 AM10/4/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger88100%2250General Ledger: Document current approval processes for Journal Entry1 day10/4/23 8:00 AM10/4/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger89100%2270General Ledger: Document and deliver System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/11/23 8:00 AM10/11/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger90100%2290General Ledger: Review the System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger91100%2300General Ledger: Update the System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day10/20/23 8:00 AM10/20/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger92100%2340General Ledger: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/4/23 8:00 AM10/4/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger93100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Budget36.5 days9/1/23 1:00 PM10/24/23 5:00 PMBudget94100%2410Budget: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMBudget95100%2420Budget: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMBudget96100%2430Budget: Complete prerequisites for analysis session (see agenda)1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMBudget97100%2460 BG300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Budget0.5 days9/1/23 1:00 PM9/1/23 5:00 PMBudget98100%2480Budget: Compile list of users for Next Year Budget Entry1 day10/3/23 5:00 PM10/4/23 5:00 PMBudget99100%2490Budget: Compile list of users for Next Year Budget Approvals1 day10/6/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMBudget100100%2500Budget: Compile list of users for Budget Transfer and Amendment Entry1 day10/6/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMBudget101100%2510Budget: Compile list of users for Budget Transfer and Amendment Approvals1 day10/6/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMBudget102100%2530Budget: Document and deliver Budget System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/13/23 8:00 AM10/13/23 5:00 PMBudget103100%2550Budget: Review the System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMBudget104100%2560Budget: Update the System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day10/24/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMBudget105100%2600Budget: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/6/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMBudgetPage 3 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module106100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Contract Management15 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/20/23 5:00 PMContract Management107100%3140Contract Management: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMContract Management108100%3150Contract Management: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMContract Management109100%3160Contract Management: Complete prerequisites for analysis session (see agenda)1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMContract Management110100%3190 CM300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Contract Management1 day10/4/23 8:00 AM10/4/23 5:00 PMContract Management111100%3210Contract Management: Compile list of users for Contract Entry1 day10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 5:00 PMContract Management112100%3220Contract Management: Compile list of users for Contract Approvals1 day10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 5:00 PMContract Management113100%3230Contract Management: Compile list of users for Change Orders1 day10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 5:00 PMContract Management114100%3240Contract Management: Compile list of users for Change Order Approvals1 day10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 5:00 PMContract Management115100%3250Contract Management: Document current approval processes for Contract Entry and Change Orders1 day10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 5:00 PMContract Management116100%3270Contract Management: Deliver System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/11/23 8:00 AM10/11/23 5:00 PMContract Management117100%3290Contract Management: Review the System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMContract Management118100%3300Contract Management: Update System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day10/20/23 8:00 AM10/20/23 5:00 PMContract Management119100%3340Contract Management: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 5:00 PMContract Management120100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Purchasing21 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/30/23 5:00 PMPurchasing121100%3650Purchasing: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMPurchasing122100%3660Purchasing: Provide Vendors System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMPurchasing123100%3670Purchasing: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMPurchasing124100%3680Purchasing: Complete Vendors Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMPurchasing125100%3690Purchasing: Complete prerequisites Purchasing& Vendors analysis session (see agenda)1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMPurchasing126100%3720 PU300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Purchasing& Vendors1 day10/5/23 8:00 AM10/5/23 5:00 PMPurchasing127100%3740Purchasing: Compile list of Billing and Shipping addresses1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing128100%3750Purchasing: Compile list of possible Department codes1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing129100%3760Purchasing: Compile list of required fields for Requisition Quick Entry1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing130100%3770Purchasing: Compile list of any desired Standard Notes1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing131100%3780Purchasing: Compile list of users for Requisition Entry1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing132100%3790Purchasing: Compile list of users for Requisition Approvals1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing133100%3800Purchasing: Compile list of users for Purchase Order Entry1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing134100%3810Purchasing: Compile list of users for Purchase Order Approvals1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing135100%3820Purchasing: Compile list of users for Change Orders1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing136100%3830Purchasing: Compile list of users for Purchase Order Receiving1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing137100%3840Purchasing: Compile list of users for Vendor Creation (Entry)1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing138100%3850Purchasing: Compile list of users for Vendor Updating1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing139100%3860Purchasing: Document current approval processes for Requisition Entry1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing140100%3870Purchasing: Document current approval processes for Change Orders1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasingPage 4 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module141100%3880Purchasing: Document current approval processes for New Vendors added to the system1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing142100%3890Purchasing: Document current approval processes for Vendor changes1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing143100%3910Purchasing: Deliver Purchasing& Vendors System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/19/23 8:00 AM10/19/23 5:00 PMPurchasing144100%3930Purchasing: Review the Purchasing& Vendors System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day10/20/23 8:00 AM10/20/23 5:00 PMPurchasing145100%3940Purchasing: Update Purchasing& Vendors System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day10/30/23 8:00 AM10/30/23 5:00 PMPurchasing146100%3980Purchasing& Vendors: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMPurchasing147100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Accounts Payable18 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/25/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable148100%4550Accounts Payable: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable149100%4560Accounts Payable: Provide P-Card System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable150100%4570Accounts Payable: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable151100%4580Accounts Payable: Complete P-Card Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable152100%4590Accounts Payable: Complete prerequisites for Accounts Payable& P-Card/Cal-Card analysis session (see agenda)1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable153100%4620 AP300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Accounts Payable& P-Card/Cal-Card1 day10/6/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable154100%4640Accounts Payable: Compile list of required fields for Invoice Quick Entry1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable155100%4650Accounts Payable: Compile list of users for Invoice entry1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable156100%4660Accounts Payable: Compile list of users for Invoice Approvals1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable157100%4670Accounts Payable: Compile list of P-Card users& card numbers1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable158100%4680Accounts Payable: Compile list of users for P-Card Approvals1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable159100%4690Accounts Payable: Client Project Manager to determine whom does Bank Reconciliation for FIN and whom does it for HCM and then to report this to the Tyler PM1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable160100%4700Accounts Payable: Document current approval processes for Invoice Entry& P-Cards1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable161100%4720Accounts Payable: Deliver Accounts Payable& P-Card/Cal-Card System Analysis Design Doc s Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable162100%4740Accounts Payable: Review the Accounts Payable& P-Card/Cal-Card System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day10/17/23 8:00 AM10/17/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable163100%4750Accounts Payable: Update Accounts Payable& P-Card/Cal-Card System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day10/25/23 8:00 AM10/25/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable164100%4790Accounts Payable& P-Card/Cal-Card: Download the System Analysis Design Docs, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable165100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Capital Assets23 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/1/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets166100%4860Capital Assets: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets167100%4870Capital Assets: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets168100%4880Capital Assets: Complete prerequisites for Analysis session (see agenda)1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets169100%4910 CA300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Capital Assets1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets170100%4940Capital Assets: Compile list of Custodian Codes1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets171100%4950Capital Assets: Compile list of Department Codes (&Compare to Purchasing)1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets172100%4960Capital Assets: Compile list of Capital Assets users1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets173100%4970Capital Assets: Compile list of Misc. Codes: Acquisition1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets174100%4980Capital Assets: Compile list of Misc. Codes: Adjustment1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets175100%4990Capital Assets: Compile list of Misc. Codes: Disposal Reasons1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital AssetsPage 5 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module176100%5000Capital Assets: Compile list of Misc. Codes: Class1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets177100%5010Capital Assets: Compile list of Misc. Codes: Condition1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets178100%5020Capital Assets: Compile list of Misc. Codes: Finance Source1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets179100%5030Capital Assets: Compile list of Misc. Codes: Physical Location Codes1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets180100%5040Capital Assets: Compile list of SubClass Codes1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets181100%5060Capital Assets: Deliver System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/23/23 8:00 AM10/23/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets182100%5080Capital Assets: Review the System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day10/24/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets183100%5090Capital Assets: Update the System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day11/1/23 8:00 AM11/1/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets184100%5130Capital Assets: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/16/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets185100%0Current& Future State Analysis: General Billing25 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/3/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing186100%5200General Billing: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing187100%5210General Billing: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing188100%5220General Billing: Complete prerequisites for analysis session (see agenda)1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing189100%5250 GB300 CS Review / FS Analysis: General Billing0.5 days10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 12:00 PMGeneral Billing190100%5270General Billing: Compile list of all billable charges1 day10/18/23 8:00 AM10/18/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing191100%5280General Billing: Compile list of users for Invoice Entry1 day10/18/23 8:00 AM10/18/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing192100%5290General Billing: Compile list of users for Payment Entry1 day10/18/23 8:00 AM10/18/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing193100%5300General Billing: Compile list of users for Invoice Entry, Payment Entry, Payment Approvals1 day10/18/23 8:00 AM10/18/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing194100%5310General Billing: Document current approval processes for Bills and Payments1 day10/18/23 8:00 AM10/18/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing195100%5320General Billing: Document current approval processes for Bills and Payments1 day10/18/23 8:00 AM10/18/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing196100%5340General Billing: Deliver System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/25/23 8:00 AM10/25/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing197100%5360General Billing: Review the System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day10/26/23 8:00 AM10/26/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing198100%5370General Billing: Update the System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day11/3/23 8:00 AM11/3/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing199100%5410General Billing: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/18/23 8:00 AM10/18/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing200100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Cashiering27 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/7/23 5:00 PMCashiering201100%5480Cashiering: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMCashiering202100%5490Cashiering: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMCashiering203100%5500Cashiering: Complete prerequisites for Analysis Session (see agenda)1 day10/4/23 8:00 AM10/4/23 5:00 PMCashiering204100%5530 TC300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Cashiering1 day10/11/23 8:00 AM10/11/23 5:00 PMCashiering205100%5560Cashiering: Deliver the System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/27/23 8:00 AM10/27/23 5:00 PMCashiering206100%5580Cashiering: Review the System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day10/30/23 8:00 AM10/30/23 5:00 PMCashiering207100%5590Cashiering: Update the System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day11/7/23 8:00 AM11/7/23 5:00 PMCashiering208100%5630Cashiering: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/20/23 8:00 AM10/20/23 5:00 PMCashiering209100%5640Cashiering: Select the credit card vendor1 day10/20/23 8:00 AM10/20/23 5:00 PMCashiering210100%5650Cashiering: Select the hardware if purchasing1 day10/20/23 8:00 AM10/20/23 5:00 PMCashieringPage 6 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module211100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Accounts Receivable29 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable212100%5720Accounts Receivable: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable213100%5730Accounts Receivable: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable214100%5740Accounts Receivable: Complete prerequisites for Analysis Session (see agenda)1 day10/6/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable215100%5770 AR300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Accounts Receivable0.5 days10/12/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 12:00 PMAccounts Receivable216100%5790Accounts Receivable: Compile list of all charges1 day10/24/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable217100%5800Accounts Receivable: Compile list of users for Payment Entry1 day10/24/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable218100%5810Accounts Receivable: Compile list of users for Payment Approvals1 day10/24/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable219100%5820Accounts Receivable: Document current approval processes for Payments1 day10/24/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable220100%5840Accounts Receivable: Deliver System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day10/31/23 8:00 AM10/31/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable221100%5860Accounts Receivable: Review the System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items1 day11/1/23 8:00 AM11/1/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable222100%5870Accounts Receivable: Update the System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day11/9/23 8:00 AM11/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable223100%5910Accounts Receivable: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs1 day10/24/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable224100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Cash Management52.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 12:00 PMCash Management225100%5980Cash Management: Provide System Analysis Design Doc to Client - Current State tab only!1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMCash Management226100%5990Cash Management: Complete Current State System Analysis Design Doc and upload to the Project Portal8 days10/3/23 8:00 AM10/12/23 5:00 PMCash Management227100%6000Cash Management: Complete prerequisites for Analysis session (see agenda)1 day10/10/23 8:00 AM10/10/23 5:00 PMCash Management228100%6030 TM300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Cash Management1 day10/13/23 8:00 AM10/13/23 5:00 PMCash Management229100%6050Cash Management: Compile list of Bank Codes1 day11/15/23 8:00 AM11/15/23 5:00 PMCash Management230100%6070Cash Management: Deliver System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions0.5 days11/22/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 12:00 PMCash Management231100%6090Cash Management: Review the System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items5 days11/22/23 1:00 PM12/1/23 12:00 PMCash Management232100%6100Cash Management: Update System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions5 days12/8/23 1:00 PM12/15/23 12:00 PMCash Management233100%6140Cash Management: Download the System Analysis Design Doc, Review and begin completing the Code tabs5 days11/15/23 8:00 AM11/21/23 5:00 PMCash Management234100%0Current& Future State Analysis: 3rd Party Data Exchange16 days10/3/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMN/A235100%6430General Ledger: Upload to the Clients Project Portal Tyler's list of prebuilt file import schemas for Bank Reconciliation, Positive Pay and P-Cards / Cal Cards5 days10/3/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger236100%6440Accounts Payable: Document list of required imports and exports and provide to Tyler Implementation Consultant during analysis5 days10/3/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable237100%6450 3RD300 CS Review / FS Analysis: 3rd Party Data Exchange1 day10/9/23 8:00 AM10/9/23 5:00 PMN/A238100%6460Using Provided File Layouts documentation, determine file layout template(s) to be used for required imports and exports and provide to Tyler Project Manager5 days10/10/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMN/A239100%6470General Ledger: Provide example file for any GL imports from any third party system into EERP to Tyler Project Manager5 days10/17/23 8:00 AM10/23/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger240100%6480General Ledger: Provide file layout requirements for any GL Export from EERP to any third party system to Tyler Project Manager5 days10/17/23 8:00 AM10/23/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger241100%6490Cash Management: Provide a BAI example file for Import into EERP to Tyler Project Manager5 days10/17/23 8:00 AM10/23/23 5:00 PMCash Management242100%6500Accounts Payable: Provide a Check Reconciliation example file, if not using the BAI file import, for Import into EERP to Tyler Project Manager5 days10/17/23 8:00 AM10/23/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable243100%6510Accounts Payable: Determine the Positive Pay layout from provided schemas and communicate to Tyler Project Manager5 days10/17/23 8:00 AM10/23/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable244100%6520Accounts Payable: Provide a P-Card / Cal-Card example file for Import into EERP to Tyler Project Manager5 days10/17/23 8:00 AM10/23/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable245100%6530Provide file layouts and sample files for any other required imports or exports1 day10/17/23 8:00 AM10/17/23 5:00 PMN/APage 7 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module246100%6540Update Client Project Plan with tasks for each required import and export1 day10/24/23 8:00 AM10/24/23 5:00 PMN/A247100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Reporting Analysis27.5 days11/1/23 8:00 AM12/12/23 12:00 PMN/A248100%6570Reporting: Produce and bring sample Financial reports from the legacy software and upload to the Project Portal8 days11/1/23 8:00 AM11/10/23 5:00 PMReporting Services249100%6580Reporting: Complete prerequisites for Analysis Session (see agenda)8 days11/1/23 8:00 AM11/10/23 5:00 PMReporting Services250100%6590 RPT300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Reporting0.5 days11/15/23 8:00 AM11/15/23 12:00 PMReporting Services251100%6610Reporting: Deliver the System Analysis Design Doc Completed with initial to-be decisions1 day11/22/23 1:00 PM11/27/23 12:00 PMReporting Services252100%6620Reporting: Review the Reporting System Analysis Design Doc and make decisions on outstanding items5 days11/27/23 1:00 PM12/4/23 12:00 PMReporting Services253100%6630Reporting: Update System Analysis Design Doc with final decisions1 day12/11/23 1:00 PM12/12/23 12:00 PMReporting Services254100%0Current& Future State Analysis: Forms Analysis0.5 days11/15/23 1:00 PM11/15/23 5:00 PMN/A255100%6650TF300 CS Review / FS Analysis: Forms or Custom Forms0.5 days11/15/23 1:00 PM11/15/23 5:00 PMForms256100%6660Forms: Determine which option (Forms or Custom Forms) client is going to use for each form in client library0.5 days11/15/23 1:00 PM11/15/23 5:00 PMForms257100%02.3 Conversion Assessment90.5 days10/2/23 1:00 PM2/12/24 5:00 PMN/A258100%6830CON300 Conversion Analysis All Modules1 day11/16/23 8:00 AM11/16/23 5:00 PMN/A259100%6840Review and Update Project Operational Plan1 day11/17/23 8:00 AM11/17/23 5:00 PM260100%0Conversion Assessment: Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts)90.5 days10/2/23 1:00 PM2/12/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts261100%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts) - COA Builder Session 110 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/16/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts262100%6860Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Pre-EERP Account References" (10)10 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/16/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts263100%6870Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Funds" (01)10 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/16/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts264100%6880Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Segments" (02)10 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/16/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts265100%6890Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Objects" (03)10 days10/2/23 1:00 PM10/16/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts266100%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts) - COA Builder Session 210.5 days10/30/23 1:00 PM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts267100%6910COA200 Accounting Std COA: COA Design Session 2 via Remote Session0.5 days10/30/23 1:00 PM10/30/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts268100%6920Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Objects" (03)10 days10/31/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts269100%6930Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Organizations" (06)10 days10/31/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts270100%6940Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Character Codes" (07)10 days10/31/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts271100%6950Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Due To Due Froms" (09)10 days10/31/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts272100%6960Accounting Std COA: Continue Building COA segments in COA Builder10 days10/31/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts273100%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts) - COA Builder Session 310.5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts274100%6980COA200 Accounting Std COA: COA Design Session 3 via Remote Session0.5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/14/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts275100%6990Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Projects" (04)10 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts276100%7000Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Accounts" (05)10 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts277100%7010Accounting Std COA: COA Builder - Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet labeled"Budget Rollups" (08)10 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts278100%7020Accounting Std COA: Continue Building COA segments in COA Builder10 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts279100%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts) - COA v202390 days10/3/23 8:00 AM2/12/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023280100%0CON200: Actuals/Budget/Project History1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023Page 8 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module281100%0COA 300: Chart of Accounts Design Session #11 day10/4/23 8:00 AM10/4/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023282100%0COA 300: Chart of Accounts Design Session #21 day10/5/23 8:00 AM10/5/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023283100%0COA 300: Chart of Accounts Design Session #31 day10/6/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023284100%0Client to Run Prior Year(s) Trial Balance report from Legacy System1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023285100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Funds10 days10/3/23 8:00 AM10/16/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023286100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Segments (replicate task as needed)15 days10/3/23 8:00 AM10/23/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023287100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Objects30 days10/3/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023288100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Projects30 days10/3/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023289100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Project Ledger Segments30 days10/3/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023290100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Accounts30 days11/14/23 8:00 AM12/28/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023291100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Segment Dimensions (replicate task as needed)15 days12/29/23 8:00 AM1/22/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023292100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Aliases30 days12/29/23 8:00 AM2/12/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023293100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: Account Groups30 days12/29/23 8:00 AM2/12/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023294100%0Complete Excel Import Spreadsheet: External Systems30 days11/14/23 8:00 AM12/28/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v2023295100%0Conversion Assessment: Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) and 1099 Amounts11 days11/17/23 4:02 PM12/6/23 4:02 PMAccounts Payable296100%7040Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master/1099) Conversion: First pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler0.88 days12/5/23 8:00 AM12/5/23 4:02 PMAccounts Payable297100%7050Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master/1099) Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days11/17/23 4:02 PM12/5/23 4:02 PMAccounts Payable298100%7060Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master/1099) Conversion: Submit Conversion Request form to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day12/5/23 4:02 PM12/6/23 4:02 PMAccounts Payable299100%0Conversion Assessment: General Billing Std CID (Customers)11 days12/6/23 8:00 AM12/20/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing300100%7080General Billing Std CID (Customers): First pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler1 day12/19/23 8:00 AM12/19/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing301100%7090General Billing Std CID (Customers): Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days12/6/23 8:00 AM12/19/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing302100%7100General Billing Std CID (Customers): Submit Conversion Request forms to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day12/20/23 8:00 AM12/20/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing303100%0Conversion Assessment: GB Conversion Opt 1 - Recurring Invoices11 days12/6/23 8:00 AM12/20/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing304100%7120GB Conversion Opt 1 - Recurring Invoices: First Pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler1 day12/19/23 8:00 AM12/19/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing305100%7130GB Conversion Opt 1 - Recurring Invoices: Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days12/6/23 8:00 AM12/19/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing306100%7140GB Conversion Opt 1 - Recurring Invoices: Submit Conversion Request forms to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day12/20/23 8:00 AM12/20/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing307100%0Conversion Assessment: GB Conversion Opt 2 - Bills (Invoices)11 days12/6/23 8:00 AM12/20/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing308100%7160GB Conversion Opt 2 - Bills (Invoices): First pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler1 day12/19/23 8:00 AM12/19/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing309100%7170GB Conversion Opt 2 - Bills (Invoices): Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days12/6/23 8:00 AM12/19/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing310100%7180GB Conversion Opt 2 - Bills (Invoices): Submit Conversion Request forms to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day12/20/23 8:00 AM12/20/23 5:00 PMGeneral Billing311100%0Conversion Assessment: Accounting Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years)11 days10/25/23 8:00 AM11/8/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger312100%7200Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): First Year Due for COA Session1 day11/7/23 8:00 AM11/7/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger313100%7210Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Run and save proofing reports for first year data10 days10/25/23 8:00 AM11/7/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger314100%7220Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Submit Conversion Request form to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day11/8/23 8:00 AM11/8/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger315100%0Conversion Assessment: Accounting Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years)11 days10/25/23 8:00 AM11/8/23 5:00 PMBudgetPage 9 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module316100%7240Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): First Year Due for COA Session1 day11/7/23 8:00 AM11/7/23 5:00 PMBudget317100%7250Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Run and save proofing reports for first year data10 days10/25/23 8:00 AM11/7/23 5:00 PMBudget318100%7260Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Submit Conversion Request form to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day11/8/23 8:00 AM11/8/23 5:00 PMBudget319100%0Conversion Assessment: Purchasing - Purchase Orders - Standard (Open PO's)11 days12/29/23 4:02 PM1/17/24 4:02 PMPurchasing320100%7280Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: First pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler1 day1/12/24 4:02 PM1/16/24 4:02 PMPurchasing321100%7290Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days12/29/23 4:02 PM1/16/24 4:02 PMPurchasing322100%7300Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Submit Conversion Request form to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day1/16/24 4:02 PM1/17/24 4:02 PMPurchasing323100%0Conversion Assessment: Contracts11 days12/29/23 4:02 PM1/17/24 4:02 PMContract Management324100%7320Contracts Conversion: First pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler1 day1/12/24 4:02 PM1/16/24 4:02 PMContract Management325100%7330Contracts Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days12/29/23 4:02 PM1/16/24 4:02 PMContract Management326100%7340Contracts Conversion: Submit Conversion Request form to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day1/16/24 4:02 PM1/17/24 4:02 PMContract Management327100%0Conversion Assessment: Accounts Payable Opt 1 - Checks11 days11/20/23 8:00 AM12/6/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable328100%7560AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: First pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler1 day12/5/23 8:00 AM12/5/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable329100%7570AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days11/20/23 8:00 AM12/5/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable330100%7580AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Submit Conversion Request form to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day12/6/23 8:00 AM12/6/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable331100%0Conversion Assessment: Accounts Payable Opt 2 - Invoices11 days11/20/23 8:00 AM12/6/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable332100%7600AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: First Pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler1 day12/5/23 8:00 AM12/5/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable333100%7610AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days11/20/23 8:00 AM12/5/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable334100%7620AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Submit Conversion Request form to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day12/6/23 8:00 AM12/6/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable335100%0Conversion Assessment: Capital Asset Standard Master11 days11/6/23 8:00 AM11/20/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets336100%7640Capital Asset Std Conversion: First pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler1 day11/17/23 8:00 AM11/17/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets337100%7650Capital Asset Std Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for first pass data10 days11/6/23 8:00 AM11/17/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets338100%7660Capital Asset Std Conversion: Submit Conversion Request form to Tyler Conversion Manager1 day11/20/23 8:00 AM11/20/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets339100%02.6 Control Point: Stage Acceptance57 days11/17/23 8:00 AM2/12/24 5:00 PMN/A340100%80020Sign Control Point 2 Acceptance Form - Assess& Define0 days2/12/24 5:00 PM2/12/24 5:00 PMN/A341100%0Change Order - #1 to Remove Unused Conversions& Services21 days11/17/23 8:00 AM12/19/23 5:00 PMN/A342100%7930Tyler Project Manager to Complete Change Order Request to Remove Modules or Services determined not to be used during CSFS Analysis3 days11/17/23 8:00 AM11/21/23 5:00 PMN/A343100%7940Submit Change Order Request form to Client Project Manager1 day11/22/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 5:00 PMN/A344100%7950Client review of Change Order Request5 days11/27/23 8:00 AM12/1/23 5:00 PMN/A345100%7960Client Project Manager to submit signed Change Order Request to Tyler Project Manager with PO0 days12/1/23 5:00 PM12/1/23 5:00 PMN/A346100%7970Tyler Project Manager to submit Change Order Request form to Tyler Legal for Processing1 day12/4/23 8:00 AM12/4/23 5:00 PMN/A347100%7980Complete formal Change Order Contract and Post to the Project Portal10 days12/5/23 8:00 AM12/18/23 5:00 PMN/A348100%7990Update Project Connect Master Change Order Section if additional days are added to the Project1 day12/19/23 8:00 AM12/19/23 5:00 PMN/A34977%03 Prepare Solution301 days9/1/23 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMN/A350100%03.1 Initial System Deployment203 days10/2/23 8:00 AM7/19/24 5:00 PMN/APage 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module351100%0Payments0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AM352100%8280Payments Deployment of Tyler Portico0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMPayments - Citizen Self Service353100%8290Cashiering Credit Card Hardware ordered& received0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMPayments - Cashiering354100%0SaaS System Deployment21.88 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/31/23 4:02 PMN/A355100%8360System Admin: SaaS Client Environment Configured4.38 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/6/23 11:02 AMSystem Administration356100%8370System Admin: SaaS Client Environment installation Completed, readiness and connectivity confirmed1 day10/6/23 11:02 AM10/9/23 11:02 AMSystem Administration357100%8380System Admin: Tyler Completes System Infrastructure Audit of all purchased products1 day10/16/23 11:02 AM10/17/23 11:02 AMSystem Administration358100%8390System Admin: Validate all SaaS Environments, Products and Modules1 day10/17/23 11:02 AM10/18/23 11:02 AMSystem Administration359100%8400System Admin: SaaS Environment Turnover Meeting0.25 days10/31/23 11:02 AM10/31/23 2:02 PMSystem Administration360100%8410System Admin: Deployment Team Conducts Admin Center Training with Client IT Staff Responsible for User Account Maintenance0.25 days10/31/23 2:02 PM10/31/23 4:02 PMSystem Administration361100%8420Support Ticket to update CSS Hosting0.25 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 10:00 AMSystem Administration362100%8425Payments SaaS Hosting Configuration0.25 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 10:00 AMSystem Administration363100%0Configure Client with Tyler Resources2 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration364100%8430System Admin: Client determines whom will be the Tyler Coach Manager(s) of record and submits name(s) and email address(es) to Tyler Project Manager1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration365100%8440System Admin: Tyler Project Manager submits request to Tyler Coach Admin to add determined employee(s) as the Tyler Coach Manager1 day10/3/23 8:00 AM10/3/23 5:00 PMSystem Administration366100%0Mid-Implementation Upgrade28 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/8/23 5:00 PMN/A367100%0Mid-Implementation Upgrade - SaaS28 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/8/23 5:00 PMN/A368100%8470Schedule upgrade with Tyler Systems Management (TSM)1 day6/11/24 8:00 AM6/11/24 5:00 PMN/A369100%8480Provide release notes to Client1 day6/12/24 8:00 AM6/12/24 5:00 PMN/A370100%8490Review release notes, communicate changes affecting current or desired processing10 days6/13/24 8:00 AM6/26/24 5:00 PMN/A371100%8500Software upgrade - load into TEST environment1 day6/12/24 8:00 AM6/12/24 5:00 PMCashiering372100%8510Test processes and data in upgraded programs in TEST environment15 days6/27/24 8:00 AM7/18/24 5:00 PMN/A373100%8520Follow up on outstanding items from upgrade testing15 days6/27/24 8:00 AM7/18/24 5:00 PMN/A374100%8530Software Upgrade - load into in PROD Environment1 day7/19/24 8:00 AM7/19/24 5:00 PMN/A37563%03.2 Configuration281 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMN/A376100%8599Review EERP versions to ensure all environments (Prod, Test, Train, etc) are up to date, in sync and on the latest service packs. All environments should be on the same version and service pack.22.63 days11/15/23 4:02 PM12/20/23 1:05 PMN/A377100%8630System Admin: Code Building - Client to complete all Codes on ALL System Analysis and Design Docs13.13 days11/15/23 4:02 PM12/7/23 8:05 AMSystem Administration378100%8640 System Admin: Optional - Review Code Workbooks and address Client questions0.5 days11/22/23 4:02 PM11/27/23 11:02 AMSystem Administration379100%8650System Admin: ALL Codes on ALL System Analysis and Design Docs Due to Tyler!0.88 days12/8/23 8:00 AM12/8/23 4:02 PMSystem Administration380100%8660System Admin: Client Project Manager to upload the Completed Code Workbooks to the Project Portal and notify Tyler Project Manager1 day12/7/23 4:02 PM12/8/23 4:02 PMSystem Administration381100%8670FIN400 - Financial Remote System Setup and Code Configuration2.63 days12/15/23 4:02 PM12/20/23 1:05 PMSystem Administration38218%0Configuration: HUB and System Administration215.49 days1/5/24 1:05 PM11/7/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration3830%8690 SA400 Configuration& Power User Training: System Administration 0.38 days1/5/24 1:05 PM1/5/24 4:05 PMSystem Administration384100%8700 HUB400: Intro to Hub0.5 days1/5/24 3:05 PM1/8/24 10:05 AMHUB3850%8710TCM: Order TCM Document Scanners if needed1 day1/5/24 3:05 PM1/8/24 3:05 PMContent ManagerPage 11 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module3860%8720TCM: Install Scanner(s) on PC's as needed (TCM) if using15 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMContent Manager387100%8730HUB: Set up templates5 days7/24/24 8:00 AM7/30/24 5:00 PMHUB3880%8740HUB: Assign templates to all core users10 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMHUB389100%8750 TCM400 Configuration& Power User Training: Content Manager 0.25 days1/5/24 1:05 PM1/5/24 3:05 PMContent Manager390100%8760TCM: Configure TCM Enabler mappings in PROD Environment1 day1/5/24 3:05 PM1/8/24 3:05 PMContent Manager3910%8770TCM: Install TCM Client on PC's and/or Laptops if using Batch Scanning15 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMContent Manager39250%8780TCM: Synchronize Users in TRAIN and Prod15 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMContent Manager393100%8790 RBAC400 Configuration& Power User Training: Role-Based Security Configuration0.5 days1/8/24 10:05 AM1/8/24 3:05 PMRBAC39450%8800RBAC: Download, Review& begin Completing the Role Security Matrix 5 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMRBAC3950%8810RBAC: Set up Functional Roles for All Power Users10 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMRBAC3960%8820RBAC: Set up Data Access Roles for All Power Users10 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMRBAC3970%8830RBAC: Set up TCM Roles for All Power Users10 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMRBAC3980%8840RBAC: Link roles to all power users10 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMRBAC399100%8850 WF400 Configuration& Power User Training: Workflow 0.5 days1/8/24 10:05 AM1/8/24 3:05 PMWorkflow40050%8860Workflow: Complete workflow matrix15 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMWorkflow4010%8870Workflow: Identify and set up users in Workflow User Attributes in PROD Environment5 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/24/24 5:00 PMWorkflow4020%8880Workflow: Enter Workflow in PROD Environment10 days10/25/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMWorkflow403100%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts)7 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts404100%24890Accounting Std COA: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/14/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts405100%24900Accounting Std COA: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/14/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts406100%24910Accounting Std COA: COA design acceptance (sign-off required)0 days11/14/23 5:00 PM11/14/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts407100%24920Accounting Std COA: IC Imports the downloaded file from the COA Builder into EERP PROD/LIVE database0.5 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/14/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts408100%24930Accounting Std COA: Tyler COA Implementation Consultant Validates the COA upon completion of the Import0.5 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/14/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts409100%24940Accounting Std COA: Proof COA final pass in PROD0.5 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/14/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts410100%8920 COA400 Configuration& Power User Training: General Ledger 1 day11/15/23 8:00 AM11/15/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts411100%24950Accounting Std COA: Determine how COA will be maintained - updates via Manual input or Account Imports5 days11/16/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts412100%24960Accounting Std COA: Tyler Project Manager to provide Account Import Template to client if Importing - if needed1 day11/16/23 8:00 AM11/16/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts413100%24970Accounting Std COA: Client to make manual updates to COA in PROD Environment if not importing, if needed1 day11/16/23 8:00 AM11/16/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts414100%0Configuration: General Ledger18.5 days12/26/23 10:05 AM1/23/24 3:05 PMGeneral Ledger415100%8900General Ledger: Complete training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days12/26/23 10:05 AM1/8/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger416100%8920 GL400 Configuration& Power User Training: General Ledger 0.5 days1/8/24 10:05 AM1/8/24 3:05 PMGeneral Ledger417100%8930General Ledger: Complete the Allocation Code Table in PROD Environment10 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/23/24 3:05 PMGeneral Ledger418100%8940General Ledger: Complete the Budget Rollup Table in PROD Environment(if not converting)10 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/23/24 3:05 PMGeneral Ledger419100%8950General Ledger: Complete the Due To/Due From Table in PROD Environment (if not converting)10 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/23/24 3:05 PMGeneral Ledger420100%8960General Ledger: Complete the Journal Number Control Table in PROD Environment10 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/23/24 3:05 PMGeneral LedgerPage 12 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module421100%8970General Ledger: Finalize any outstanding set-up decisions10 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/23/24 3:05 PMGeneral Ledger42274%0Configuration: Budget18.5 days12/26/23 3:05 PM1/24/24 10:05 AMBudget423100%8990Budget: Complete set-up training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days12/26/23 3:05 PM1/8/24 3:05 PMBudget424100%9010 BG400 Configuration& Power User Training: Budget0.5 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/9/24 10:05 AMBudget425100%9020Budget: Complete Budget Levels in General Ledger Settings in PROD Environment0.5 days1/9/24 10:05 AM1/9/24 3:05 PMBudget426100%9030Budget: Finalize any outstanding Budget set-up decisions0.5 days1/9/24 10:05 AM1/9/24 3:05 PMBudget42750%9040Budget: Review General Ledger Accounts for Budgetary Flag and Require Budget Detail settings10 days1/9/24 10:05 AM1/24/24 10:05 AMBudget42898%0Configuration: Contract Management9 days12/27/23 10:05 AM1/10/24 10:05 AMContract Management429100%9250Contract Management: Complete set-up training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days12/27/23 10:05 AM1/9/24 10:05 AMContract Management430100%9270 CM400 Configuration& Power User Training: Contract Management0.5 days1/9/24 10:05 AM1/9/24 3:05 PMContract Management431100%9280Contract Management: Complete Contract Miscellaneous Codes in PROD Environment0.5 days1/9/24 3:05 PM1/10/24 10:05 AMContract Management432100%9290Contract Management: Complete Contract Settings in PROD Environment0.5 days1/9/24 3:05 PM1/10/24 10:05 AMContract Management43350%9300Contract Management: Finalize any outstanding set-up decisions0.5 days1/9/24 3:05 PM1/10/24 10:05 AMContract Management43494%0Configuration: Purchasing22 days12/27/23 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMPurchasing435100%9420Purchasing: Complete training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days12/27/23 3:05 PM1/9/24 3:05 PMPurchasing436100%9440 PU400 Configuration& Power User Training: Purchasing 1 day1/9/24 3:05 PM1/10/24 3:05 PMPurchasing437100%9450Purchasing: Complete Bill to/Ship to Table in PROD Environment1 day1/10/24 3:05 PM1/11/24 3:05 PMPurchasing438100%9460Purchasing: Complete Departments Table in PROD Environment1 day1/10/24 3:05 PM1/11/24 3:05 PMPurchasing439100%9470Purchasing: Complete PO Settings in PROD Environment1 day1/10/24 3:05 PM1/11/24 3:05 PMPurchasing440100%9480Purchasing: Complete Standard Notes Table in PROD Environment1 day1/10/24 3:05 PM1/11/24 3:05 PMPurchasing441100%9490Purchasing: Finalize any outstanding set-up decisions1 day1/10/24 3:05 PM1/11/24 3:05 PMPurchasing442100%9500 PU400 Configuration& Power User Training: VSS0.5 days1/26/24 3:05 PM1/29/24 10:05 AMPurchasing443100%9510 PU400 Configuration& Power User Training: Vendor Access0.5 days1/29/24 10:05 AM1/29/24 3:05 PMPurchasing4440%9520Purchasing: Notify Vendors of Vendor Access Use if using1 day1/29/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMPurchasing445100%0Configuration: Accounts Payable40.5 days12/28/23 3:05 PM2/27/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable446100%9750Accounts Payable: Complete set-up training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days12/28/23 3:05 PM1/10/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable447100%9770 AP400 Configuration& Power User Training: Accounts Payable1 day1/10/24 3:05 PM1/11/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable448100%9780Accounts Payable: Complete Miscellaneous Codes in PROD Environment10 days1/11/24 3:05 PM1/26/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable449100%9790Accounts Payable: Complete Settings in PROD Environment10 days1/11/24 3:05 PM1/26/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable450100%9800Accounts Payable: Complete Bank Codes in PROD Environment (if using EFT)10 days1/11/24 3:05 PM1/26/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable451100%9810Accounts Payable: Set up all GL accounts for P-Card / Cal-Card processing10 days1/11/24 3:05 PM1/26/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable452100%9820Accounts Payable: Finalize any outstanding decisions10 days1/11/24 3:05 PM1/26/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable453100%9830 AP400 Configuration& Power User Training: P-Card / Cal-Card0.5 days2/12/24 3:05 PM2/13/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable454100%9840Accounts Payable: Practice P-Card / Cal-Card topics in TRAIN10 days2/13/24 10:05 AM2/27/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable45556%0Configuration: Capital Assets10 days12/29/23 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMCapital AssetsPage 13 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module456100%9860Capital Assets: Complete set-up training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days12/29/23 3:05 PM1/11/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets457100%9880 CA400 Configuration& Power User Training: Capital Assets1 day1/11/24 3:05 PM1/12/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets4580%9920Capital Assets: Complete Custodian Codes in PROD Environment1 day1/12/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets4590%9930Capital Assets: Complete Capital Asset Department Codes in PROD Environment (review with Purchasing Functional Leader)1 day1/12/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets4600%9940Capital Assets: Complete Capital Asset Miscellaneous Codes in PROD Environment1 day1/12/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets4610%9950Capital Assets: Complete Capital Asset Settings in PROD Environment1 day1/12/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets4620%9960Capital Assets: Complete Insurance/Manufacturer Codes in PROD Environment1 day1/12/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets4630%9970Capital Assets: Complete Sub Class Codes in PROD Environment1 day1/12/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets4640%9980Capital Assets: Finalize any outstanding set-up decisions1 day1/12/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets465100%0Configuration: General Billing12 days1/2/24 3:05 PM1/19/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing466100%10000General Billing: Complete set-up training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/2/24 3:05 PM1/12/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing467100%10020 GB400 Configuration& Power User Training: General Billing 0.5 days1/12/24 3:05 PM1/16/24 10:05 AMGeneral Billing468100%10030General Billing: Complete Account Numbers in PROD Environment0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing469100%10040General Billing: Complete Accounts Receivable Miscellaneous Codes in PROD Environment (Adjustment, Payment Reversal, Refund, and Transfer Codes)0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing470100%10050General Billing: Complete AR Settings including Category Specific in PROD Environment0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing471100%10060General Billing: Complete Customers Table in PROD Environment (if not converting)0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing472100%10070General Billing: Complete General Billing Settings in PROD Environment0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing473100%10080General Billing: Complete Invoice Messages Table in PROD Environment0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing474100%10090General Billing: Complete Recipients Table in PROD Environment0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing475100%10100General Billing: Complete Reference Codes Table in PROD Environment0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing476100%10110General Billing: Create Accounts Receivable Codes in PROD Environment0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing477100%10120General Billing: Create Accounts Receivable Charge Codes in PROD Environment0.5 days1/19/24 10:05 AM1/19/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing478100%10130General Billing: Finalize any outstanding set-up decisions0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing47941%0Configuration: Cashiering84 days10/2/23 8:00 AM2/1/24 5:00 PMCashiering480100%10150Cashiering: Order hardware (4 weeks prior to training)1 day12/15/23 3:05 PM12/18/23 3:05 PMCashiering481100%10160Cashiering: Schedule hardware installation1 day12/18/23 3:05 PM12/19/23 3:05 PMCashiering48250%10170Cashiering: hardware installation5 days12/27/23 3:05 PM1/4/24 3:05 PMCashiering483100%10180Cashiering: Tyler PM to supply Gateway Vendor Documentation1 day12/19/23 3:05 PM12/20/23 3:05 PMCashiering4840%10190Cashiering: Client to select Gateway Vendor5 days12/20/23 3:05 PM12/28/23 3:05 PMCashiering4850%10195Cashiering Payment Gateway Configuration0.25 days12/20/23 3:05 PM12/21/23 8:05 AMCashiering4860%10200Cashiering Fee Schedule Configuration0.25 days12/20/23 3:05 PM12/21/23 8:05 AMCashiering4870%10205Cashiering EMV Device Configuration0.5 days12/20/23 3:05 PM12/21/23 10:05 AMPayments - Cashiering488100%10210Cashiering: Tyler PM/IC to ensure that testing credentials/setup are in place for Process Training1 day1/8/24 3:05 PM1/9/24 3:05 PMPayments - Cashiering4890%10220 TC400 Configuration& Power User Training: Cashiering 1 day1/16/24 3:05 PM1/17/24 3:05 PMCashiering49058%0Configuration: Accounts Receivable21.5 days1/3/24 10:05 AM2/2/24 3:05 PMAccounts ReceivablePage 14 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module491100%10240Accounts Receivable: Complete Accounts Receivable set-up training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/3/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 10:05 AMAccounts Receivable492100%10260 AR400 Configuration& Power User Training: Accounts Receivable0.5 days1/16/24 10:05 AM1/16/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable493100%10270Accounts Receivable: Complete Miscellaneous Codes in PROD Environment (Adjustment, Payment Reversal, Refund Codes)10 days1/16/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable494100%10280Accounts Receivable: Complete AR Settings including Cat Specific in PROD Environment10 days1/16/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable49550%10290Accounts Receivable: Create Accounts Receivable Codes in PROD Environment5 days1/16/24 3:05 PM1/23/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable4960%10300Accounts Receivable: Create Accounts Receivable Charge Codes in PROD Environment10 days1/19/24 3:05 PM2/2/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable4970%10310Accounts Receivable: Finalize any outstanding set-up decisions10 days1/16/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable49848%0Configuration: Cash Management18.5 days1/4/24 3:05 PM2/1/24 10:05 AMCash Management499100%10330Cash Management: Complete set-up training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/4/24 3:05 PM1/17/24 3:05 PMCash Management500100%10350 TM400 Configuration& Power User Training: Cash Management0.5 days1/17/24 3:05 PM1/18/24 10:05 AMCash Management501100%10360Cash Management: Complete Bank Codes in PROD Environment10 days1/18/24 10:05 AM2/1/24 10:05 AMCash Management5020%10370Cash Management: Complete Cash Flow Settings in PROD Environment10 days1/18/24 10:05 AM2/1/24 10:05 AMCash Management5030%10380Cash Management: Complete Recurring Cash Flow Setup in PROD Environment10 days1/18/24 10:05 AM2/1/24 10:05 AMCash Management5040%10390Cash Management: Complete Transaction Type Codes in PROD Environment10 days1/18/24 10:05 AM2/1/24 10:05 AMCash Management5050%10400Cash Management: Define Cash Pools in the Interest Allocation Report in PROD Environment10 days1/18/24 10:05 AM2/1/24 10:05 AMCash Management5060%10410Cash Management: Finalize any outstanding set-up decisions10 days1/18/24 10:05 AM2/1/24 10:05 AMCash Management507100%0Configuration: Forms1 day1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 3:05 PMN/A508100%10540 Forms: Configuration& Power User Training: Forms Building1 day1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 3:05 PMForms50966%0Configuration: Reporting15.5 days2/5/24 10:05 AM2/26/24 3:05 PMN/A510100%10560Cubes Access: Tyler PM or Tyler IC to create Cubes Server User Access Login and Role for client1 day2/5/24 10:05 AM2/6/24 10:05 AMReporting Services511100%10570Reporting: Complete Cubes Reporting training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days2/7/24 10:05 AM2/19/24 10:05 AMReporting Services512100%10580 RPT400 Configuration& Power User Training: Cubes0.5 days2/19/24 10:05 AM2/19/24 3:05 PMReporting Services5130%10590Reporting: Practice building Cubes in TRAIN5 days2/19/24 3:05 PM2/26/24 3:05 PMReporting Services51482%03.3 Process Refinement281 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/10/24 5:00 PMN/A5154%0Process Refinement: System Administration63.5 days1/8/24 3:05 PM4/8/24 10:05 AMSystem Administration516100%10620HUB500: Hub Expanded0.5 days3/1/24 10:05 AM3/1/24 3:05 PMHUB517100%10640 TCM700 Process Refinement: Content Manager0.5 days1/30/24 3:05 PM1/31/24 10:05 AMContent Manager5180%10650TCM: Test TCM for all users at their workstations if using Batch Scanning15 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/30/24 3:05 PMContent Manager519100%10660 RBAC500 Process Refinement: Role-Based Security0.5 days2/6/24 3:05 PM2/7/24 10:05 AMRBAC5200%10670 RBAC600 Process Refinement Review: Role-Based Security0.5 days3/15/24 3:05 PM3/18/24 10:05 AMRBAC5210%10680RBAC: Complete permissions set up for P-Card / Cal-Card processing15 days3/18/24 10:05 AM4/8/24 10:05 AMRBAC522100%10690 WF500 Process Refinement: Workflow0.5 days2/6/24 3:05 PM2/7/24 10:05 AMWorkflow5230%10700 WF600 Process Refinement Review: Workflow0.5 days3/6/24 10:05 AM3/6/24 3:05 PMWorkflow5240%10710Workflow: Finish Entering Workflow for all business rules in PROD Environment15 days3/6/24 3:05 PM3/27/24 3:05 PMWorkflow52599%0Process Refinement: General Ledger23.5 days1/10/24 3:05 PM2/14/24 10:05 AMGeneral LedgerPage 15 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module526100%10730General Ledger: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/10/24 3:05 PM1/23/24 3:05 PMGeneral Ledger527100%10740 GL500 Process Refinement: General Ledger0.5 days1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger528100%10760General Ledger: Create Recurring Journal templates in PROD Environment10 days1/24/24 10:05 AM2/7/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger529100%10770General Ledger: Practice Journal Entry and Reversal in TRAIN10 days1/24/24 10:05 AM2/7/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger5300%10780 GL600 Process Refinement Review: General Ledger0.5 days2/7/24 10:05 AM2/7/24 3:05 PMGeneral Ledger531100%10790General Ledger: Finalize any outstanding processing decisions5 days2/7/24 10:05 AM2/14/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger532100%10810General Ledger: Practice tasks in TRAIN5 days2/7/24 10:05 AM2/14/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger53399%0Process Refinement: Budget23.5 days1/11/24 10:05 AM2/14/24 3:05 PMBudget534100%10890Budget: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/11/24 10:05 AM1/24/24 10:05 AMBudget535100%10900 BG500 Process Refinement: Budget0.5 days1/24/24 10:05 AM1/24/24 3:05 PMBudget536100%10920Budget: Finalize any outstanding Budget processing decisions10 days1/24/24 3:05 PM2/7/24 3:05 PMBudget537100%10930Budget: Practice topics in TRAIN10 days1/24/24 3:05 PM2/7/24 3:05 PMBudget5380%10940 BG600 Process Refinement Review: Budget0.5 days2/7/24 3:05 PM2/8/24 10:05 AMBudget539100%10950Budget: Practice Budget review and processing tasks in TRAIN5 days2/7/24 3:05 PM2/14/24 3:05 PMBudget54099%0Process Refinement: Contract Management23.5 days12/28/23 10:05 AM2/1/24 3:05 PMContract Management541100%11340Contract Management: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days12/28/23 10:05 AM1/10/24 10:05 AMContract Management542100%11350 CM500 Process Refinement: Contract Management0.5 days1/10/24 10:05 AM1/10/24 3:05 PMContract Management543100%11370Contract Management: Finalize any outstanding Contract processing decisions10 days1/10/24 3:05 PM1/25/24 3:05 PMContract Management544100%11380Contract Management: Practice topics in TRAIN10 days1/10/24 3:05 PM1/25/24 3:05 PMContract Management5450%11390 CM600 Process Refinement Review: Contract Management0.5 days1/25/24 3:05 PM1/26/24 10:05 AMContract Management546100%11410Contract Management: Practice topics in TRAIN5 days1/25/24 3:05 PM2/1/24 3:05 PMContract Management54791%0Process Refinement: Purchasing41.38 days12/28/23 3:05 PM2/28/24 9:07 AMPurchasing548100%11690Purchasing: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days12/28/23 3:05 PM1/10/24 3:05 PMPurchasing549100%11700 PU500 Process Refinement: Purchasing1 day1/10/24 3:05 PM1/11/24 3:05 PMPurchasing550100%11720Purchasing: Practice topics in TRAIN10 days1/11/24 3:05 PM1/26/24 3:05 PMPurchasing5510%11730 PU600 Process Refinement Review: Purchasing0.88 days2/12/24 10:05 AM2/13/24 9:07 AMPurchasing5520%11740Purchasing: Practice topics in TRAIN5 days2/13/24 9:07 AM2/20/24 9:07 AMPurchasing5530%11760 PU600 Process Refinement Review: Purchasing1 day2/27/24 9:07 AM2/28/24 9:07 AMPurchasing5540%11770Purchasing: Practice topics in TRAIN5 days2/28/24 9:07 AM3/6/24 9:07 AMPurchasing55599%0Process Refinement: Accounts Payable39.5 days1/16/24 3:05 PM3/12/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable556100%12130Accounts Payable: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/16/24 3:05 PM1/26/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable557100%12140 AP500 Process Refinement: Accounts Payable1 day1/26/24 3:05 PM1/29/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable558100%12160Accounts Payable: Finalize outstanding processing decisions10 days1/29/24 3:05 PM2/12/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable559100%12170Accounts Payable: Complete Recurring Invoice Templates in PROD Environment10 days1/29/24 3:05 PM2/12/24 3:05 PMAccounts Payable560100%12180Accounts Payable: Practice Accounts Payable topics in TRAIN10 days1/29/24 3:05 PM2/12/24 3:05 PMAccounts PayablePage 16 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module5610%12210 AP600 Process Refinement Review: Accounts Payable1 day2/13/24 10:05 AM2/14/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable562100%12230Accounts Payable: Obtain Bank Approval for Direct Deposit10 days2/13/24 10:05 AM2/27/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable563100%12240Accounts Payable: Obtain Bank Approval for File Transmissions (Check Recon/Positive Pay/EFT)10 days2/13/24 10:05 AM2/27/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable564100%12250Accounts Payable: Obtain bank approval for vendor checks design10 days2/13/24 10:05 AM2/27/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable565100%12260Accounts Payable: Practice topics in TRAIN20 days2/13/24 10:05 AM3/12/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable56631%0Process Refinement: Capital Assets112.5 days10/2/23 8:00 AM3/13/24 12:00 PMCapital Assets567100%12360Capital Assets: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/19/24 3:05 PM1/31/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets568100%12390 CA500 Process Refinement: Capital Assets1 day1/16/24 3:05 PM1/17/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets5690%12410Capital Assets: Finalize any outstanding processing decisions10 days1/17/24 3:05 PM1/31/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets5700%12420Capital Assets: Practice topics in TRAIN10 days1/17/24 3:05 PM1/31/24 3:05 PMCapital Assets5710%12430 CA600 Process Refinement Review: Capital Assets0.5 days1/31/24 3:05 PM2/1/24 10:05 AMCapital Assets5720%12450Capital Assets: Practice topics in TRAIN5 days2/1/24 10:05 AM2/8/24 10:05 AMCapital Assets57397%0Process Refinement: General Billing24 days1/8/24 3:05 PM2/12/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing574100%12550General Billing: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/8/24 3:05 PM1/19/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing575100%12560 GB500 Process Refinement: General Billing0.5 days1/19/24 3:05 PM1/22/24 10:05 AMGeneral Billing576100%12580General Billing: Finalize any outstanding decisions0.5 days1/22/24 10:05 AM1/22/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing577100%12590General Billing: Practice topics in TRAIN0.5 days1/22/24 10:05 AM1/22/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing5780%12600 GB600 Process Refinement Review: General Billing0.5 days2/5/24 3:05 PM2/6/24 10:05 AMGeneral Billing579100%12620General Billing: Practice topics in TRAIN5 days2/5/24 3:05 PM2/12/24 3:05 PMGeneral Billing58015%0Process Refinement: Cashiering141.75 days10/2/23 8:00 AM4/23/24 3:00 PMCashiering581100%12700 TC500 Process Refinement: Cashiering1 day1/31/24 3:05 PM2/1/24 3:05 PMCashiering5820%12715Send Chase Paymentech Training Videos to Client0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMPayments - Cashiering5830%12720Test Credit Card Payments through Cashiering - TEST/TRAIN0.25 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 10:00 AMPayments - Cashiering5840%12725Cashiering: Practice topics in TRAIN5 days2/1/24 3:05 PM2/8/24 3:05 PMCashiering5850%12730 TC600 Process Refinement Review: Cashiering0.5 days2/15/24 3:05 PM2/16/24 10:05 AMCashiering5860%12750Cashiering: Practice topics in TRAIN5 days2/16/24 10:05 AM2/23/24 10:05 AMCashiering58729%0Process Refinement: Accounts Receivable19 days1/23/24 3:05 PM2/19/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable588100%12830Accounts Receivable: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days1/23/24 3:05 PM2/2/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable589100%12840 AR500 Process Refinement: Accounts Receivable0.5 days2/2/24 3:05 PM2/5/24 10:05 AMAccounts Receivable5900%12860Accounts Receivable: Finalize any outstanding processing decisions10 days2/5/24 10:05 AM2/19/24 10:05 AMAccounts Receivable5910%12870Accounts Receivable: Practice topics in TRAIN10 days2/5/24 10:05 AM2/19/24 10:05 AMAccounts Receivable5920%12880 AR600 Process Refinement Review: Accounts Receivable0.5 days2/19/24 10:05 AM2/19/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable5930%12900Accounts Receivable: Practice topics in TRAIN20 days2/19/24 3:05 PM3/18/24 3:05 PMAccounts Receivable59464%0Process Refinement: Cash Management21.5 days2/1/24 10:05 AM3/1/24 3:05 PMCash Management595100%12980Cash Management: Complete processing training prerequisites (see agenda)8 days2/20/24 10:05 AM3/1/24 10:05 AMCash ManagementPage 17 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module596100%12990 TM500 Process Refinement: Cash Management1 day2/1/24 10:05 AM2/2/24 10:05 AMCash Management59750%13010Cash Management: Finalize any outstanding processing decisions10 days2/2/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMCash Management59850%13020Cash Management: Practice topics in TRAIN10 days2/2/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMCash Management5990%13030 TM600 Process Refinement Review: Cash Management0.5 days3/1/24 10:05 AM3/1/24 3:05 PMCash Management6000%13050Cash Management: Practice topics in TRAIN5 days3/1/24 3:05 PM3/8/24 3:05 PMCash Management601100%0Process Refinement: Forms Building& Validation114.26 days9/1/23 8:00 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMN/A602100%13390Forms: Order form Stock (Tyler Business Forms recommended)5 days12/18/23 8:00 AM12/22/23 5:00 PMForms603100%13400Forms: Order Tyler Printers if needed. Verify printer requirements10 days12/4/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 5:00 PMForms604100%13410Forms: Forms Printers Installed1 day1/10/24 8:00 AM1/10/24 5:00 PMForms605100%13420Forms: Forms Stock Received1 day1/10/24 8:00 AM1/10/24 5:00 PMForms606100%13430Tyler Forms: Provide Forms Request for Hardware Shipping doc1 day9/1/23 8:00 AM9/1/23 5:00 PMForms607100%0Forms74.26 days10/30/23 8:00 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMN/A608100%0Forms: Configuration11 days10/30/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMN/A609100%13470Accounts Payable: Tyler Forms: Complete Forms Configuration in PROD (Accounts Payable Check)5 days10/30/23 8:00 AM11/3/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable610100%13500Tyler Forms: Complete Forms Configuration in PROD (Purchasing Purchase Order)5 days10/30/23 8:00 AM11/3/23 5:00 PMPurchasing611100%13510Tyler Forms: Complete Forms Configuration in PROD (Purchasing Purchase Requisition)5 days10/30/23 8:00 AM11/3/23 5:00 PMPurchasing612100%13530Tyler Forms: Complete Forms Configuration in PROD (Contract)5 days11/6/23 8:00 AM11/10/23 5:00 PMContract Management613100%13540Tyler Forms: Complete Forms Configuration in PROD ( AR General Billing Invoice)5 days11/6/23 8:00 AM11/10/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable614100%13550Tyler Forms: Complete Forms Configuration in PROD ( AR General Billing Statement)5 days11/6/23 8:00 AM11/10/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable615100%13560Tyler Forms: Complete Forms Configuration in PROD ( AR Receipt)5 days11/6/23 8:00 AM11/10/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable616100%13600Accounts Payable: Tyler Forms: Copy Forms PROD to TRAIN and TEST (Accounts Payable)1 day11/6/23 8:00 AM11/6/23 5:00 PMAccounts Payable617100%13610Tyler Forms: Copy Forms PROD to TRAIN and TEST (Purchasing)1 day11/6/23 8:00 AM11/6/23 5:00 PMPurchasing618100%13620Tyler Forms: Copy Forms PROD to TRAIN and TEST (Contract)1 day11/13/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMContract Management619100%13630Tyler Forms: Copy Forms PROD to TRAIN and TEST (AR General Billing)1 day11/13/23 8:00 AM11/13/23 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable620100%0Forms: Review0.5 days2/7/24 3:05 PM2/8/24 10:05 AMN/A621100%13670Tyler Forms: Process Refinement: Review and Proof all Forms0.5 days2/7/24 3:05 PM2/8/24 10:05 AMForms622100%13680Tyler Forms: Review and Proof Forms in TEST (Accounts Payable)0.5 days2/7/24 3:05 PM2/8/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable623100%13690Tyler Forms: Review and Proof Forms in TEST (Purchase Order)0.5 days2/7/24 3:05 PM2/8/24 10:05 AMPurchasing624100%13700Tyler Forms: Review and Proof Forms in TEST (Contract)0.5 days2/7/24 3:05 PM2/8/24 10:05 AMContract Management625100%13710Tyler Forms: Review and Proof Forms in TEST (AR General Billing)0.5 days2/7/24 3:05 PM2/8/24 10:05 AMAccounts Receivable626100%0Forms: Updates5 days2/8/24 10:05 AM2/15/24 10:05 AMN/A627100%13750Tyler Forms: Update Forms Configuration in PROD as needed and refresh lower environments (Accounts Payable)5 days2/8/24 10:05 AM2/15/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable628100%13760Tyler Forms: Update Forms Configuration in PROD as needed and refresh lower environments (Purchase Order)5 days2/8/24 10:05 AM2/15/24 10:05 AMPurchasing629100%13770Tyler Forms: Update Forms Configuration in PROD as needed and refresh lower environments (Contracts)5 days2/8/24 10:05 AM2/15/24 10:05 AMContract Management630100%13780Tyler Forms: Update Forms Configuration in PROD as needed and refresh lower environments (General Billing)5 days2/8/24 10:05 AM2/15/24 10:05 AMAccounts ReceivablePage 18 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module631100%0Forms: Approval1 day2/15/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMN/A632100%13820Tyler Forms: Approve Forms (Accounts Payable)1 day2/15/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMAccounts Payable633100%13830Tyler Forms: Approve Forms (Purchase Order)1 day2/15/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMPurchasing634100%13840Tyler Forms: Approve Forms (Contracts)1 day2/15/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMContract Management635100%13850Tyler Forms: Approve Forms (AR General Billing)1 day2/15/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMAccounts Receivable63680%0Process Refinement: Solution Validation Prep15 days7/18/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMN/A637100%14460Provide standard Solution Validation Test script to Client1 day7/18/24 8:00 AM7/18/24 5:00 PMN/A638100%14470General Ledger: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger639100%14480General Ledger: Update Solution Validation Testing Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger640100%14490Budget: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Budget Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMBudget641100%14500Budget: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Budget Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMBudget642100%14530Purchasing: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMPurchasing643100%14540Purchasing: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMPurchasing644100%14550Accounts Payable: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable645100%14560Accounts Payable: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable646100%14590Contract Management: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMContract Management647100%14600Contract Management: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMContract Management648100%14610Cash Management: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMCash Management649100%14620Cash Management: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMCash Management6500%14650Capital Assets: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets6510%14660Capital Assets: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets6520%14670Accounts Receivable: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable6530%14680Accounts Receivable: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable654100%14690Cashiering: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMCashiering655100%14700Cashiering: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMCashiering656100%14710General Billing: Determine Desired Tasks or Processes for Testing in Solution Validation10 days7/19/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing657100%14720General Billing: Update Solution Validation Script with desired Topics or Processes4 days8/2/24 8:00 AM8/7/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing65888%03.4 Conversion Delivery281 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/10/24 5:00 PMN/A659100%0Conversion Delivery: Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts) COA Builder26 days11/14/23 8:00 AM12/21/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts660100%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts) - COA Builder Session 410.5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts661100%15600COA300 Accounting Std COA: COA Design Import Session 4 via Remote Session0.5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/14/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts662100%15610Accounting Std COA: IC Imports the downloaded file from the COA Builder into EERP Test or Train database0.5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/14/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts663100%15620Accounting Std COA: Tyler COA Implementation Consultant Validates the COA upon completion of the Import0.5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/14/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts664100%15630Accounting Std COA: Tyler COA Implementation Consultant to assist Client in proofing imported COA data0.5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/14/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts665100%15640Accounting Std COA: Client to make corrections to Import Templates in the COA Builder5 days11/14/23 8:00 AM11/20/23 5:00 PMChart of AccountsPage 19 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module666100%15650Accounting Std COA: Continue or Complete Building of all COA Accounts10 days11/14/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts667100%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts) - COA Builder Session 510.5 days11/30/23 1:00 PM12/14/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts668100%15670 COA300 Accounting Std COA: COA Design Import Session 5 via Remote Session - if needed!0.5 days11/30/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts669100%15680Accounting Std COA: IC Imports the downloaded file from the COA Builder into EERP Test or Train database0.5 days11/30/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts670100%15690Accounting Std COA: Tyler COA Implementation Consultant Validates the COA upon completion of the Import0.5 days11/30/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts671100%15700Accounting Std COA: Tyler COA Implementation Consultant to assist Client in proofing imported COA data0.5 days11/30/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts672100%15710Accounting Std COA: Client to make corrections to Import Templates in the COA Builder5 days11/30/23 1:00 PM12/7/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts673100%15720Accounting Std COA: Continue or Complete Building of all COA Accounts10 days12/1/23 8:00 AM12/14/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts674100%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts) - COA Builder Session 65 days12/15/23 8:00 AM12/21/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts675100%15740 COA300 Accounting Std COA: COA Design Import Session 6 via Remote Session - if needed!0.5 days12/15/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts676100%15750Accounting Std COA: IC Imports the downloaded file from the COA Builder into EERP Test or Train database0.5 days12/15/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts677100%15760Accounting Std COA: Tyler COA Implementation Consultant Validates the COA upon completion of the Import0.5 days12/15/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts678100%15770Accounting Std COA: Tyler COA Implementation Consultant to assist Client in proofing imported COA data0.5 days12/15/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 12:00 PMChart of Accounts679100%15780Accounting Std COA: Client to make corrections to Import Templates in the COA Builder5 days12/15/23 8:00 AM12/21/23 5:00 PMChart of Accounts680100%0Conversion Delivery: Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) and 1099 Amounts55 days12/27/23 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable681100%0Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master)55 days12/27/23 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable682100%15810Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: First Pass Due to Client1 day12/27/23 4:02 PM12/28/23 4:02 PMAccounts Payable683100%15820Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Load first pass into TRAIN or TEST0.5 days12/29/23 4:02 PM1/2/24 11:02 AMAccounts Payable684100%15830 Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Vendors Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days1/2/24 11:02 AM1/2/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable685100%15840Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Proof first Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days1/2/24 4:02 PM1/17/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable686100%15850Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Second pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days1/17/24 4:02 PM1/31/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable687100%15860Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for second pass data1 day1/30/24 4:02 PM1/31/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable688100%15870Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Second Pass Due to Client1 day2/14/24 4:02 PM2/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable689100%15880Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Load second pass into TRAIN or TEST1 day2/15/24 4:02 PM2/16/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable690100%15890Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Proof second Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days2/16/24 4:02 PM3/1/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable691100%15900Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional passes, as needed10 days3/1/24 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable692100%15910Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final pass0 days3/15/24 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable693100%0Accounts Payable Standard Master (1099's) - Conversion55 days12/27/23 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable694100%15930AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: First Pass Due to Client1 day12/27/23 4:02 PM12/28/23 4:02 PMAccounts Payable695100%15940AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Load first pass into TRAIN or TEST0.5 days12/29/23 4:02 PM1/2/24 11:02 AMAccounts Payable696100%15950 AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: 1099's Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days1/2/24 11:02 AM1/2/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable697100%15960AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Proof first Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days1/2/24 4:02 PM1/17/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable698100%15970AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Second pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days1/17/24 4:02 PM1/31/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable699100%15980AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Run and save proofing reports for second pass data1 day1/30/24 4:02 PM1/31/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable700100%15990AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Second Pass Due to Client1 day2/14/24 4:02 PM2/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts PayablePage 20 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module701100%16000AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Load second pass into TRAIN or TEST1 day2/15/24 4:02 PM2/16/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable702100%16010AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Proof second Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days2/16/24 4:02 PM3/1/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable703100%16020AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional passes, as needed10 days3/1/24 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable704100%16030AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final pass0 days3/15/24 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable705100%0Accounts Payable Standard Master (1099's) - Import55 days12/27/23 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable706100%16050AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Due for Import1 day12/27/23 4:02 PM12/28/23 4:02 PMAccounts Payable707100%16060AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Load first pass into TRAIN or TEST0.5 days12/29/23 4:02 PM1/2/24 11:02 AMAccounts Payable708100%16070 AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: 1099's Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days1/2/24 11:02 AM1/2/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable709100%16080AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Proof first Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days1/2/24 4:02 PM1/17/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable710100%16090AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Second pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days1/17/24 4:02 PM1/31/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable711100%16100AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Run and save proofing reports for second pass data1 day1/30/24 4:02 PM1/31/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable712100%16110AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Second Pass Due for Import1 day2/14/24 4:02 PM2/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable713100%16120AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Load second pass into TRAIN or TEST1 day2/15/24 4:02 PM2/16/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable714100%16130AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Proof second Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days2/16/24 4:02 PM3/1/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable715100%16140AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional passes, as needed10 days3/1/24 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable716100%16150AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final pass0 days3/15/24 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMAccounts Payable717100%0Conversion Delivery: Accounting Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years)143.26 days9/1/23 8:00 AM3/28/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger718100%0Accounting Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 3 years) - Conversion66.26 days12/22/23 8:00 AM3/28/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger719100%16540Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): First Year Due to Client1 day12/22/23 8:00 AM12/22/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger720100%16550Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Set GL Settings to first year of history converted1 day1/23/24 10:05 AM1/24/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger721100%16560Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals up to 5 years): Import first year actuals journal and post to period 12 in TRAIN or TEST1 day1/23/24 10:05 AM1/24/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger722100%16570 Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): GL Actuals Import, posting and proofing assistance (Optional)0.5 days1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger723100%16580Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Review first year data in GL Account Inquiry, YTD Budget Report and reconcile to legacy system1 day1/24/24 10:05 AM1/25/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger724100%16590Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Make adjusting entries to beginning balances as needed for first year data1 day1/24/24 10:05 AM1/25/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger725100%16600Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Repeat imports, posting and proofing for each year converted on first year1 day1/24/24 10:05 AM1/25/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger726100%16610Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Proof first year5 days1/25/24 10:05 AM2/1/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger727100%16620Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Load first year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day2/1/24 10:05 AM2/2/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger728100%16630Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Second Year crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days2/2/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger729100%16640Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Run and save proofing reports for second year data1 day2/15/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger730100%16650Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Second Year Due to Client1 day3/1/24 10:05 AM3/4/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger731100%16660Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Load second year into TRAIN or TEST1 day3/4/24 10:05 AM3/5/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger732100%16670Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Perform posting tasks in TRAIN or TEST Environment for second year1 day3/5/24 10:05 AM3/6/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger733100%16680Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Proof second year5 days3/6/24 10:05 AM3/13/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger734100%16690Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Load second year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day3/13/24 10:05 AM3/14/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger735100%16700Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional years, as needed10 days3/14/24 10:05 AM3/28/24 10:05 AMGeneral LedgerPage 21 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module736100%16630Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Third Year crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days2/2/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger737100%16640Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Run and save proofing reports for Third year data1 day2/15/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger738100%16650Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Third Year Due to Client1 day3/1/24 10:05 AM3/4/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger739100%16660Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Load third year into TRAIN or TEST1 day3/4/24 10:05 AM3/5/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger740100%16670Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Perform posting tasks in TRAIN or TEST Environment for third year1 day3/5/24 10:05 AM3/6/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger741100%16680Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Proof third year5 days3/6/24 10:05 AM3/13/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger742100%16690Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Load third year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day3/13/24 10:05 AM3/14/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger743100%16630Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Fourth Year crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days2/2/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger744100%16640Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Run and save proofing reports for fourth year data1 day2/15/24 10:05 AM2/16/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger745100%16650Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Fourth Year Due to Client1 day3/1/24 10:05 AM3/4/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger746100%16660Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Load fourth year into TRAIN or TEST1 day3/4/24 10:05 AM3/5/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger747100%16670Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Perform posting tasks in TRAIN or TEST Environment for fourth year1 day3/5/24 10:05 AM3/6/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger748100%16680Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Proof fourth year5 days3/6/24 10:05 AM3/13/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger749100%16690Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Load fourth year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day3/13/24 10:05 AM3/14/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger750100%16710Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final year0 days3/28/24 10:05 AM3/28/24 10:05 AMGeneral Ledger751100%0Accounting Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years) - Import61.5 days9/1/23 8:00 AM11/30/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger752100%16730Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (1st Year): First Year Due for Import1 day11/22/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger753100%16750Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (1st Year): Import first year actuals journal and post to period 12 in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days11/27/23 8:00 AM11/27/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger754100%16760 Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (1st Year): Imports, posting and proofing assistance (Optional)0.5 days11/28/23 8:00 AM11/28/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger755100%16780Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (1st Year): Make adjusting entries to beginning balances as needed for first year data1 day11/28/23 1:00 PM11/29/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger756100%16810Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (1st Year): Load first year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day11/29/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger757100%16730Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (2nd Year): Second Year Due for Import1 day11/22/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger758100%16750Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (2nd Year): Import second year actuals journal and post to period 12 in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days11/27/23 8:00 AM11/27/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger759100%16760 Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (2nd Year): Imports, posting and proofing assistance (Optional)0.5 days11/28/23 8:00 AM11/28/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger760100%16780Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (2nd Year): Make adjusting entries to beginning balances as needed for second year data1 day11/28/23 1:00 PM11/29/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger761100%16810Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (2nd Year): Load second year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day11/29/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger762100%16730Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (3rd Year): Third Year Due for Import1 day11/22/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger763100%16750Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (3rd Year): Import third year actuals journal and post to period 12 in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days11/27/23 8:00 AM11/27/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger764100%16760 Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (3rd Year): Imports, posting and proofing assistance (Optional)0.5 days11/28/23 8:00 AM11/28/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger765100%16780Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (3rd Year): Make adjusting entries to beginning balances as needed for third year data1 day11/28/23 1:00 PM11/29/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger766100%16810Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (3rd Year): Load Third year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day11/29/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger767100%16730Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (4th Year): Fourth Year Due for Import1 day11/22/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger768100%16750Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (4th Year): Import fourth year actuals journal and post to period 12 in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days11/27/23 8:00 AM11/27/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger769100%16760 Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (4th Year): Imports, posting and proofing assistance (Optional)0.5 days11/28/23 8:00 AM11/28/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger770100%16780Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (4th Year): Make adjusting entries to beginning balances as needed for fourth year data1 day11/28/23 1:00 PM11/29/23 12:00 PMGeneral LedgerPage 22 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module771100%16810Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (4th Year): Load fourth year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day11/29/23 1:00 PM11/30/23 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger772100%16900Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 3 years): Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final year0 days9/1/23 8:00 AM9/1/23 8:00 AMGeneral Ledger773100%0Conversion Delivery: Accounting Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years)71 days11/22/23 8:00 AM3/6/24 5:00 PMBudget774100%0Accounting Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years) - Conversion51 days12/22/23 8:00 AM3/6/24 5:00 PMBudget775100%16930Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): First Year Due to Client1 day12/22/23 8:00 AM12/22/23 5:00 PMBudget776100%16940 Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Budget Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days12/26/23 8:00 AM12/26/23 12:00 PMBudget777100%16950Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Import first year budget amendment journal and post to period 12 in TRAIN or TEST1 day12/26/23 8:00 AM12/26/23 5:00 PMBudget778100%16960Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Close period 12 in TRAIN or TEST1 day12/27/23 8:00 AM12/27/23 5:00 PMBudget779100%16970Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Close year in TRAIN or TEST1 day12/28/23 8:00 AM12/28/23 5:00 PMBudget780100%16980Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Review first year budget projection/s in NY Budget Entry and post in TRAIN or TEST1 day12/29/23 8:00 AM12/29/23 5:00 PMBudget781100%16990Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Repeat imports, posting and proofing for each year converted for first year1 day1/2/24 8:00 AM1/2/24 5:00 PMBudget782100%17000Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Proof first year in TRAIN or TEST5 days1/3/24 8:00 AM1/9/24 5:00 PMBudget783100%17010Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Load first year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day1/10/24 8:00 AM1/10/24 5:00 PMBudget784100%17020Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Second Year crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days1/11/24 8:00 AM1/25/24 5:00 PMBudget785100%17030Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Run and save proofing reports for second year data1 day1/25/24 8:00 AM1/25/24 5:00 PMBudget786100%17040Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Second Year Due to Client1 day2/9/24 8:00 AM2/9/24 5:00 PMBudget787100%17050Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Load second year into TRAIN or TEST1 day2/12/24 8:00 AM2/12/24 5:00 PMBudget788100%17060Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Perform posting tasks in Train Environment for second year1 day2/13/24 8:00 AM2/13/24 5:00 PMBudget789100%17070Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Proof second Year in TRAIN or TEST5 days2/14/24 8:00 AM2/20/24 5:00 PMBudget790100%17080Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Load second year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day2/21/24 8:00 AM2/21/24 5:00 PMBudget791100%17090Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional years, as needed10 days2/22/24 8:00 AM3/6/24 5:00 PMBudget792100%17100Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final year0 days3/6/24 5:00 PM3/6/24 5:00 PMBudget793100%0Accounting Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years) - Import66.76 days11/22/23 8:00 AM2/29/24 3:05 PMBudget794100%17120Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): First Year Due for Import1 day11/22/23 8:00 AM11/22/23 5:00 PMBudget795100%17130 Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Budget Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 10:05 AMBudget796100%17140Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Import first year budget amendment journal and post to period 12 in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 10:05 AMBudget797100%17150Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Close period 12 in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 10:05 AMBudget798100%17160Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Close year in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 10:05 AMBudget799100%17170Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Review first year budget projection/s in NY Budget Entry and post in TRAIN or TEST1 day1/23/24 3:05 PM1/24/24 3:05 PMBudget800100%17180Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Repeat imports, posting and proofing for each year converted for first year1 day1/24/24 3:05 PM1/25/24 3:05 PMBudget801100%17190Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Proof first year in TRAIN or TEST5 days1/25/24 3:05 PM2/1/24 3:05 PMBudget802100%17200Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Load first year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day2/1/24 3:05 PM2/2/24 3:05 PMBudget803100%17210Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Second Year Due for Import1 day2/16/24 3:05 PM2/19/24 3:05 PMBudget804100%17220 Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Imports, posting and proofing assistance (Optional)0.5 days2/19/24 3:05 PM2/20/24 10:05 AMBudget805100%17230Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Import first year budget amendment journal and post to period 12 in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days2/19/24 3:05 PM2/20/24 10:05 AMBudgetPage 23 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module806100%17240Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Close period 12 in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days2/19/24 3:05 PM2/20/24 10:05 AMBudget807100%17250Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Close year in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days2/19/24 3:05 PM2/20/24 10:05 AMBudget808100%17260Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Review second year budget projection/s in NY Budget Entry and post in TRAIN or TEST1 day2/19/24 3:05 PM2/20/24 3:05 PMBudget809100%17270Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Repeat imports, posting and proofing for each year converted for first year1 day2/20/24 3:05 PM2/21/24 3:05 PMBudget810100%17280Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Proof second year in TRAIN or TEST5 days2/21/24 3:05 PM2/28/24 3:05 PMBudget811100%17290Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Load second year into PROD when fully Proofed1 day2/28/24 3:05 PM2/29/24 3:05 PMBudget812100%17300Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Conversion Import proofing Complete and ready for final year0 days2/29/24 3:05 PM2/29/24 3:05 PMBudget813100%0Conversion Delivery: Purchasing - Purchase Orders - Standard (Open PO's)55 days2/27/24 4:02 PM5/14/24 4:02 PMPurchasing814100%17320Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: First Pass Due to Client1 day2/27/24 4:02 PM2/28/24 4:02 PMPurchasing815100%17330Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Load first pass into TRAIN or TEST0.5 days2/29/24 4:02 PM3/1/24 11:02 AMPurchasing816100%17340 Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: PO Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days3/1/24 11:02 AM3/1/24 4:02 PMPurchasing817100%17350Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Proof first Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days3/1/24 4:02 PM3/15/24 4:02 PMPurchasing818100%17360Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Second pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days3/15/24 4:02 PM3/29/24 4:02 PMPurchasing819100%17370Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for second pass data1 day3/28/24 4:02 PM3/29/24 4:02 PMPurchasing820100%17380Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Second Pass Due to Client1 day4/12/24 4:02 PM4/15/24 4:02 PMPurchasing821100%17390Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Load second pass into TRAIN or TEST1 day4/15/24 4:02 PM4/16/24 4:02 PMPurchasing822100%17400Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Proof second Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days4/16/24 4:02 PM4/30/24 4:02 PMPurchasing823100%17410Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional passes, as needed10 days4/30/24 4:02 PM5/14/24 4:02 PMPurchasing824100%17420Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final pass0 days5/14/24 4:02 PM5/14/24 4:02 PMPurchasing825100%0Conversion Delivery: Accounts Payable Opt 1 - Checks55 days1/22/24 8:00 AM4/5/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable826100%18590AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: First Pass Due to Client1 day1/22/24 8:00 AM1/22/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable827100%18600AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Load first pass into TRAIN or TEST0.5 days1/24/24 8:00 AM1/24/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable828100%18610 AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: AP Checks Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days1/24/24 1:00 PM1/24/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable829100%18620AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Proof first Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days1/25/24 8:00 AM2/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable830100%18630AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Second pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days2/8/24 8:00 AM2/21/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable831100%18640AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Run and save proofing reports for second pass data1 day2/21/24 8:00 AM2/21/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable832100%18650AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Second Pass Due to Client1 day3/7/24 8:00 AM3/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable833100%18660AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Load second pass into TRAIN or TEST1 day3/8/24 8:00 AM3/8/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable834100%18670AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Proof second Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days3/11/24 8:00 AM3/22/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable835100%18680AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional passes, as needed10 days3/25/24 8:00 AM4/5/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable836100%18690AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final pass0 days4/5/24 5:00 PM4/5/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable837100%0Conversion Delivery: Accounts Payable Opt 2 - Invoices186 days1/22/24 8:00 AM10/10/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable838100%18710AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: First Pass Due to Client1 day1/22/24 8:00 AM1/22/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable839100%18720AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Load first pass into TRAIN or TEST0.5 days1/24/24 8:00 AM1/24/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable840100%18730 AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: AP Invoices Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days1/24/24 1:00 PM1/24/24 5:00 PMAccounts PayablePage 24 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module841100%18740AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Proof first Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days1/25/24 8:00 AM2/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable842100%18750AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Second Pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days2/8/24 8:00 AM2/21/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable843100%18760AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Run and save proofing reports for second pass data1 day2/21/24 8:00 AM2/21/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable844100%18770AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Second Pass Due to Client1 day3/7/24 8:00 AM3/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable845100%18780AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Load second pass into TRAIN or TEST1 day3/8/24 8:00 AM3/8/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable846100%18790AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Proof second Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days3/11/24 8:00 AM3/22/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable847100%18800AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional passes, as needed2 days10/9/24 8:00 AM10/10/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable848100%18810AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final pass0 days10/10/24 5:00 PM10/10/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable8490%0Conversion Delivery: Capital Asset Std Master75 days12/6/23 8:00 AM3/22/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8500%0Capital Asset Std Master - Conversion55 days1/5/24 8:00 AM3/22/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8510%18840Capital Asset Std Conversion: First Pass Due to Client1 day1/5/24 8:00 AM1/5/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8520%18850Capital Asset Std Conversion: Load first pass into TRAIN or TEST0.5 days1/9/24 8:00 AM1/9/24 12:00 PMCapital Assets8530%18860 Capital Asset Std Conversion: Capital Assets Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days1/9/24 1:00 PM1/9/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8540%18870Capital Asset Std Conversion: Proof first Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days1/10/24 8:00 AM1/24/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8550%18880Capital Asset Std Conversion: Second pass crosswalks, file maps and legacy data due to Tyler10 days1/25/24 8:00 AM2/7/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8560%18890Capital Asset Std Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for second pass data1 day2/7/24 8:00 AM2/7/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8570%18900Capital Asset Std Conversion: Second Pass Due to Client1 day2/22/24 8:00 AM2/22/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8580%18910Capital Asset Std Conversion: Load second pass into TRAIN or TEST1 day2/23/24 8:00 AM2/23/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8590%18920Capital Asset Std Conversion: Proof second Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days2/26/24 8:00 AM3/8/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8600%18930Capital Asset Std Conversion: Updated crosswalks, file maps, legacy data, proofing reports for additional passes, as needed10 days3/11/24 8:00 AM3/22/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8610%18940Capital Asset Std Conversion: Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final pass0 days3/22/24 5:00 PM3/22/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8620%0Capital Asset Std Master - Import30 days12/6/23 8:00 AM1/19/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8630%18960Capital Asset Std Import: First Pass Due for Import1 day12/6/23 8:00 AM12/6/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets8640%18970Capital Asset Std Import: Load first Pass in TRAIN or TEST0.5 days12/8/23 8:00 AM12/8/23 12:00 PMCapital Assets8650%18980 Capital Asset Std Import: Capital Assets Import, Posting and Proofing Assistance (Optional)0.5 days12/8/23 1:00 PM12/8/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets8660%18990Capital Asset Std Import: Proof first Pass in TRAIN or TEST5 days12/11/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets8670%19000Capital Asset Std Import: Run and save proofing reports for second pass data1 day12/15/23 8:00 AM12/15/23 5:00 PMCapital Assets8680%19010Capital Asset Std Import: Second Pass Due for Import1 day1/3/24 8:00 AM1/3/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8690%19020Capital Asset Std Import: Load second pass into TRAIN or TEST1 day1/4/24 8:00 AM1/4/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8700%19030Capital Asset Std Import: Proof second Pass in TRAIN or TEST10 days1/5/24 8:00 AM1/19/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8710%19040Capital Asset Std Import: Conversion proofing Complete and ready for final pass0 days1/19/24 5:00 PM1/19/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets8720%03.7 Control Point: Stage Acceptance0 days10/10/24 5:00 PM10/10/24 5:00 PMN/A8730%80030Sign Control Point 3 Acceptance Form - Build & Validate0 days10/10/24 5:00 PM10/10/24 5:00 PMN/A87416%04 Production Readiness56 days9/5/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 5:00 PMN/A87571%04.1 Solution Validation 31 days9/13/24 8:00 AM10/25/24 5:00 PMN/APage 25 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module87610%20239Review EERP versions to ensure all environments (Prod, Test, Train, etc) are up to date, in sync and on the latest service packs. All environments should be on the same version and service pack.1 day9/20/24 8:00 AM9/20/24 5:00 PMN/A87790%20240Finalize Solution Validation script(s)20 days9/13/24 8:00 AM10/11/24 8:00 AMN/A87890%20250UAT900 Conduct Solution Validation5 days10/11/24 8:00 AM10/17/24 5:00 PMN/A8790%20260UAT900 Conduct Solution Validation5 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/24/24 5:00 PMN/A8800%20270Report issues from Solution Validation to Tyler PM1 day10/25/24 8:00 AM10/25/24 5:00 PMN/A88117%04.2 Go-Live Readiness56 days9/5/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 5:00 PMN/A88298%0Go-Live Readiness: Prep52 days9/5/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A883100%20290Review and Update Project Operational Plan1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PM884100%20310Tyler PM to download and complete the Support Transition doc1 day9/27/24 8:00 AM9/27/24 5:00 PMN/A885100%20320Tyler PM to coordinate with the Product Support Managers a date and time for the Support Transition Call1 day10/3/24 8:00 AM10/3/24 5:00 PMN/A886100%20330Go-Live Planning Session0.5 days10/3/24 8:00 AM10/3/24 12:00 PMN/A887100%20340Tyler Disaster Recovery Services: Open case for installation via Hosting Services Catalog1 day9/5/24 8:00 AM9/5/24 5:00 PMN/A888100%20350Receive transfer confirmation and CRM number from Tyler Disaster Recovery Services1 day9/13/24 8:00 AM9/13/24 5:00 PMN/A889100%20360Tyler Disaster Recovery Services: Discuss key dates for annual testing1 day9/23/24 8:00 AM9/23/24 5:00 PMN/A890100%20370Tyler Disaster Recovery Services: Upload or provide links to Disaster Recovery related documents1 day9/24/24 8:00 AM9/24/24 5:00 PMN/A891100%20380Review& Finalize Details for decentralized User Training1 day10/30/24 8:00 AM10/30/24 5:00 PMN/A892100%20390Confirm the number of sessions/dates/times of end user training then create or map out a training schedule1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A893100%20400Determine who will conduct each End User training session1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A894100%20410Identify and schedule the room(s) and equipment needed for training1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A895100%20420Identify who will be responsible for answering decentralized user questions (Help Desk, Super User)1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A896100%20430Identify a member of management to be present at each training session1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A897100%20440Confirm invites have gone out to all attendees1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A898100%20450Identify any post live decentralized training sessions and/or labs and when they will be scheduled1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A899100%20460Identify if documentation will be provided and who will create it1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A900100%20470Identify a contingency plan for users who miss sessions1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A901100%20480Verify that all Conversions are Complete& Ready for Final Pass1 day11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A902100%20490Accounts Payable: Confirm AP vendor conversion is approved/ loaded1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable903100%20500General Ledger: Confirm prior yr(s) and current yr Actuals and Budget conversions are approved/ loaded1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger9040%20510Capital Assets: Confirm that final Capital Asset History conversion is approved/ loaded1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMCapital Assets905100%20520Confirm that all COA maintenance is complete1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMChart of Accounts906100%20540General Billing: Confirm General Billing customers are created1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMGeneral Billing907100%20550General Ledger: Will the year be closed in EERP prior to Go-Live (For CF PO’s, GASB, etc.)1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger908100%20560Budget: Will next year’s budget be finalized by Go-Live (fiscal yr. Go-Lives)1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMBudget909100%20570Tyler Reporting Services: Are there any custom reports required by Go-Live?1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMReporting Services910100%20580Forms: Verify that all Forms Templates are Loaded & Tested1 day11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMFormsPage 26 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module911100%20590Budget: Load client's Original Budget(fiscal yr. Go-Lives) and client's revised Budgets and Amendments1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMBudget912100%20600Purchasing: Load client open Purchase Orders (if applicable)1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMPurchasing913100%20610General Ledger: Confirm and load client starting balances prior to Go-Live1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger914100%20630Is Final Go-Live Prep day(s) scheduled? (To review setup with client and sign off on Go-Live Checklist)1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A915100%20640Is Review Training needed/scheduled? Topics, days, attendees, open sessions?1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A916100%20650Are there any schedule issues/ conflicts through Go-Live?1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A917100%20660Is there sufficient Go-Live Support scheduled1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A918100%20670Verify the Final Go Live Dates from the Clients Legacy System to EERP1 day10/25/24 1:00 PM10/28/24 12:00 PMN/A919100%20680Tyler Project Manager to Complete the Go-Live Planning document0.5 days10/3/24 1:00 PM10/3/24 5:00 PMN/A920100%20690Tyler Project Manager to customize Go-Live Checklist document1 day10/4/24 8:00 AM10/4/24 5:00 PMN/A921100%20700Tyler Project Manager to Deliver customized Go-Live Plan and Checklist to Client Project Manager1 day10/10/24 1:00 PM10/11/24 12:00 PMN/A922100%20710Review and accept Go-Live Plan and Checklist; report changes to Tyler PM5 days10/11/24 1:00 PM10/18/24 12:00 PMN/A9230%0Go-Live Readiness: Checklist56 days9/5/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 5:00 PMN/A9242%0System Administration56 days9/5/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration9250%20740System Admin: System Department Codes have been Established and assigned to All Users - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMSystem Administration9260%20750RBAC: All Roles have been Established in Roles program in Sys Admin - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMRBAC9270%20760System Admin: All Users have been Added through User Attributes - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration9280%20770System Admin: All Users have been assigned the Proper Roles - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration9290%20780HUB: Cards are Created and assigned to All Users - in PROD Environment0.25 days9/5/24 8:00 AM9/5/24 10:00 AMHUB930100%20790HUB: Templates assigned to Users - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/10/24 8:00 AM10/10/24 10:00 AMHUB9310%20800RBAC: All Approvers have been Promoted In User Attributes - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMRBAC9320%20810Workflow: WF Business Rules have been Established and Tested for All Processes Identified During Analysis - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMWorkflow9330%20820System Admin: Centrals and .net Programs Tested and available to Appropriate Users0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMSystem Administration9340%20830System Admin: EERP Icons/Website for PROD and TRAIN added to Desktop for All Users0.25 days11/21/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 10:00 AMSystem Administration9350%20840System Admin: All Users will have Completed initial training1 day11/21/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration9360%20850System Admin: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration9370%20860System Admin: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration9380%20870System Admin: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration9390%20880System Admin: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMSystem Administration9400%0Conversions1.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/18/24 10:00 AMN/A9410%20900Accounting Std COA: Final COA Pass Is Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMChart of Accounts9420%20910Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): 1st Yr Beginning Balances Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMGeneral Ledger9430%20920Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): 1st Yr Budget Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMBudget9440%20930Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): 1st Yr Budget Amendments/Transfers Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMBudget9450%20940Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 3 years): 1st Yr Actuals Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMGeneral LedgerPage 27 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module9460%20950Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): 2nd Yr Budget Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMBudget9470%20960Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): 2nd Yr Budget Amendments/Transfers Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMBudget9480%20970Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 3 years): 2nd Yr Actuals Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMGeneral Ledger9490%20980Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Current Year Budget Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMBudget9500%20990Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Next Year Budget Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment if going Live on Fiscal Year0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMBudget9510%21000Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 3 years): Current Year Actuals Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMGeneral Ledger9520%21010Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) Conversion: Final AP Vendor Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable9530%21020AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Final AP Vendor Checks Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable9540%21030AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Final AP Vendor Invoices Pass Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable9550%21040Contracts Conversion - Final Contracts Pass Is Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMContract Management9560%21050Capital Asset Std Conversion: Final CA Master Pass Is Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMCapital Assets9570%21060Capital Asset Conversion Opt 1 - History: Final Capital Asset History Pass Is Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMCapital Assets9580%21070General Billing Std CID (Customers): Final GB Customer Conversion Pass Is Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing9590%21080Final GB Recurring Invoices Pass Is Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing9600%21090GB Conversion Opt 2 - Bills (Invoices): Final General Billing Invoice Pass Is Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing9610%21140Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Final Open PO Conversion Pass Is Confirmed and Loaded - in PROD Environment0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMPurchasing9620%21150AP Vendors Conversion: 1099 Summary Import - Plan Go-Live Dates for Post Production0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable9630%21160AP Vendors Conversion: 1099 Summary Import - Plan Go-Live Dates for Post Production0.25 days11/15/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable9640%21170Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)0.25 days11/15/24 10:00 AM11/15/24 12:00 PMN/A9650%21180Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)0.25 days11/15/24 1:00 PM11/15/24 3:00 PMN/A9660%21190Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)0.25 days11/15/24 3:00 PM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A9670%21200Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)0.25 days11/18/24 8:00 AM11/18/24 10:00 AMN/A9680%0Forms / Custom Forms1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A9690%21220Check Stock and Micr Toner have been Ordered and Received1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable9700%21230Printed AP Checks are Tested and Confirmed By The Bank1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable9710%21240Printed AP EFT Advices are Tested and Confirmed1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable9720%21250AP Positive Pay File Tested and Sent to The Bank for Approval If Using1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable9730%21260Printed PO's are Tested and Confirmed0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing9740%21270PO Distribution Confirmed Through Printing Process if using0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing9750%21280PO Faxing and Emailing Tested0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing9760%21290Printed GB Invoices are Tested and Confirmed0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing9770%21300Printed GB Statements are Tested and Confirmed0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing9780%21310GB and Misc. Cash Receipts are Tested and Confirmed0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing9790%21320Contract Forms are Tested and Confirmed0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMContract Management9800%21350All Tyler Forms have been Approved and Loaded0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMProject AccountingPage 28 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module9810%21360Forms: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMForms9820%21370Forms: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMForms9830%21380Forms: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMForms9840%21390Forms: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMForms9850%0General Ledger1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9860%21410General Ledger: Settings Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Ledger9870%21420General Ledger: Journal Number Control Set - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Ledger9880%21430General Ledger: DTDF's Setup Complete and Tested if using - in TRAIN Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Ledger9890%21440General Ledger: Journal Import Templates Built if using - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9900%21450General Ledger: Validate all COA Accounts have been Built or Imported - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9910%21460General Ledger: Proper Year/Period set in GL Settings for Go-Live Cutover1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9920%21470General Ledger: Allocation Codes setup Complete - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9930%21480General Ledger: User Defined Fields/Codes Complete - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9940%21490General Ledger: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9950%21500General Ledger: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9960%21510General Ledger: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9970%21520General Ledger: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9980%21530General Ledger: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger9990%0Budget1.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 10:00 AMBudget10000%21550Budget: Budget Settings Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMBudget10010%21560Budget: Budgetary Flag Confirmed on all Accounts - in PROD Environment0.75 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 3:00 PMBudget10020%21620Budget: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 10:00 AM11/1/24 10:00 AMBudget10030%21640Budget: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMBudget10040%21650Budget: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMBudget10050%21660Budget: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMBudget10060%21670Budget: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMBudget10070%0Purchasing5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10080%21880Purchasing: Settings, all tabs, Complete - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10090%21890Purchasing: Department Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10100%21900Purchasing: Commodity Codes Complete if not Conv/Import if using - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMPurchasing10110%21910Purchasing: Bill To/Ship to Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10120%21920Purchasing: Standard Notes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10130%21930Purchasing: Requisition Misc. Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10140%21940Purchasing: Requisition User Defined Fields and Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10150%21950Purchasing: Purchase Order Misc. Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasingPage 29 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module10160%21960Purchasing: Manufactures Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10170%21970Purchasing: Units of Measure Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10180%21980Purchasing: Items built and Complete if using - in PROD Environment2 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10190%21990Purchasing: Procurement Order form Classifications Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10200%22000Purchasing: Procurement Item Order forms built and Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMPurchasing10210%22010Purchasing: Custom Req forms Created if using - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10220%22020Purchasing: User Defined Fields Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10230%22030Purchasing: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10240%22040Contract Management: Contract Misc. Codes Complete (Contract Type/Insurance Carrier/Type) - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMContract Management10250%22050Contract Management: Contract Type and Subtype Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMContract Management10260%22060Contract Management: Contract Bond Type Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMContract Management10270%22070Contract Management: Contract User Defined Fields and Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMContract Management10280%22080Contract Management: Milestone Codes for Contracts Complete if using -in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMContract Management10290%22090Contract Management: All Open Contracts Entered - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMContract Management10300%22100Contract Management: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMContract Management10310%22110Purchasing: All Open PO's Entered (If Not Converted) - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10320%22120Purchasing: Encumbrance Journal Posted for any Converted PO'S if doing - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10330%22150Purchasing: VSS Configured and Tested if using0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10340%22160Purchasing: VSS Website Set up and Ready to Use if using0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10350%22170Purchasing: Requisition Punchout Set Up, Tested and Ready to Use0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10360%22180Purchasing: Notifications sent to Vendors to register in VSS0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMPurchasing10370%22240Purchasing: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10380%22250Purchasing: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10390%22260Purchasing: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10400%22270Purchasing: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMPurchasing10410%0Accounts Payable10 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable10420%22290Accounts Payable: Settings Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10430%22300Accounts Payable: Bank Codes Imported or Created - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable10440%22310Accounts Payable: Misc. Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable10450%22320Accounts Payable: User Defined Fields and Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10460%22330Accounts Payable: form Definitions Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable10470%22340Accounts Payable: Address Type Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10480%22350Accounts Payable: Contact Type Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10490%22360Accounts Payable: Tax and Group Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10500%22370Accounts Payable: Withholding Type Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts PayablePage 30 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module10510%22380Accounts Payable: Vendor Registration Attachment Type Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10520%22390Accounts Payable: Positive Pay File Tested and Confirmed - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10530%22400Accounts Payable: Check Reconciliation File Tested and Confirmed - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10540%22410Accounts Payable: P-Card / Cal-Card Statement Import Tested - in TRAIN Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable10550%22420Accounts Payable: All Vendors Entered (If Not Converted) - in PROD Environment10 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable10560%22430Accounts Payable: One Time Pay Vendor for Refund Imports Setup if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10570%22440Accounts Payable: One Time Pay Refund Imports Template Configured if using - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable10580%22450Accounts Payable: Sales Tax Tested if using0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10590%22460Accounts Payable: Use Tax Tested if using0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Payable10600%22470Accounts Payable: Retainage& Retainage Release Tested if using0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable10610%22480Accounts Payable: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable10620%22490Accounts Payable: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable10630%22500Accounts Payable: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable10640%22510Accounts Payable: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable10650%22520Accounts Payable: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable10660%0Cash/Treasury Management5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCash Management10670%22540Accounts Payable: Bank Codes Imported or Created - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable10680%22550Accounts Payable: Client Bank Accounts Associated with Bank Codes - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable10690%22560Cash Management: BAI Testing Complete - TRAIN Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCash Management10700%22570Cash Management: Cash Pools Completed - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCash Management10710%22580Cash Management: Interest Allocation Tested - in TRAIN Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCash Management10720%22590Cash Management: Cash Flow Settings Completed - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCash Management10730%22600Cash Management: Cash Flow Transaction Type Codes Completed - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCash Management10740%22610Cash Management: Recurring Cash Flow Setup Completed - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCash Management10750%22620Cash Management: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCash Management10760%22630Cash Management: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCash Management10770%22640Cash Management: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCash Management10780%22650Cash Management: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCash Management10790%22660Cash Management: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCash Management10800%0Capital Assets5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10810%22810Capital Assets: Capital Asset Settings Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCapital Assets10820%22820Capital Assets: Capital Asset Flag and Thresholds Set On Object Codes - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10830%22830Capital Assets: Account Maintenance Complete - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10840%22840Capital Assets: Department Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCapital Assets10850%22850Capital Assets: Capital Asset Misc. Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCapital AssetsPage 31 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module10860%22860Capital Assets: Class Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCapital Assets10870%22870Capital Assets: Sub-Class Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMCapital Assets10880%22880Capital Assets: Conversion/Import - Plan Go-Live Dates Determined1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10890%22890Capital Assets: User Defined Fields/Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10900%22900Capital Assets: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10910%22910Capital Assets: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10920%22920Capital Assets: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10930%22930Capital Assets: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10940%22940Capital Assets: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets10950%0Accounts Receivable5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable10960%23100Accounts Receivable: Settings Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Receivable10970%23110Accounts Receivable: Accounts Receivable Codes Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMAccounts Receivable10980%23120Accounts Receivable: Accounts Receivable Charge Codes Complete - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable10990%23130Accounts Receivable: All Other Misc. Codes Complete - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11000%23140Accounts Receivable: Any and All Other Desired Codes Complete - in PROD Environment2 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11010%23150Accounts Receivable: Gateway Vendor Configuration Tested in TRAIN and Completed in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11020%23160Accounts Receivable: Any Required Equipment Installed for the processing of Receipts1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11030%23170Accounts Receivable: Any Required Receipt Imports Configured - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11040%23180Accounts Receivable: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11050%23190Accounts Receivable: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11060%23200Accounts Receivable: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11070%23210Accounts Receivable: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11080%23220Accounts Receivable: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11090%0Cashiering5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCashiering11100%23240Cashiering: Equipment Installed at Designated Cash Stations5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCashiering11110%23250Cashiering: Setup Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMCashiering11120%23260Cashiering: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCashiering11130%23270Cashiering: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCashiering11140%23280Cashiering: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCashiering11150%23290Cashiering: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMCashiering11160%0Payments0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMPayments - Citizen Self Service11170%23295Turn on Maintenance Notification and take CSS Live offline for Prod testing0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMPayments - Citizen Self Service11180%23300Test Payments through CSS Prod0.25 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 10:00 AMPayments - Citizen Self Service11190%23305Test Payment through Cashiering Prod0.25 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 10:00 AMPayments - Citizen Self Service11200%0General Billing5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMGeneral BillingPage 32 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module11210%23310General Billing: General Billing Settings Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing11220%23320General Billing: Customers Complete if not Converting - in PROD Environment5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11230%23330General Billing: Insurance Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing11240%23340General Billing: Invoice Messages Complete - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing11250%23350General Billing: Recipients Complete if using - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11260%23360General Billing: Reference Codes Complete if using - in PROD Environment0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMGeneral Billing11270%23370General Billing: Account Numbers Complete if using - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11280%23380General Billing: WF Established and Complete - in PROD Environment1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11290%23390General Billing: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11300%23400General Billing: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11310%23410General Billing: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11320%23420General Billing: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11330%0Content Manager5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMContent Manager11340%23570Purchase Order's Can Be Viewed Through Associated EERP Programs1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMPurchasing11350%23590Contract Management: Contracts Can Be Viewed Through Associated EERP Programs if using1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMContract Management11360%23600Accounts Payable: AP Checks Can Be Viewed Through Associated EERP Programs1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable11370%23620Accounts Payable: EFT Advices Can Be Viewed Through Associated EERP Programs1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable11380%23630General Billing: GB Invoices Can Be Viewed Through Associated EERP Programs1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11390%23640General Billing: GB Statements Can Be Viewed Through Associated EERP Programs1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11400%23650AR Receipts Can Be Viewed Through Associated EERP Programs1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11410%23660AR Misc. Receipts Can Be Viewed Through Associated EERP Programs if using1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11420%23670TCM: Java Installed on all Computers where Users will be logging into the TCM desktop client (Batch Scanning only)5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMContent Manager11430%23680Accounts Payable: If Using Batch Scanning, All affected AP Users have TCM Installed With Permissions Set Up5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable11440%23690Accounts Payable: If using Batch Scanning, all affected AP Users have been assigned and given their login and password to the TCM desktopclient5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable11450%23700TCM: Users are Able to Attach& View Documents to Records Using TCM1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMContent Manager11460%23710TCM: All Users Synced Through TCM Admin0.25 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 10:00 AMContent Manager11470%23720TCM: Additional Task #1 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMContent Manager11480%23730TCM: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMContent Manager11490%23740TCM: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMContent Manager11500%23750TCM: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMContent Manager11510%0Misc. Topics1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11520%23930Misc: End User Support Plan Determined and Communicated to Staff1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11530%23940Misc: Additional Task #2 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11540%23950Misc: Additional Task #3 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11550%23960Misc: Additional Task #4 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/APage 33 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module11560%23970Misc: Additional Task #5 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11570%23980Misc: Additional Task #6 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11580%23990Misc: Additional Task #7 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11590%24000Misc: Additional Task #8 (TBD as needed)1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11605%04.3 End User Training26 days10/11/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A11615%0End User Training: Preparation26 days10/11/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A1162100%24120EUT Prep: Determine the additional or repetitve topics for End User Training and communicate to the Tyler Project Manager5 days10/11/24 8:00 AM10/17/24 5:00 PMN/A1163100%24130EUT Prep: Determine the specific topics that will be Decentralized vs Centralized and communicate to the Tyler Project Manager1 day10/17/24 8:00 AM10/17/24 5:00 PMN/A1164100%24140EUT Prep: Identify for End User Training whom will be training End Users and which topics they will be training1 day10/17/24 8:00 AM10/17/24 5:00 PMN/A1165100%24150EUT Prep: Determine what sections of the Desktop Procedures Manuals will be used for End User Training21 day10/17/24 8:00 AM10/17/24 5:00 PMN/A11660%24160EUT Prep: General Ledger: Client Project Manager to Validate Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger11670%24170EUT Prep: Budget: Client Project Manager to Validate Budget Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMBudget11680%24190EUT Prep: Purchasing: Client Project Manager to Validate Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing11690%24200EUT Prep: Accounts Payable: Client Project Manager to Validate Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable11700%24220EUT Prep: Contract Management: Client Project Manager to Validate Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMContract Management11710%24230EUT Prep: Cash Management: Client Project Manager to Validate Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCash Management11720%24250EUT Prep: Capital Assets: Client Project Manager to Validate Capital Assets Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets11730%24260EUT Prep: Accounts Receivable: Client Project Manager to Validate Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11740%24270EUT Prep: Cashiering: Client Project Manager to Validate Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCashiering11750%24280EUT Prep: General Billing: Client Project Manager to Validate Desktop Procedures Manuals are complete5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing11760%24320EUT Prep: Identify which sections of the Desktop Procedures Manuals will be printed for End User Training1 day11/7/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMN/A11770%24330EUT Prep: Determine number of users for each end user training topic5 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/24/24 5:00 PMN/A11780%24340EUT Prep: Determine number of sessions required for end user training5 days10/18/24 8:00 AM10/24/24 5:00 PMN/A11790%24350EUT Prep: Schedule end user training5 days10/25/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11800%24360EUT Prep: Send out Invites to all End Users5 days10/25/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11810%24370EUT Prep: Reserve Training Rooms/Labs for End User Training5 days10/25/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11820%24380EUT Prep: Secure PC's / Equipment for End User Training5 days10/25/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11830%24390EUT Prep: HUB: Assign Cards to all users15 days10/28/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMHUB11840%24400EUT Prep: Provide end users with training schedule; coordinate as needed5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMN/A11850%24410EUT Prep: Develop documentation for End Users, if using10 days10/25/24 8:00 AM11/8/24 8:00 AMN/A11860%24420 EUT Prep: TT900 Train-the-Trainer Session1 day11/8/24 8:00 AM11/8/24 5:00 PMN/A11870%24430EUT Prep: Finalize documentation for End Users, if using5 days11/11/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A11880%24440EUT Prep: Create End User Training Packets containing all pertinent material15 days10/28/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A11890%24450EUT Prep: RBAC: Finish Entering Security for all users (incl end users, approvers, auditors, inquiry only)15 days10/28/24 8:00 AM11/15/24 5:00 PMRBAC11900%0End User Training: Sessions19 days10/17/24 8:00 AM11/12/24 5:00 PMN/APage 34 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module11910%24470 End User Training: Week #13 days10/17/24 8:00 AM10/21/24 5:00 PMN/A11920%24480 End User Training: Week #23 days10/23/24 8:00 AM10/25/24 5:00 PMN/A11930%24490 End User Training: Week #33 days10/29/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A11940%24500 End User Training: Week #43 days11/4/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMN/A11950%24510 End User Training: Week #53 days11/8/24 8:00 AM11/12/24 5:00 PMN/A11960%24520AR900 End User Training: Accounts Receivable Cash Receipting1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMAccounts Receivable11970%24530TC900 End User Training: Cashiering1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMCashiering11980%24550BG900 End User Training: Budget1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMBudget11990%24560CM900 End User Training: Contract Management1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMContract Management12000%24580CA900 End User Training: Capital Assets1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets12010%24610GB900 End User Training: General Billing1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMGeneral Billing12020%24620GL900 End User Training: GL Journal Entry1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12030%24630SA900 End User Training: Navigation, GL Inquiry and Reports1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12040%24650PU900 End User Training: Purchasing1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12050%24660AP900 End User Training: Accounts Payable1 day11/13/24 8:00 AM11/13/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12060%04.4 Control Point: Stage Acceptance0 days11/15/24 5:00 PM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A12070%80040Sign Control Point 4 Acceptance Form - Final Testing& Training0 days11/15/24 5:00 PM11/15/24 5:00 PMN/A12084%05 Production113.25 days10/2/24 10:00 AM3/17/25 12:00 PMN/A12090%05.1 Go-Live!52 days10/31/24 8:00 AM1/16/25 5:00 PMN/A12100%0Go-Live: Final Conversions7 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/8/24 5:00 PMN/A12110%0Accounting Std COA (Chart of Accounts)2 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/4/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts12120%24950Accounting Std COA: Final pass load into PROD1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts12130%24950Accounting Std COA: Final pass load into PROD1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202312140%24970Accounting Std COA: Client maintained updates to COA in PROD Environment1 day11/4/24 8:00 AM11/4/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts v202312150%24970Accounting Std COA: Client maintained updates to COA in PROD Environment1 day11/4/24 8:00 AM11/4/24 5:00 PMChart of Accounts12160%0Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master) and 1099 Amounts5.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/8/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12170%0Accounts Payable Standard Master (Vendor Master)5.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/8/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12180%25000AP Vendors Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for final pass data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12190%25010AP Vendors Conversion: Final pass due to Tyler1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12200%25020AP Vendors Conversion: Final pass due to Client1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12210%25030AP Vendors Conversion: Final pass load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12220%25040AP Vendors Conversion: Final pass proof in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12230%25050AP Vendors Conversion: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12240%25060AP Vendors Conversion: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/7/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12250%25070AP Vendors Conversion: Final pass load into PROD1 day11/7/24 1:00 PM11/8/24 12:00 PMAccounts PayablePage 35 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module12260%0Accounts Payable Standard Master (1099's) - Conversion5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12270%25090AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Run and save proofing reports for final pass data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12280%25100AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Final pass due to Tyler1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12290%25110AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Final pass due to Client1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12300%25120AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Final pass load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12310%25130AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Final pass proof in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12320%25140AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12330%25150AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/6/24 1:00 PM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12340%25160AP Vendors Conversion - 1099's: Final pass load into PROD1 day11/7/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12350%0Accounts Payable Standard Master (1099's) - Import4.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12360%25180AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Run and save proofing reports for final pass data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12370%25190AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Final pass due for Import1 day11/5/24 8:00 AM11/5/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12380%25200AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Final pass load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/5/24 8:00 AM11/5/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12390%25210AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Final pass proof in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/5/24 8:00 AM11/5/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12400%25220AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/4/24 8:00 AM11/4/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12410%25230AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12420%25240AP Vendors Import - Summary 1099's: Final pass load into PROD1 day11/6/24 1:00 PM11/7/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12430%0Accounting Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years)7 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/8/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12440%0Accounting Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years) - Conversion6 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/8/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12450%25540Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Final Year Due to Tyler1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12460%25550Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Run and save proofing reports for final year data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12470%25560Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Final Year Due to Client3 days11/6/24 8:00 AM11/8/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12480%25570Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Final Year Load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12490%25580Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Proof final Year in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12500%25600Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/6/24 1:00 PM11/6/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12510%25610Accounting Conversion Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Final Year Load into PROD1 day11/7/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12520%0Accounting Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years) - Import2 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12530%25630Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Final Year Due for Import1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12540%25640Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Run and save proofing reports for final year data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12550%25650Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Final Year Load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12560%25660Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Proof final Year in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger12570%25670Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger12580%25690Accounting Import Opt 1 - Actuals (up to 5 years): Final Year Load into PROD1 day10/31/24 1:00 PM11/1/24 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger12590%0Accounting Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years)5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMBudget12600%0Accounting Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years) - Conversion4 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMBudgetPage 36 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module12610%25720Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget: Final Year Due to Tyler1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12620%25730Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget: Run and save proofing reports for final year data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12630%25740Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget: Final Year Due to Client1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMBudget12640%25750Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget: Final Year Load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMBudget12650%25760Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget: Proof final Year in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMBudget12660%25770Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMBudget12670%25780Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/6/24 1:00 PM11/6/24 5:00 PMBudget12680%25790Accounting Conversion Opt 2 - Budget: Final Year Load into PROD0 days11/6/24 5:00 PM11/6/24 5:00 PMBudget12690%0Accounting Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years) - Import2 days10/31/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12700%25810Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Final Year Due for Import1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12710%25820Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Run and save proofing reports for final year data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12720%25830Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Final Year Load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12730%25840Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Proof final Year in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12740%25850Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 12:00 PMBudget12750%25860Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/1/24 1:00 PM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12760%25870Accounting Import Opt 2 - Budget (up to 3 years): Final Year Load into PROD0 days11/1/24 5:00 PM11/1/24 5:00 PMBudget12770%0Purchasing - Purchase Orders - Standard (Open PO's)5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12780%25890Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for final pass data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12790%25900Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Final Pass Due to Tyler1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12800%25910Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Final Pass Due to Client1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12810%25920Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Final Pass Load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12820%25930Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Proof final Pass in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12830%25940Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMPurchasing12840%25950Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/6/24 1:00 PM11/6/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12850%25960Purchasing Standard - Open PO Conversion: Final Pass Load into PROD1 day11/7/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMPurchasing12860%0Accounts Payable Opt 1 - Checks5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12870%26610AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Run and save proofing reports for final pass data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12880%26620AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Final pass due to Tyler1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12890%26630AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Final pass due to Client1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12900%26640AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Final pass load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12910%26650AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Final pass proof in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12920%26660AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable12930%26670AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/6/24 1:00 PM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12940%26680AP Vendors Conversion Opt 1 - Checks: Final pass load into PROD1 day11/7/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12950%0Accounts Payable Opt 2 - Invoices5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts PayablePage 37 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module12960%26700AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Run and save proofing reports for final pass data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12970%26710AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Final pass due to Tyler1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12980%26720AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Final pass due to Client1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable12990%26730AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Final pass load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable13000%26740AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Final pass proof in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable13010%26750AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMAccounts Payable13020%26760AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/6/24 1:00 PM11/6/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable13030%26770AP Vendors Conversion Opt 2 - Invoices: Final pass load into PROD1 day11/7/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMAccounts Payable13040%0Capital Asset Std Master5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13050%0Capital Asset Std Master - Conversion5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13060%26800Capital Asset Std Conversion: Run and save proofing reports for final pass data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13070%26810Capital Asset Std Conversion: Final Pass Due to Tyler1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13080%26820Capital Asset Std Conversion: Final Pass Due to Client1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13090%26830Capital Asset Std Conversion: Final Pass Load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13100%26840Capital Asset Std Conversion: Proof final Pass in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13110%26850Capital Asset Std Conversion: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 12:00 PMCapital Assets13120%26860Capital Asset Std Conversion: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/6/24 1:00 PM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13130%26870Capital Asset Std Conversion: Final Pass Load into PROD1 day11/7/24 8:00 AM11/7/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13140%0Capital Asset Std Master - Import4 days11/1/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13150%26890Capital Asset Std Import: Run and save proofing reports for final pass data1 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13160%26900Capital Asset Std Import: Final Pass Due for Import1 day11/5/24 8:00 AM11/5/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13170%26910Capital Asset Std Import: Final Pass Load into TRAIN or TEST1 day11/5/24 8:00 AM11/5/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13180%26920Capital Asset Std Import: Proof final Pass in TRAIN or TEST1 day11/5/24 8:00 AM11/5/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13190%26930Capital Asset Std Import: Tyler PM to send to Client Project Manager Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD0.5 days11/4/24 8:00 AM11/4/24 12:00 PMCapital Assets13200%26940Capital Asset Std Import: Client Project Manager to sign Required Signoff to load final conversion data into PROD and return to Tyler PM0.5 days11/5/24 1:00 PM11/5/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13210%26950Capital Asset Std Import: Final Pass Load into PROD1 day11/6/24 8:00 AM11/6/24 5:00 PMCapital Assets13220%0Go-Live: Processing& Assistance52 days10/31/24 8:00 AM1/16/25 5:00 PMN/A13230%27059Review EERP versions to ensure all environments (Prod, Test, Train, etc) are up to date, in sync and on the latest service packs. All environments should be on the same version and service pack.1 day10/31/24 8:00 AM10/31/24 5:00 PMN/A13240%27060 Go-Live: Final Go-Live Preparation Session0.5 days11/21/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 12:00 PMN/A13250%27070 GO900 Pre-Go-Live Assistance3 days11/21/24 8:00 AM11/25/24 5:00 PMN/A13260%27080Go-Live: General Ledger: Close year in PROD Environment1 day11/21/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger13270%27090Go-Live: Budget: Run budget completion journal in PROD Environment1 day11/21/24 8:00 AM11/21/24 5:00 PMBudget13280%27100Go-Live: Go-Live checklist Completed5 days11/21/24 1:00 PM12/2/24 12:00 PMN/A13290%27110Go-Live: Perform processes in EERP production5 days12/2/24 8:00 AM12/6/24 5:00 PMN/A13300%27120Planned/Actual Go-Live Date!1 day12/2/24 8:00 AM12/2/24 5:00 PMN/APage 38 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module13310%27130 GO900 Go-Live Assistance4 days12/2/24 8:00 AM12/5/24 5:00 PMN/A13320%27140 GO900 Post Go-Live Assistance3 days12/13/24 8:00 AM12/17/24 5:00 PMN/A13330%27140 GO900 Post Go-Live Assistance2 days12/20/24 8:00 AM12/23/24 5:00 PMN/A13340%27140 GO900 Post Go-Live Assistance2 days12/30/24 8:00 AM12/31/24 5:00 PMN/A13350%27140 GO900 Post Go-Live Assistance2 days1/2/25 8:00 AM1/3/25 5:00 PMN/A13360%27145Contact Socrata for initial Client Introduction and Coordination1 day12/9/24 8:00 AM12/9/24 5:00 PMData & Insights13370%27150 GL900 Power User Process Training: Bank Reconciliation1 day1/2/25 8:00 AM1/2/25 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger13380%27160 GL900 Power User Process Training: Month End2 days1/3/25 8:00 AM1/6/25 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger13390%27170Go-Live: General Ledger: Complete Reconciliation and Month End Close for all Open Months10 days1/3/25 8:00 AM1/16/25 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger13400%27180Go-Live: General Ledger: Complete Reconciliation and Month End Close for all Open Months0.5 days1/16/25 8:00 AM1/16/25 12:00 PMGeneral Ledger134157%05.2 Transition to Client Services75 days10/2/24 10:00 AM1/22/25 10:00 AMN/A1342100%27210Determine internal support process1 day10/3/24 1:00 PM10/4/24 12:00 PMN/A1343100%27220Tyler PM to download and complete the EERP Transition Call Questionnaire0.5 days10/2/24 10:00 AM10/2/24 3:00 PMN/A1344100%27230Tyler PM to contact Product Support Managers to coordinate Introduction to Support Call0.5 days10/2/24 3:00 PM10/3/24 10:00 AMN/A13450%27240Provide 'Tyler Technical Support Department for ERP' document1 day10/23/24 10:00 AM10/24/24 10:00 AMN/A13460%27250Introduction Call to Client Services0.25 days10/30/24 8:00 AM10/30/24 10:00 AMN/A13470%27260Phase Closure Status Call and transition to Client Services0.25 days1/22/25 8:00 AM1/22/25 10:00 AMN/A134811%05.3 Schedule Post Go-Live Activities112.5 days10/3/24 8:00 AM3/17/25 12:00 PMN/A1349100%27280Post Go-Live: Review key dates for post-production training needs0.5 days10/3/24 8:00 AM10/3/24 12:00 PMN/A1350100%27290Post Go-Live: Schedule post-production training, as needed and budget allows5 days10/3/24 1:00 PM10/10/24 12:00 PMN/A13510%27300GL900 Power User Process Training: Fiscal Year End (Optional IC Assistance Available)3 days4/11/25 8:00 AM4/15/25 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger13520%27310Post Go-Live: General Ledger: Fiscal Year End Training: Complete Close in Train then in PROD Environment1 day4/15/25 8:00 AM4/15/25 5:00 PMGeneral Ledger13530%27320BG900 Power User Process Training: Next Year Budget Entry (Optional IC Assistance Available)3 days1/14/25 8:00 AM1/16/25 5:00 PMBudget13540%27330Post Go-Live: Tyler PM to submit Support Ticket to upgrade ACFR version 60 days prior to training10 days1/2/25 8:00 AM1/15/25 5:00 PM13550%13280RPT600 Process Refinement: Cubes& SSRS Report Determination3 days1/29/25 8:00 AM1/31/25 5:00 PMReporting Services13560%13290Reporting: Practice building Cubes in TRAIN5 days2/3/25 8:00 AM2/7/25 5:00 PMReporting Services13570%13300TRS800 SSRS Set Up Training: Overview and Administration0.5 days2/3/25 8:00 AM2/3/25 12:00 PMReporting Services13580%13310Tyler Reporting Services: Complete SSRS/TRS system set up1 day2/3/25 1:00 PM2/4/25 12:00 PMReporting Services13590%13320TRS800 SSRS Report Writing Training Session2 days2/17/25 1:00 PM2/19/25 12:00 PMReporting Services13600%13330Tyler Reporting Services: Practice report building20 days2/17/25 1:00 PM3/17/25 12:00 PMReporting Services13610%13340Tyler Reporting Services: Identify, assign responsibility for, and schedule the development of any required reports.10 days2/17/25 1:00 PM3/3/25 12:00 PMReporting Services13620%13350TRS800 Focused SSRS Report Writing Assistance Session3 days4/16/25 1:00 PM4/21/25 12:00 PMReporting Services13630%13360TRS800 Focused SSRS Report Writing Assistance Session3 days5/19/25 1:00 PM5/22/25 12:00 PMReporting Services13640%13370TRS800 Focused SSRS Report Writing Assistance Session3 days6/20/25 1:00 PM6/25/25 12:00 PMReporting Services13650%27340ACFR900 Configuration Training ACFR (Optional IC Assistance Available)1 day3/28/25 8:00 AM3/28/25 5:00 PMPage 39 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module13660%27350ACFR: Complete code building for ACFR module10 days3/31/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PM13670%27360ACFR900 Power User Process Training: ACFR (Optional IC Assistance Available)2 days3/31/25 8:00 AM4/1/25 5:00 PM13680%27370AP900 Power User Process Training: 1099's TRAIN/TEST1.5 days4/11/25 8:00 AM4/14/25 12:00 PMAccounts Payable13690%27371AP900 Power User Process Training: 1099's PROD2 days4/11/25 8:00 AM4/14/25 5:00 PMAccounts Payable13700%27380Post Live Day #11 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13710%27390Post Live Day #21 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13720%27400Post Live Day #31 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13730%27410Post Live Day #41 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13740%27420Post Live Day #51 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13750%27430Contingency Day #11 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13760%27440Contingency Day #21 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13770%27450Contingency Day #31 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13780%27460Contingency Day #41 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13790%27470Contingency Day #51 day4/11/25 8:00 AM4/11/25 5:00 PMN/A13800%05.4 Control Point: Stage Acceptance0 days12/6/24 5:00 PM12/6/24 5:00 PMN/A13810%80050Sign Control Point 5 Acceptance Form - Go-Live Cutover0 days12/6/24 5:00 PM12/6/24 5:00 PMN/A13820%06 Close22.5 days1/16/25 8:00 AM2/18/25 12:00 PMN/A13830%06.1 Phase Close Out2.5 days1/16/25 8:00 AM1/21/25 12:00 PMN/A13840%27690Post Go-Live: Conduct Lessons Learned Session0.5 days1/16/25 8:00 AM1/16/25 12:00 PMN/A13850%27700Post Go-Live: Finalize Lessons Learned document1 day1/17/25 1:00 PM1/21/25 12:00 PMN/A13860%06.2 Project Close Out22 days1/16/25 12:00 PM2/18/25 12:00 PMN/A13870%27730Post Go-Live: Tyler Project Manager to Complete Final Phase/Project Change Order Request to Add or Remove Services to/from the Project0 days1/16/25 12:00 PM1/16/25 12:00 PMN/A13880%27740Post Go-Live: If applicable, submit Change Request to Sales for price quote1 day1/16/25 1:00 PM1/17/25 12:00 PMN/A13890%27750Post Go-Live: Submit Change Order Request form to Client Project Manager1 day1/16/25 1:00 PM1/17/25 12:00 PMN/A13900%27760Post Go-Live: Client review of Change Order Request5 days1/17/25 1:00 PM1/27/25 12:00 PMN/A13910%27770Post Go-Live: Client Project Manager to submit signed Change Order Request to Tyler Project Manager with PO0 days1/27/25 12:00 PM1/27/25 12:00 PMN/A13920%27780Post Go-Live: Tyler Project Manager to submit Change Order Request form to Tyler Sales& Accounting for Processing1 day1/27/25 1:00 PM1/28/25 12:00 PMN/A13930%27790Post Go-Live: Complete formal Change Order Contract and Post to the Project Portal10 days1/28/25 1:00 PM2/11/25 12:00 PMN/A13940%27800Post Go-Live: Update Project Connect Master Change Order Section if additional days are added to the Project1 day2/11/25 1:00 PM2/12/25 12:00 PMN/A13950%27810Post Go-Live: Tyler PM and Client System Administrator ensures that the IMPL environment has been decommissioned5 days2/11/25 1:00 PM2/18/25 12:00 PMN/A13960%06.3 Control Point: Stage Acceptance0 days2/18/25 12:00 PM2/18/25 12:00 PMN/A13970%80060Sign Control Point 6 Acceptance Form - Project Close Out0 days2/18/25 12:00 PM2/18/25 12:00 PMN/A139897%00 Project Wide Maintenance315 days9/1/23 8:00 AM12/1/24 8:00 AMN/A1399100%0Contract Details315 days9/1/23 8:00 AM12/1/24 8:00 AMN/A1400100%180Contract Signed / Phase Start20 days9/1/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMN/APage 40 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A ID
TaskMode% Complete Task IDTask Name Duration Start Finish Module1401100%190Planned Go-Live Date!0 days12/1/24 8:00 AM12/1/24 8:00 AMN/A1402100%0Status Call Setup195 days10/2/23 8:00 AM7/9/24 5:00 PMN/A1403100%810Setup Bi-Weekly Project Status Call through 90 days before Go Live1 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A1404100%820Setup Weekly Project Status Call for the duration of the FIN Phase (90 Days before Go Live)1 day7/9/24 8:00 AM7/9/24 5:00 PMN/A1405100%0Initial Coordination: Budget Allocation Days0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMN/A1406100%90PSA SETUP: IMP ONSITE - FIN0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMN/A1407100%90PSA SETUP: IMP REMOTE - FIN0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMN/A1408100%130PSA SETUP: PROJECT MANAGER - FIN0 days10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 8:00 AMN/A140993%0Project/Phase Planning: Project Reconciliation277 days10/2/23 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMN/A1410100%1090Project Reconciliation Month 11 day10/2/23 8:00 AM10/2/23 5:00 PMN/A1411100%1100Project Reconciliation Month 21 day11/1/23 8:00 AM11/1/23 5:00 PMN/A1412100%1110Project Reconciliation Month 31 day12/1/23 8:00 AM12/1/23 5:00 PMN/A1413100%1120Project Reconciliation Month 41 day1/2/24 8:00 AM1/2/24 5:00 PMN/A1414100%1130Project Reconciliation Month 51 day2/1/24 8:00 AM2/1/24 5:00 PMN/A1415100%1140Project Reconciliation Month 61 day3/1/24 8:00 AM3/1/24 5:00 PMN/A1416100%1150Project Reconciliation Month 71 day4/1/24 8:00 AM4/1/24 5:00 PMN/A1417100%1160Project Reconciliation Month 81 day5/1/24 8:00 AM5/1/24 5:00 PMN/A1418100%1170Project Reconciliation Month 91 day6/3/24 8:00 AM6/3/24 5:00 PMN/A1419100%1180Project Reconciliation Month 101 day7/1/24 8:00 AM7/1/24 5:00 PMN/A1420100%1190Project Reconciliation Month 111 day8/1/24 8:00 AM8/1/24 5:00 PMN/A1421100%1200Project Reconciliation Month 121 day9/3/24 8:00 AM9/3/24 5:00 PMN/A1422100%1210Project Reconciliation Month 131 day10/1/24 8:00 AM10/1/24 5:00 PMN/A14230%1210Project Reconciliation Month 141 day11/1/24 8:00 AM11/1/24 5:00 PMN/A14240%1220Project Reconciliation Month 141 day12/4/24 8:00 AM12/4/24 5:00 PMN/A14250%1230Project Reconciliation Month 151 day1/6/25 8:00 AM1/6/25 5:00 PMN/A14260%1240Project Reconciliation Month 161 day2/5/25 8:00 AM2/5/25 5:00 PMN/A14270%1250Project Reconciliation Month 171 day3/6/25 8:00 AM3/6/25 5:00 PMN/A14280%1260Project Reconciliation Month 181 day4/4/25 8:00 AM4/4/25 5:00 PMN/APage 41 Docusign Envelope ID: 349ADB5F-BF1C-4FD8-A27A-0F4E1DE1BB2A Implementation Approach and Work Plan

Gardena City CouncilJune 23, 2026

Gardena City Council
June 23, 2026